-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----
Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR
Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov
Originator-Key-Asymmetric:
 MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen
 TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB
MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA,
 Vwy6EhYvqmVhYfyXMkEB3QuxNToQkbKcNe6RFaRusmvcr4HrIJfBWH1+6bn4ithx
 xgnDofWgS7ecXeG8MRYcNw==

<SEC-DOCUMENT>0000070530-02-000012.txt : 20020816
<SEC-HEADER>0000070530-02-000012.hdr.sgml : 20020816
<ACCEPTANCE-DATETIME>20020816144613
ACCESSION NUMBER:		0000070530-02-000012
CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE:	10-K
PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT:		6
CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT:	20020526
FILED AS OF DATE:		20020816

FILER:

	COMPANY DATA:	
		COMPANY CONFORMED NAME:			NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR CORP
		CENTRAL INDEX KEY:			0000070530
		STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION:	SEMICONDUCTORS & RELATED DEVICES [3674]
		IRS NUMBER:				952095071
		STATE OF INCORPORATION:			DE
		FISCAL YEAR END:			0531

	FILING VALUES:
		FORM TYPE:		10-K
		SEC ACT:		1934 Act
		SEC FILE NUMBER:	001-06453
		FILM NUMBER:		02741068

	BUSINESS ADDRESS:	
		STREET 1:		2900 SEMICONDUCTOR DR
		STREET 2:		PO BOX 58090
		CITY:			SANTA CLARA
		STATE:			CA
		ZIP:			95052-8090
		BUSINESS PHONE:		4087215000

	MAIL ADDRESS:	
		STREET 1:		2900 SEMICONDUCTOR DR
		CITY:			SANTA CLARA
		STATE:			CA
		ZIP:			95052-8090
</SEC-HEADER>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>10-K
<SEQUENCE>1
<FILENAME>form10k_081202.txt
<DESCRIPTION>ANNUAL REPORT TO FY02 NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR
<TEXT>


                UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM 10-K

 X       ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
         EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
                     For the fiscal year ended May 26, 2002
                                       OR

__       TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
         EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
                      For the transition period from to .
                         Commission File Number: 1-6453

                       NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

         DELAWARE                                95-2095071
  (State of incorporation)         (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

                    2900 SEMICONDUCTOR DRIVE, P.O. BOX 58090
                       SANTA CLARA, CALIFORNIA 95052-8090
                    (Address of principal executive offices)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code:  (408) 721-5000

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

                                                    Name of Each Exchange on
Title of Each Class                                     Which Registered

Common stock, par value                             New York Stock Exchange
$0.50 per share                                     Pacific Exchange

Preferred Stock Purchase Rights                     New York Stock Exchange
                                                    Pacific Exchange






           Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
                                      None
                                (Title of class)
                           --Continued on next page--

<PAGE>

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the  preceding 12 months (or for such  shorter  period that the  registrant  was
required  to file  such  reports)  and  (2)  has  been  subject  to such  filing
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes X . No .

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation  S-K is not contained  herein,  and will not be contained,  to the
best of registrant's  knowledge,  in definitive proxy or information  statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. [ ]

The aggregate market value of voting stock held by non-affiliates of National as
of June 28, 2002, was approximately $4,059,592,390.  Shares of common stock held
by each  officer and  director  and by each person who owns 5 percent or more of
the  outstanding  common stock have been  excluded  because these persons may be
considered  to be  affiliates.  This  determination  of affiliate  status is not
necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.

The number of shares  outstanding of the  registrant's  common stock,  $0.50 par
value, as of June 28, 2002, was 180,799,043.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
         Document                                         Location in Form 10-K
         --------                                         ---------------------

Portions of the Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of               Part III
  Stockholders to be held on or about October 18, 2002.

Portions of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-3,            Part IV
  Registration No. 33-48935, which became effective October 5, 1992.

Portions of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-3,            Part IV
  Registration No. 33-52775, which became effective March 22, 1994.

Portions of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-8,            Part IV
  Registration No. 333-57029, which became effective June 17, 1998.

Portions of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-8,            Part IV
  Registration No. 33-61381, which became effective July 28, 1995.

Portions of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-8,            Part IV
  Registration No. 333-53801, which became effective May 28, 1998.

Portions of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-8,            Part IV
  Registration No. 333-09957, which became effective August 12, 1996.

Portions of Cyrix Corporation's Registration Statement on Form S-3,      Part IV
  Registration No. 333-10669, which became effective August 22, 1996.

Portions of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-8,            Part IV
  Registration No. 333-48424, which became effective October 23, 2000.

Portions of the Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting held              Part IV
September 26, 1997.

Portions of the Company's Post Effective Ammendment No. 1                Part IV
  on Form S-8 to  Registration Statement on Form S-4,
  Registration No. 333-38033-01 whichBecame effective November 18, 1997.

Portions of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-8,            Part IV
  RegistrationNo. 333-23477 which became effective March 17, 1997.

Portions of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-8,            Part IV
  Registration No. 333-63614, which became effective June 22, 2001.

Portions of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-8,            Part IV
  Registration No. 333-70040, which became effective September 24, 2001.

The Index to Exhibits is located on pages 72-74.

<PAGE>

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

The statements  contained in this report that are  forward-looking  are based on
current  expectations and estimates.  Actual results may differ  materially from
our forward-looking  statements.  Forward-looking statements involve a number of
risks and  uncertainties.  These risks and  uncertainties  include,  but are not
limited  to,  the  general  economy,   regulatory  and  international   economic
conditions, the changing environment of the semiconductor industry,  competitive
products  and  pricing,   growth  in  the   wireless,   personal   computer  and
communications   infrastructure   industries,   the   effects   of   legal   and
administrative cases and proceedings,  and other risks and uncertainties that we
may discuss from time to time in our other reports and filings with the SEC.

General Our  strategy is to provide  systems on a chip for our key  trendsetting
data  highway  partners,  using our analog  expertise  as a  starting  point for
forward integration. We design, develop,  manufacture and market a wide array of
semiconductor products, including a broad line of analog, mixed-signal and other
integrated   circuits.   These  products   address  a  variety  of  markets  and
applications, including:

  o  wireless communications;               o  power management;
  o  flat panel and CRT displays;           o  imaging;
  o  information appliances;                o  local and wide area networks;
  o  personal systems;                      o  consumer.

National was  originally  incorporated  in the state of Delaware in 1959 and our
headquarters have been in Santa Clara, California since 1967.

Recent Acquisitions

In April 2002,  we acquired  the Finnish  company  Fincitec  Oy, and its related
company, ARSmikro OU, based in Estonia. These two companies develop low-voltage,
low-power application specific integrated circuits for battery-powered  devices.
We made this  acquisition to strengthen our development  capabilities  for power
management  circuits  for  the  portable  market  and to  expand  our  suite  of
integrated and discrete silicon solutions for handheld  devices,  including cell
phones,  personal  digital  assistants,  digital cameras and similar  electronic
devices.  In June  2001,  we  acquired  Wireless  Solutions  Sweden AB, a former
subsidiary of Allgon AB. Wireless Solutions is a developer of wireless solutions
ranging  from  telemetry  to mobile  phones to  wireless  networking,  including
BluetoothTM.  This  acquisition  should  help us to  deliver  complete  wireless
reference  designs,  including  silicon chipsets,  hardware and software.  These
acquisitions were accounted for using the purchase method of accounting.

Products

Semiconductors  are integrated  circuits (in which a number of  transistors  and
other  elements  are  combined to form a more  complicated  circuit) or discrete
devices (such as individual  transistors).  In an  integrated  circuit,  various
components  are  fabricated in a small area or "chip" of silicon,  which is then
encapsulated  in  plastic,  ceramic or other  advanced  forms of  packaging  and
connected to a circuit board or substrate.

     We manufacture an extensive  range of analog  intensive,  mixed-signal  and
digital products,  which are used in numerous vertical markets. While no precise
industry  standard  exists for  analog and  mixed-signal  devices,  we  consider
products  which  process  analog  information  or  convert  analog to digital or
digital to analog as analog and mixed-signal devices.

     We are a leading supplier of analog and mixed-signal products, serving both
broad  based  markets  such as the  industrial  and  consumer  market,  and more
narrowly defined markets such as wireless handsets;  displays, imaging and human
interface; information infrastructure and information appliances. Our analog and
mixed-signal devices include:

  o   amplifiers and regulators;                 o   image sensors;
  o   power monitors and line drivers;           o   radio frequency;
  o   audio amplifiers;                          o   display drivers and signal
                                                     processors.

Other  products  with  significant  digital  to  analog  or  analog  to  digital
capability include products for local area and wireless  networking and wireless
communications,   as  well  as  products  for  personal   systems  and  personal
communications,  such as input/output devices. We use the brand name 'Super I/O'
to  describe  our  integrated   circuits  that  handle  system   peripheral  and
input/output functions on the personal computer motherboard.

Corporate Organization; Product Line Business Units

We are comprised of various  product line  business  units which are combined to
form groups. In fiscal 2002, our operations were organized in the following five
groups:  the Analog Group,  the Information  Appliance and Wireless  Group,  the
Displays Group, the Wired Communications Group and the Custom Solutions Group.

     Analog Group: Analog products are a vital technology link that connects the
physical world with digital information.  They are used to enable and enrich the
experience of sight and sound of many  electronic  applications.  In addition to
the  real  world  interfaces,  analog  products  are used  extensively  in power
management and signal conditioning applications.

     We  have  achieved  a  leadership   position  with  our  power   management
technology. Our diverse portfolio of innovative intellectual property enables us
to develop building block products,  application  specific standard products and
full custom large-scale  integrations for our key customers in applications such
as wireless handsets and flat panel displays.  In signal path applications,  our
innovative  and  high-performance   building  blocks  and  application  specific
standard products allow our customers to differentiate their systems.


     The  Analog  Group  designs,  develops  and  manufactures  a wide  range of
products including:

o   Power management products (power conversion, regulation and conservation);
o   High-performance operational amplifiers;
o   High-performance analog-to-digital converters;
o   High efficiency audio amplifiers;
o   Thermal management products.

     With  our  leadership  in  small  and   innovative   packages  and  process
technology,  we are focusing on high growth  markets  that require  portability,
such as cellular  telephones  and wireless  handheld  devices.  We are using our
analog  expertise as the initial  point to integrate  systems on a chip aimed at
the wireless,  displays,  notebook computer and information  appliance  markets.
Current  offerings include audio subsystems and a complete power management unit
for the GSM wireless  product  applications.  We are increasing our  penetration
into the top tier original equipment  manufacturer customer base in the wireless
and display market segment. Nearly 42 percent of the Analog Group's revenues are
derived from original  equipment  manufacturers,  while the remaining 58 percent
come from authorized distributors worldwide.

     The Enhanced  Solutions  business unit,  which is part of the Analog Group,
supplies  integrated  circuits  and  contract  services to the high  reliability
market, which includes avionics, defense, space and the federal government.

     Displays Group:  The Displays Group consists of our Flat Panel Displays and
CRT  Displays  business  units.  We are a  leader  in  analog  video  processing
solutions for the displays market.  The Displays Group develops and manufactures
various  products that provide  higher  resolution  and brighter  color for flat
panel monitors, CRT monitors and notebook TFT displays.

     The Flat Panel  Displays  business  unit  provides a variety of  innovative
products for notebook TFT displays and flat panel monitors. Our products include
a variety of timing  controllers,  low voltage  differential  signal (LVDS) data
receivers,  LVDS  transmitters and column drivers.  In the notebook TFT displays
segment,  we maintain  approximately  40% market  share in the  integrated  LVDS
receiver and timing  controllers.  The Flat Panel  Displays  business  unit also
continues to expand its position in the discrete LVDS market. Recent new product
introductions  include  a new  family of column  drivers  that use the  industry
standard  reduced  swing   differential   signaling  (RSDS)  digital   interface
technology.  The Flat Panel  Displays  business unit  continues to drive towards
integration  by  developing  a scaler chip  targeted at high-end  notebooks  and
stand-alone  flat panel monitors.  We are also developing new product  offerings
for the mobile handset market.

     The CRT  Displays  business  unit  offers a variety  of video  drivers  and
pre-amplifiers  that go into CRT monitors.  While unit volume of CRT monitors is
generally  expected to decline over time due to the  increasing  penetration  of
flat panel  displays,  the size of the overall  market and the benefits of video
neckboard  integration  continue to drive  innovation at the integrated  circuit
level.  Our product  offerings  include the  integrated  low cost family of CMOS
pre-amplifiers  with on-screen  display,  high gain drivers and integrated  bias
clamp.

     Information  Appliance and Wireless Group:  The  Information  Appliance and
Wireless Group consists of our Information Appliance,  Wireless and Advanced I/O
business units.  The Information  Appliances  business unit focuses on providing
easier  access to the  internet  with our Geode  product  family of silicon  and
system  solutions.  The Geode technology merges complex  functionality,  such as
processing,  system logic,  graphics,  audio and video  decompression  on to one
highly integrated device. Built around the core of the x86 microprocessor,  this
technology allows for optimized power,  performance and price.  Coupled with our
analog and mixed-signal communication capabilities, this technology allows us to
offer efficient flexible solutions,  making communication and information access
easier. The Information  Appliance business unit focuses on serving three market
segments:

o    Enterprise   thin-clients   that  are  computer   systems  with  low  power
     consumption  and minimal memory that leverage  application  software from a
     centralized server;
o    Personal  access devices that are  lightweight,  hand held internet  access
     terminals;
o    Interactive  TV set-top  boxes that  provide  internet  access  through the
     television.

     The  Wireless  business  unit  delivers  solutions  that perform the radio,
baseband  controller,  power  management  and related  functions  primarily  for
handsets and base stations in the cellular and cordless telephone  markets.  The
Wireless business unit leverages three technologies:

o    Global Systems for Mobile Communications;
o    BluetoothTM;
o    Digital Cordless Telephone technology.

     Our GSM chipset solution combines the radio transceiver,  digital baseband,
analog baseband and power management into one solution.  Our BluetoothTM enabled
product offering  provides  wireless  connectivity  between various consumer and
commercial  applications.  The newest generation of BluetoothTM  devices and the
wide personal access BluetoothTM module offers a highly integrated  solution for
future applications.  Our digital cordless technology allows us to offer some of
the most flexible  system  solutions  available  today for the digital  cordless
telephone.  With a unique baseband  platform,  one single baseband chip supports
combined voice/data, repeaters, base stations and handsets.

     The Advanced I/O business unit provides  input/output,  including our Super
I/O product, and manageability  solutions to the server,  desktop client, mobile
client  and the  emerging  trusted  client  market  segments.  We have  recently
introduced   products  that  address  remote  server   management  and  security
technology for future generations of customers.

     Wired Communications  Group: The Wired Communications Group consists of the
Enterprise Networks and Network Interface business units. The Enterprise Network
business unit provides complete solutions for networking security and networking
management.   Combining   state-of-the-art   analog  and  digital  technologies,
Enterprise  Network  products  include  ultra-low  power physical layer devices,
wire-speed packet processors,  cost effective switch fabrics and highly scalable
next-generation  EthernetMAXTM  products.  In  fiscal  2002,  we  announced  our
collaboration  efforts  with Vitesse  Semiconductor  for  developing  end-to-end
solutions to accelerate adoption of high-performance and cost-effective  gigabit
ethernet  technologies.  Vitesse  Semiconductor  is a designer  and  supplier of
innovative,  high-performance  integrated  circuits and optical  modules used in
next generation networking and optical communications  equipment. As a result of
the  collaboration  efforts,  we  introduced  a  high-performance,   low  power,
cost-effective  16-port gigabit  ethernet  switch,  which is a complete  gigabit
switch solution for enterprise networking systems. By leveraging our innovation,
technology  breadth of building blocks and our analog expertise,  we now offer a
complete  end-to-end  solution,  the  Gigabit  MAC and  Gigabit  PHY for network
interface cards, and the Gigabit Switch system solution.

     In fiscal 2002, we formed a strategic  relationship with iReady Corporation
to deliver the industry's first fully integrated  line-speed  transport off-load
solution, the EthernetMAX core (Media Access Xcclerator).  iReady is a leader in
hardware accelerated internet protocol processing. This strategic partnership is
aimed at  delivering  next-generation  semiconductor  solutions  for the Gigabit
Ethernet and iSCSI storage  networking  markets.  iSCSI, a new IP-based  storage
networking  standard for linking data  storage  facilities,  is expected to help
bring about rapid  development  of the storage area network market by increasing
the capabilities and performance of storage data transmission.

     The  Network  Interface  business  unit is  focused on the  development  of
high-speed differential  interconnect products for infrastructure equipment that
support wireless,  telecom, data networking and professional video applications.
Our products are used in backplane and cable intraconnects within these systems.


     Custom   Solutions   Group:   Custom   Solutions   supplies   a  range   of
application-specific  and standard integrated circuits for targeted customers in
the telecommunications,  automotive and consumer electronics markets. This group
engages  with other  internal  product line  business  units to  facilitate  the
exchange and acquisition of intellectual  property to deliver  systems-on-a-chip
solutions for key strategic  partners.  The breadth of Custom Solutions  product
offerings include:

o    Custom-specific designs that provide systems-on-a-chip solutions;
o    A wide range of CMOS image sensors  specifically  designed for a variety of
     commercial and industrial imaging applications;
o    CR16  core  and  ARM 7  processors,  combined  with  dedicated  application
     specific software to address the device connectivity market;
o    General-purpose 8-bit and 16-bit microcontrollers to address a wide variety
     of applications in the communication, consumer and automotive segments.

     Worldwide  Marketing  and Sales and Central  Technology  and  Manufacturing
Group.  Separately from our business operating groups,  our corporate  structure
includes centralized  Worldwide Marketing and Sales and a Central Technology and
Manufacturing Group.

     Worldwide  Marketing and Sales is structured  around the four major regions
of the world  where we  operate  -- the  Americas  (North  and South  Americas),
Europe,  Japan and Asia Pacific -- and unites our worldwide  sales and marketing
organization.

     CTMG manages all production,  including manufacturing requirements that are
outsourced, and Central Support Technology.  Central Support Technology includes
process  technology,  which  provides  pure  research  and  process  development
necessary for many of our core production  processes,  packaging  technology and
leading edge research. CTMG provides a range of process libraries, product cores
and  software  that is shared  among our product  lines to develop  system level
solutions.  It is also responsible for the selection and usage of common support
tools,  including  integrated  computer-aided  design  for  design,  layout  and
simulation.

Segment Financial Information and Geographic Information.
For  segment  reporting  purposes,  each  of our  product  line  business  units
represents  an  operating  segment  as  defined  under  Statement  of  Financial
Accounting  Standards No. 131,  Disclosures  about Segments of an Enterprise and
Related Information.  Business units that have similarities,  including economic
characteristics,  underlying technology,  markets and customers,  are aggregated
into  segments.  Under the criteria in SFAS No. 131, only the Analog segment and
the Information Appliance segment are considered reportable segments.  All other
segments  are  included  in the caption  'All  Others.'  For  further  financial
information on these segments,  refer to the  information  contained in Note 13,
'Segment and Geographic Information,' in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial
Statements included in Item 8.

Marketing and Sales

We market our products globally to original  equipment  manufacturers  through a
direct sales force. Major OEMs include:

      o     Hewlett Packard;         o     Nokia;
      o     IBM;                     o     Samsung;
      o     LG Electronics;          o     Siemens;
      o     L.M. Ericsson;           o     Sony;
      o     Motorola;                o     Sony - Ericsson Mobile Communication.


There has been an increasing  trend in the  technology  industry  where OEMs use
contract manufacturers to build their products and original design manufacturers
to design and build  products.  As a result,  our design  wins with major  OEMs,
particularly in the personal computer and cellular phone markets, can ultimately
result in sales to a contract  manufacturer.  In  addition  to our direct  sales
force, we use distributors in our four business  regions,  and  approximately 47
percent of our total worldwide revenues are channeled through  distributors.  In
an increasing  portion of our  distribution  sales,  the distributor acts as the
logistics  partner for our OEM customers and their  contract  manufacturers.  In
line with industry practices, we generally credit distributors for the effect of
price  reductions  on  their  inventory  of our  products  and,  under  specific
conditions, we repurchase products that we have discontinued.

     Our  comprehensive  central  facilities  in the United  States,  Europe and
Singapore  handle customer  support.  These customer  support centers respond to
inquiries  on product  pricing  and  availability,  customer  technical  support
requests, order entry and scheduling.

     We augment our sales effort with application  engineers based in the field.
These engineers are specialists in our product portfolio and work with customers
to identify and design our  integrated  circuits  into  customers'  products and
applications.  These  engineers  also help  identify  emerging  markets  for new
products  and  are  supported  by  our  design   centers  in  the  field  or  at
manufacturing sites.

Customers
We are not dependent  upon any single  customer,  the loss of which would have a
material effect on our operating  results.  The distributor  Avnet accounted for
approximately  10 percent  of total net sales in fiscal  2002 as a result of its
acquisition of EBV in Europe.  No one customer or  distributor  accounted for 10
percent or more of total net sales in fiscal 2001 or 2000.

Backlog
Consistent with industry practice,  we frequently revise  semiconductor  backlog
quantities and shipment  schedules under outstanding  purchase orders to reflect
changes in customer  needs,  and therefore we do not believe it is meaningful to
disclose the amount of backlog at any particular date.

Seasonality
Generally,  we are  affected by the  seasonal  trends of the  semiconductor  and
related  industries.  We  typically  experience  lower sales in our third fiscal
quarter,  primarily  due to customer  holiday  schedules.  Sales usually reach a
seasonal peak in our fourth  fiscal  quarter.  During fiscal 2002,  this typical
trend did not occur.  While business  conditions for the semiconductor  industry
were weak in fiscal 2002, we experienced sequential quarterly growth in sales as
new orders  improved  throughout  the fiscal  year.  Revenue in our third fiscal
quarter,  which is typically  down,  grew  slightly  over sales in the preceding
second fiscal quarter.

Manufacturing
The design of semiconductor and integrated circuit products is shaped by general
market  needs  and  customer   requirements.   Following   product   design  and
development, we generally produce integrated circuits in the following steps:


     o    Wafer Fabrication. Product designs are compiled and digitized by state
          of the art design  equipment and then transferred to silicon wafers in
          a series  of  complex  precision  processes  that  include  oxidation,
          lithography, chemical etching, diffusion, deposition, implantation and
          metallization.

     o    Wafer  Sort.   The  silicon  wafers  are  tested  and  separated  into
          individual circuit devices.

     o    Product  Assembly.  Tiny  wires  are used to  connect  the  electronic
          circuits on the device to the  stronger  metal leads of the package in
          which the device is encapsulated for protection.

     o    Final Test.  The devices are  subjected to a series of vigorous  tests
          using  computerized  circuit  testers and,  for certain  applications,
          environmental testers such as burn-in ovens, centrifuges,  temperature
          cycle or moisture  resistance  testers,  salt  atmosphere  testers and
          thermal shock testers.

     o    Coating.  Certain  devices in the analog  portfolio are designed to be
          used  without  traditional  packaging.  In this case,  the  integrated
          circuit is coated with a protective material and mounted directly onto
          the circuit board.

     We conduct product design and development work  predominantly in the United
States. Wafer fabrication is concentrated in two facilities in the United States
and one in Scotland.  Nearly all product  assembly and final test operations are
performed in facilities in Southeast  Asia. For capacity  utilization  and other
economic  reasons,  we employ  subcontractors  to perform certain  manufacturing
functions in the United States, Europe, Israel, Southeast Asia and Japan.

     Our wafer  manufacturing  processes  span  Bipolar,  Metal  Oxide  Silicon,
Complementary Metal Oxide Silicon and Bipolar  Complementary Metal Oxide Silicon
technologies, including Silicon Germanium. We are focusing our wafer fabrication
processes to emphasize integration of analog and digital capabilities to support
our strategy to develop system-on-a-chip  products.  Bipolar processes primarily
support our standard products. The width of the individual transistors on a chip
is measured in microns;  one micron equals one millionth of a meter. As products
decrease in size and increase in  functionality,  wafer  fabrication  facilities
must be able to manufacture  integrated circuits with sub-micron circuit pattern
widths. This precision fabrication carries over to assembly and test operations,
where advanced  packaging  technology and comprehensive  testing are required to
address  the ever  increasing  performance  and  complexity  embedded in current
integrated circuits.

     We  have  a   long-term   technology   licensing   agreement   with  Taiwan
Semiconductor  Manufacturing  Company (TSMC). This licensing agreement allows us
to gain access to a variety of TSMC's advanced  sub-micron  processes for use in
our wafer fabrication  facility in Maine as desired, if and when those processes
are developed by TSMC. Our  arrangement  with TSMC will enable us to gain access
ultimately to TSMC's  0.10-micron  process  technology.  These advanced  process
technologies  should accelerate the development of high performance  digital and
mixed-signal products that support our target markets.

Raw Materials
Our  manufacturing  processes  use  certain  key raw  materials  critical to our
products. These include silicon wafers, certain chemicals and gases, ceramic and
plastic  packaging  materials  and  various  precious  metals.  We also  rely on
subcontractors to supply finished or semi-finished products which we then market
through  our sales  channels.  We obtain  raw  materials  and  semi-finished  or
finished  products from various sources,  although the number of sources for any
particular material or product is relatively limited. We feel our current supply
of essential materials is adequate.  However,  shortages have occurred from time
to time and could occur again.  Significant  increases in demand,  rapid product
mix changes or natural  disasters could affect our ability to procure  materials
or goods.

Research and Development
Our research and development  efforts consist of pure research in metallurgical,
electro-mechanical  and solid-state sciences,  manufacturing process development
and  product  design.   Research  functions  and  development  of  most  process
technologies  are done by CTMG's process  technology  group.  Total R&D expenses
were $441.0 million for fiscal 2002, or 30 percent of sales,  compared to $435.6
million for fiscal 2001, or 21 percent of sales,  and $386.1  million for fiscal
2000, or 18 percent of sales.  These amounts  exclude  in-process R&D charges of
$1.3 million  related to the  acquisitions  of  Fincitec,  ARSmikro and Wireless
Solutions  Sweden in fiscal 2002,  $16.2 million related to the  acquisitions of
innoComm  Wireless  and  Vivid  Semiconductor  in fiscal  2001 and $4.2  million
related to the  acquisition  of Algorex in fiscal  2000.  These  in-process  R&D
charges are included in our consolidated statements of operations as a component
of special items.

     During fiscal 2002,  we expended 75 percent of our R&D spending  toward new
product development and 25 percent toward the development of process and support
technology.  Compared to fiscal 2001, this represents an increase in spending of
13 percent toward  development of process and support technology and a 6 percent
reduction in spending toward new product development.

Patents
We own  numerous  United  States  and  non-U.S.  patents  and have  many  patent
applications pending. We consider the development of patents and the maintenance
of an  active  patent  program  advantageous  to the  conduct  of our  business.
However,  we believe that  continued  success  will depend more on  engineering,
production,  marketing,  financial  and  managerial  skills  than on our  patent
program.   We  license  certain  of  our  patents  to  other  manufacturers  and
participate in a number of cross  licensing  arrangements  and  agreements  with
other  parties.  Each license  agreement has unique terms and  conditions,  with
variations as to length of term,  royalties  payable,  permitted uses and scope.
The  majority of these  agreements  are  cross-licenses  in which we grant broad
licenses to our intellectual  property in exchange for receiving a license; none
are exclusive.  The amount of income we have received from licensing  agreements
has varied in the past, and we cannot  precisely  forecast the amount and timing
of future income from licensing agreements. On an overall basis, we believe that
none of the license  agreements  is  material to us,  either in terms of royalty
payments due or payable or intellectual property rights granted or received.

Employees
At May 26, 2002, we employed  approximately  10,100 people of whom approximately
4,600 were employed in the United  States,  1,300 in Europe,  4,100 in Southeast
Asia  and 100 in  other  areas.  We  believe  that our  future  success  depends
fundamentally  on our  ability  to  recruit  and retain  skilled  technical  and
professional  personnel.  Our  employees in the United States are not covered by
collective bargaining  agreements.  We consider our employee relations worldwide
to be favorable.

Competition and Risks

In  addition  to the risks  discussed  below and  elsewhere  in this  'Business'
section, see the 'Outlook' section included in Item 7, 'Management's  Discussion
and Analysis,' for further  discussion of other risks and uncertainties that may
affect our business.

     Conditions   inherent  in  the   semiconductor   industry   cause  periodic
fluctuations in our operating results.  Rapid technological  change and frequent
introduction  of new  technology  leading to more  complex  and more  integrated
products  characterize  the  semiconductor  industry.  The  result is a cyclical
environment  with short product life,  price erosion and high sensitivity to the
overall business cycle. Substantial capital and R&D investment are also required
to support products and manufacturing  processes.  As a result of these industry
conditions,  we have  experienced  in the past and may  experience in the future
periodic fluctuations in our operating results. Shifts in product mix toward, or
away from,  higher  margin  products can also have a  significant  impact on our
operating results. As a result of these and other factors, our financial results
can fluctuate  significantly from period to period.  For example,  we incurred a
loss in fiscal  2002,  while we  generated  net income in fiscal  2001 and 2000.
Prior to that we  experienced  substantial  losses in fiscal  1999 and 1998.  We
generated  net income in fiscal 1993 through 1997,  while we incurred  losses in
fiscal 1989 through 1992.

     Our business will be harmed if we are unable to compete successfully in our
markets. Competition in the semiconductor industry is intense. We compete with a
number of major corporations in the high-volume  segment of the industry.  These
include several multinational companies whose semiconductor business may be only
part of their overall  operations,  such as IBM, Motorola,  Koninklijke  (Royal)
Philips  Electronics,  NEC and  Toshiba.  We also compete with a large number of
corporations  that  target  particular  markets  such as Texas  Instruments,  ST
Microelectronics, Maxim, Analog Devices, Linear Technology, Intel and LSI Logic.
Competition  is based on design and quality of  products,  product  performance,
price and service,  with the relative  importance of these factors varying among
products and markets. We currently see significant competition in the networking
market from both large  established  companies such as Intel and Lucent, as well
as newer companies such as Broadcom and Marvell Technology.

     We cannot  assure you that we will be able to compete  successfully  in the
future against  existing or new  competitors or that our operating  results will
not be adversely  affected by increased price  competition.  We may also compete
with several of our  customers,  particularly  customers in the  networking  and
personal systems markets.

     We face risks from our international  operations,  many of which are beyond
our control.  We conduct a  substantial  portion of our  operations  outside the
United States, and our business is subject to risks associated with many factors
beyond our control. These factors include:

o        fluctuations in foreign currency rates;
o        instability of foreign economies;
o        emerging infrastructures in foreign markets;
o        support required abroad for demanding manufacturing requirements;
o        foreign government instability and changes; and
o        U.S. and foreign laws and policies affecting trade and investment.

     Although we have not  experienced  any materially  adverse effects from our
foreign operations as a result of these factors in the last year, one or more of
these  factors  has had an effect on us in the past and we could be  affected by
them in the  future.  In  addition,  although  we seek to hedge our  exposure to
currency  exchange  rate  fluctuations,  our  competitive  position  relative to
non-U.S.  suppliers  can be affected  by the  exchange  rate of the U.S.  dollar
against other currencies, particularly the Japanese yen.

Environmental Regulations
To date, our compliance with federal,  state and local laws or regulations  that
have been enacted to regulate  the  environment  has not had a material  adverse
effect on our capital expenditures, earnings, competitive or financial position.
For more information,  see Item 3, "Legal Proceedings" and Note 12, "Commitments
and Contingencies" in the Consolidated  Financial Statements in Item 8. However,
we could be  subject  to fines,  suspension  of  production,  alteration  of our
manufacturing processes or cessation of our operations if we fail to comply with
present or future government regulations related to the use, storage,  handling,
discharge or disposal of toxic,  volatile or otherwise  hazardous chemicals used
in our manufacturing processes.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

We conduct  manufacturing,  as well as process research and product development,
in our wafer fabrication facilities located in Arlington, Texas; South Portland,
Maine;  and  Greenock,  Scotland.  As part  of our  consolidation  of our  wafer
manufacturing  operations  in  Greenock,  Scotland,  we closed our 4-inch  wafer
fabrication  facility in October  2000.  The  manufacturing  processes  from our
4-inch  wafer  fabrication   facility  were  transferred  to  our  6-inch  wafer
fabrication facility at the same site, as well as to our manufacturing  facility
in Arlington,  Texas. Wafer fabrication  capacity utilization during fiscal 2002
ran at 55 percent, as production activity was reduced considerably by low demand
in the semiconductor  industry.  This compares with wafer  fabrication  capacity
utilization  for fiscal 2001 of 69 percent when  business  conditions  were much
stronger,  particularly  in the first  half of the  fiscal  year.  We expect our
captive  manufacturing  capacity and our third-party  subcontract  manufacturing
arrangements to be adequate to supply our needs in the foreseeable future.

     Our assembly and test functions are performed  primarily in Southeast Asia.
These facilities are located in Melaka, Malaysia and Toa Payoh, Singapore.

     Our principal  administrative and research  facilities are located in Santa
Clara,  California.  Our regional headquarters for Worldwide Sales and Marketing
are located in Santa Clara,  California;  Munich,  Germany;  Tokyo,  Japan;  and
Kowloon, Hong Kong. We maintain local sales offices and sales service centers in
various locations and countries  throughout our four business  regions.  We also
operate small design facilities in various locations in the U.S., including:

Austin, Texas              Grass Valley, California      Rochester, NY
Calabasas, California      Irvine, California            Salem, New Hampshire
Chandler, Arizona          Longmont, Colorado            San Diego, California
Federal Way, Washington    Nashua, New Hampshire         Santa Clara, California
Fort Collins, Colorado     Norcross, Georgia             South Portland, Maine
Fremont, California        Phoenix, Arizona              Tucson, Arizona


and at overseas locations including China,  Estonia,  Finland,  Germany,  India,
Israel,  Japan, the Netherlands,  Sweden and the United Kingdom.  In general, we
own our manufacturing  facilities and lease most of our sales and administrative
offices.


ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Tax Matters
We have settled with the IRS all outstanding  issues relating to our federal tax
liability   for  the  1986-1996   fiscal   years.   After  taking  into  account
overpayments,  deficiencies,  and loss and credit carryovers, the tax deficiency
for these years was approximately $3.4 million.  We have paid this amount to the
IRS. The interest amount on the deficiency has been finalized. The IRS has begun
examination of our tax returns for fiscal years 1997 through 2000. We believe we
have made adequate tax payments and/or accrued adequate amounts in our financial
statements to cover all years in question.

Customs Proceedings
In April  1988,  we  received  a notice  from the U.S.  Customs  Service  in San
Francisco  alleging that we had underpaid duties of approximately  $19.5 million
on goods we had  imported  from our  foreign  subsidiaries  from June 1, 1979 to
March 1, 1985. We had been  contesting the notice in various  proceedings  since
1988. The amount of the alleged  underpayment was reduced to approximately  $3.6
million by the Assistant Commissioner of Customs in March 1998. The underpayment
was subject to  penalties  computed as a multiple of the  underpayment.  In July
2001,  the  Customs  Service  accepted  our offer to settle  the matter for $2.5
million,  which we had previously paid to the Customs Service. The matter is now
concluded.

Environmental Matters
1.   National has been named to the National Priorities List (Superfund) for our
     Santa   Clara,   California   site  and  we  have   completed   a  remedial
     investigation/feasibility  study with the Regional  Water  Quality  Control
     Board,  which is acting as agent for the EPA. We have  agreed in  principle
     with the  RWQCB on a site  remediation  plan.  We were  sued by AMD,  which
     sought recovery of AMD's cleanup costs in the Santa Clara,  California area
     under the RWQCB remediation orders. AMD alleged that certain  contamination
     for which the RWQCB had  found AMD  responsible  was  originally  caused by
     National.  The settlement of this case was completed in fiscal 2002 and the
     matter is now concluded.  In addition to the Santa Clara site, National has
     been  designated  as a potentially  responsible  party by federal and state
     agencies  for  certain  sites with which we may have had direct or indirect
     involvement.  These  designations  are made regardless of the extent of our
     involvement.  These  claims  are in  various  stages of  administrative  or
     judicial  proceedings and include demands for recovery of past governmental
     costs and for future  investigations  and remedial actions.  In many cases,
     the dollar  amounts of the claims  have not been  specified  and the claims
     have been  asserted  against a number of other  entities  for the same cost
     recovery or other relief as is sought from us. We also  retained  liability
     for environmental  matters arising from our former operations of Dynacraft,
     Inc. and the Fairchild  business but we are not  currently  involved in any
     legal proceedings relating to those liabilities. We accrue costs associated
     with  environmental  matters  when  they  become  probable  and  reasonably
     estimable.  The amount of all environmental charges to earnings,  including
     charges relating to the Santa Clara site remediation, which did not include
     potential  reimbursements  from insurance  coverage,  has not been material
     during the last three fiscal years. We believe that the potential liability
     for environmental  matters, if any, in excess of amounts already accrued in
     our financial  statements  will not have a material effect on our financial
     position or results of operations.

2.   In March 2001, the U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency served us with an
     administrative  complaint,  compliance  order and notice of opportunity for
     hearing. The complaint alleged that the EPA found certain violations of the
     Resource Conservation and Recovery Act in an inspection conducted in August
     1999 at the Maine  facility.  In October  2001,  we entered  into a Consent
     Agreement and Final Order with the EPA settling this matter. We have agreed
     to pay a penalty of $42,120 and undertake certain environmental projects at
     the Maine plant  costing at least  $156,296.  We will also  submit  reports
     about the environmental projects to the EPA. The matter is now concluded.

Other
1.   In November 2000, a derivative  action was filed in the U.S. District Court
     in Delaware against us,  Fairchild  Semiconductor  International,  Inc. and
     Sterling Holding Company, LLC, by Mark Levy, a Fairchild  stockholder.  The
     action was brought under Section  16(b) of the  Securities  Exchange Act of
     1934 and the rules  issued  under that Act by the  Securities  and Exchange
     Commission.  The  plaintiff  sought  disgorgement  of  alleged  short-swing
     insider trading profits.  We had originally  acquired  Fairchild common and
     preferred  stock in March  1997 at the time we  disposed  of the  Fairchild
     business.  Prior to its initial public  offering in August 1999,  Fairchild
     had amended its certificate of  incorporation to provide that all Fairchild
     preferred stock would convert automatically to common stock upon completion
     of the initial public offering.  As a result, our shares of preferred stock
     converted to common stock in August  1999.  Plaintiff  has alleged that the
     acquisition  of  common  stock  through  the   conversion   constituted  an
     acquisition  that should be  "matched"  against our sale in January 2000 of
     Fairchild  common  stock for  purposes  of  computing  short-swing  trading
     profits. The action seeks to recover from us on behalf of Fairchild alleged
     recoverable  profits of  approximately  $14 million.  In February 2002, the
     judge  in the  case  granted  the  motion  to  dismiss  filed by us and our
     co-defendants  and dismissed the case,  ruling that the conversion was done
     pursuant  to a  reclassification  which is exempt from the scope of Section
     16(b). Plaintiff has appealed the dismissal of the case.

2.   In January  1999, a class action suit was filed  against us and a number of
     our suppliers in California Superior Court by James Harris and other former
     and present employees  claiming damages for personal injury.  The complaint
     alleges that cancer and/or  reproductive harm were caused to employees as a
     result of alleged exposure to toxic chemicals while working at the company.
     Plaintiffs claim to have worked at sites in Santa Clara and/or in Greenock,
     Scotland.  In  addition,  one  plaintiff  claims  to  represent  a class of
     children of company employees who allegedly sustained developmental harm as
     a result of  alleged  in utero  exposure  to toxic  chemicals  while  their
     mothers  worked at the  company.  Although no  specific  amount of monetary
     damages is claimed,  plaintiffs  seek  damages on behalf of the classes for
     personal injuries,  nervous shock, physical and mental pain, fear of future
     illness,  medical expenses and loss of earnings and earnings  capacity.  At
     the present  time,  the court has required  the Scottish  employees to seek
     their   remedies  in  Scottish   courts.   Plaintiffs   presently   seek  a
     certification of a medical  monitoring class which we oppose.  Discovery in
     the case is proceeding and we intend to defend this action vigorously.



ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

No  matters  were  submitted  to  a  vote  of  security  holders,   through  the
solicitation  of proxies or otherwise,  during the fourth  quarter of the fiscal
year covered by this report.



                     EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT *


Name                     Current Title                                       Age
- ----                     -------------                                       ---

Kamal K. Aggarwal (1)    Executive Vice President, Central                    64
                         Technology and Manufacturing Group

Jean-Louis Bories (2)    Executive Vice President and General Manager,        47
                         Information Appliance Group

Lewis Chew (3)           Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief             39
                         Financial Officer

John M. Clark III (4)    Senior Vice President, General Counsel               52
                         and Secretary

Brian L. Halla (5)       Chairman of the Board, President and                 55
                         Chief Executive Officer

Detlev J. Kunz (6)       Senior Vice President and General  Manager,          51
                         Worldwide Marketing and Sales

Donald Macleod (7)       Executive Vice President and Chief                   53
                         Operating Officer

Suneil V. Parulekar (8)  Senior Vice President, Analog Group                  54

Ulrich Seif (9)          Senior Vice President and Chief                      44
                         Information Officer

Edward J. Sweeney (10)   Senior Vice President, Human Resources               45

*  all information as of May 26, 2002


Business Experience During Last Five Years

(1)  Mr.  Aggarwal  joined  National  in  November  1996 as the  Executive  Vice
     President  of the Central  Technology  and  Manufacturing  Group.  Prior to
     joining  National,  Mr.  Aggarwal  had held  positions at LSI Logic as Vice
     President,  Worldwide  Logistics and Customer  Service and Vice  President,
     Assembly and Test.

(2)  Mr. Bories joined  National in October  1997.  Prior to becoming  Executive
     Vice President and General  Manager of the  Information  Appliance Group in
     September  1999, he held  positions as Executive Vice President and General
     Manager of the Cyrix Group and as Senior Vice  President,  Core  Technology
     Group.  Prior to joining  National,  he had held  positions at LSI Logic as
     Vice  President  and  General  Manager,  ASIC  Division;   Vice  President,
     Engineering/CAD;   Director,  Advanced  Methodology;   and  Director,  500K
     Program.

(3)  Mr. Chew joined  National in May 1997 as Director of Internal Audit and was
     made Vice  President  and  Controller  in  December  1998 and Acting  Chief
     Financial  Officer in April 2001. Prior to joining  National,  Mr. Chew had
     been a partner  at KPMG LLP.  Mr.  Chew was named  Senior  Vice  President,
     Finance and Chief Financial Officer in June 2001.

(4)  Mr.  Clark  joined  National  in May 1978.  Prior to  becoming  Senior Vice
     President,  General  Counsel  and  Secretary  in  April  1992,  he held the
     position  of  Vice  President,  Associate  General  Counsel  and  Assistant
     Secretary.

(5)  Mr. Halla joined  National in May 1996 as Chairman of the Board,  President
     and Chief Executive Officer. Prior to that, Mr. Halla held positions at LSI
     Logic  as  Executive  Vice  President,  LSI  Logic  Products;  Senior  Vice
     President and General Manager,  Microprocessor/DSP Products Group; and Vice
     President and General Manager, Microprocessor Products Group.

(6)  Mr.  Kunz joined  National in July 1981 and has held a number of  marketing
     positions  since then.  Prior to becoming Senior Vice President and General
     Manager,  Worldwide Marketing and Sales in July 2001, he had held positions
     in the company as the Regional Vice President and General Manager,  Europe;
     European   Sales  and   Distribution   Director;   Director   of   European
     Communications  and  Consumer  Product  Marketing;  and  Manager,  European
     Telecom Business Center.

(7)  Mr. Macleod joined  National in February 1978 and was named  Executive Vice
     President and Chief Operating  Officer in April 2001. Prior to that, he had
     been Executive Vice President,  Finance and Chief  Financial  Officer since
     June 1995 and had  previously  held  positions  as Senior  Vice  President,
     Finance and Chief  Financial  Officer;  Vice  President,  Finance and Chief
     Financial Officer; Vice President,  Financial Projects;  Vice President and
     General  Manager,  Volume  Products - Europe;  and  Director of Finance and
     Management Services - Europe.

(8)  Mr.  Parulekar  joined  National in January 1989.  Prior to becoming Senior
     Vice  President,  Analog Products Group in April 2001, he held positions as
     Vice   President,   Amplifier/Audio   Products;   Product  Line   Director,
     Amplifier/Audio Products; Director of Marketing,  Mediamatics;  Director of
     Strategy,  Communications  and Consumer  Group;  and Director of Marketing,
     Power Management Group.

(9)  Mr. Seif first  joined  National  in January  1980 and had held a number of
     positions  in MIS  related  operations  when he left the company in 1996 to
     become the Chief  Information  Officer and Vice  President  of  Information
     Services at Cirrus Logic.  He returned to National in May 1997 as the Chief
     Information Officer and Vice President of Information Services and was made
     Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer in April 2001.

(10) Mr. Sweeney first joined National in February 1983 and had held a number of
     human  resources  positions  and  was  serving  as  Vice  President,  Human
     Resources for the Central  Technology and Manufacturing  Group when he left
     the  company in 1998 to become the Vice  President  of Human  Resources  at
     Candescent Technologies Corporation.  He later became the Vice President of
     Human Resources at Vitria  Technology Inc. Mr. Sweeney rejoined National in
     May 2002 as Senior Vice President, Human Resources.

     Executive  officers serve at the pleasure of our Board of Directors.  There
is no family relationship among any of our directors and executive officers.


PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON STOCK AND RELATED
                STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

     During  the past  three  fiscal  years,  we have not sold any  unregistered
securities.

     See information  appearing in Notes 7, Debt; Note 9, Shareholders'  Equity;
and Note 15,  Financial  Information by Quarter  (Unaudited) in the Notes to the
Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8. Our common stock is traded
on the New York Stock Exchange and the Pacific Exchange. Market price range data
are based on the New York Stock Exchange  Composite Tape. Market price per share
at the close of  business on July 26, 2002 was  $18.47.  At July 26,  2002,  the
number of record holders of our common stock was 8,134.

     The following table summarizes share and exercise price  information  about
our equity compensation plans as of May 26, 2002.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                        Number of Securities To       Weighted Average
                                        Be Issued Upon Exercise       Exercise Price of      Number of Securities Remaining
            Plan Category               of Outstanding Options,     Outstanding Options,      Available For Future Issuance
                                          Warrants, and Rights       Warrants and Rights     Under Equity Compensation Plans
- --------------------------------------- ------------------------- -------------------------- --------------------------------
<S>                                             <C>                                                         <C>
Equity Compensation plans approved by
Shareholders:
      Option Plans                              11,372,224                     $27.75                        4,960,975
      Employee Stock Purchase Plans                      -                          -                        7,334,621
      Director Stock Plan                                                                                      114,376
Equity Compensation plans not
approved by Shareholders:
     Option Plans (1)                          31,427,410                     $28.58                       32,279,236
      Restricted Stock Plan                              -                          -                        1,073,250
      401K and Profit Sharing Plans                      -                          -                        6,102,626
- --------------------------------------- ------------------------ -------------------------- --------------------------------

Total                                           42,799,634                                                  51,865,084
                                            ===============                                               =============
</TABLE>


(1)  Includes  options assumed in the  acquisitions  of  Mediamatics,  Cyrix and
     ComCore  and  options  issued  as  part  of the  consideration  paid in the
     acquisition of innoComm.



ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The  following  selected  financial  information  has been  derived from audited
consolidated  financial  statements.  The  information  set  forth  below is not
necessarily  indicative  of results of future  operations  and should be read in
conjunction with  'Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition
and Results of Operations' in Item 7 and the consolidated  financial  statements
and related notes thereto in Item 8.

<TABLE>


                                         FIVE-YEAR SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
<CAPTION>

Years Ended                                               May 26,     May 27,     May 28,      May 30,      May 31,
In Millions, Except Per Share Amounts                     2002        2001        2000         1999         1998
                                                          ----------- ----------- ------------ ------------ -----------
<S>                                                       <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>           <C>
OPERATING RESULTS
Net sales                                                 $ 1,494.8   $ 2,112.6   $ 2,139.9    $  1,956.8   $ 2,536.7
Operating costs and expenses                                1,652.6     1,887.3     1,795.1       3,040.6     2,682.5
                                                          ----------- ----------- ------------ ------------ -----------
Operating income (loss)                                      (157.8)      225.3       344.8      (1,083.8)     (145.8)
Interest income (expense), net                                 21.3        52.0        15.3          (2.2)       22.3
Other income, net                                              13.1        29.8       282.4           0.6        23.8
                                                          ----------- ----------- ------------ ------------ -----------
Income (loss) before income taxes and
    extraordinary item                                       (123.4)      307.1       642.5      (1,085.4)      (99.7)

Income tax expense (benefit)                                   (1.5)       61.4        14.9         (75.5)       (1.1)
                                                          ----------- ----------- ------------ ------------ -----------
Income (loss) before extraordinary item                   $  (121.9)  $   245.7   $   627.6    $ (1,009.9)  $   (98.6)
                                                          =========== =========== ============ ============ ===========
Net income (loss)                                         $  (121.9)  $   245.7   $   620.8    $ (1,009.9)  $   (98.6)
                                                          =========== =========== ============ ============ ===========

Earnings (loss) per share:
Income (loss) before extraordinary item:
      Basic                                               $    (0.69) $     1.40  $     3.62   $     (6.04) $    (0.60)
                                                          =========== =========== ============ ============ ===========
      Diluted                                             $    (0.69) $     1.30  $     3.27   $     (6.04) $    (0.60)
                                                          =========== =========== ============ ============ ===========
Net income (loss):
      Basic                                               $    (0.69) $     1.40  $     3.58   $     (6.04) $    (0.60)
                                                          =========== =========== ============ ============ ===========
      Diluted                                             $    (0.69) $     1.30  $     3.24   $     (6.04) $    (0.60)
                                                          =========== =========== ============ ============ ===========

Weighted-average common and potential common
    shares outstanding:
      Basic                                                   177.5       175.9       173.6         167.1       163.9
                                                          =========== =========== ============ ============ ===========
      Diluted                                                 177.5       188.4       191.7         167.1       163.9
                                                          =========== =========== ============ ============ ===========

FINANCIAL POSITION AT YEAR-END
Working capital                                          $   669.3   $   803.2    $   791.1    $   324.2    $   514.6
Total assets                                             $ 2,288.8   $ 2,362.3    $ 2,382.2    $ 2,044.3    $ 3,100.7
Long-term debt                                           $    20.4   $    26.2    $    48.6    $   416.3    $   390.7
Total debt                                               $    25.9   $    55.6    $    80.0    $   465.6    $   444.6

Shareholders' equity                                     $ 1,781.1   $ 1,767.9    $ 1,643.3    $   900.8    $ 1,858.9
- -------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ------------ ------------ ------------ -----------
OTHER DATA
Research and development                                 $   441.0   $   435.6    $   386.1    $   471.3    $   482.0
Capital additions                                        $   138.0   $   239.5    $   168.7    $   317.5    $   655.8
Number of employees (in thousands)                            10.1        10.3         10.5         11.6         13.0
- -------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ------------ ------------ ------------ -----------
</TABLE>

National  has not paid cash  dividends  on the common  stock in any of the years
presented above.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
OF OPERATIONS

The statements  contained in the outlook section and within certain  sections of
management's  discussion and analysis are  forward-looking  based on our current
expectations   and   management's   estimates  and  actual  results  may  differ
materially.  The  forward-looking  statements  reference  a number  of risks and
uncertainties.  Other risks and uncertainties  include,  but are not limited to,
the general economy,  the changing  environment of the  semiconductor  industry,
competitive products and pricing,  growth in the wireless, PC and communications
infrastructure industries,  regulatory and international conditions, the effects
of  legal  and  administrative  cases  and  proceedings,  and  other  risks  and
uncertainties  that we may detail  from time to time in our  reports and filings
with the SEC. The following  discussion  should be read in conjunction  with the
consolidated financial statements and notes thereto:

o        Critical Accounting Policies
We believe the following  critical  accounting  policies are those policies that
have a significant  effect on the  determination  of our financial  position and
results of operations. These policies also require us to make our most difficult
and subjective judgments:

1.       Revenue Recognition
We recognize  revenue from the sale of  semiconductor  products  upon  shipment,
provided title and risk of loss have passed to the customer, the fee is fixed or
determinable  and  collection  of the  revenue is  reasonably  assured.  Service
revenues  are  recognized  as the services  are  provided or as  milestones  are
achieved,  depending on the terms of the  arrangement.  We record at the time of
shipment a provision for estimated  future returns.  Approximately 47 percent of
our  semiconductor  product  sales  are  sold  through  distributors.   We  have
agreements  with  our  distributors  for  various  programs,  including  pricing
adjustments  based on  resales,  scrap  allowances  and volume  incentives.  The
revenue we record for these  distribution  sales is net of estimated  provisions
for these programs. When determining this net distribution revenue, we must make
significant  judgments and  estimates.  Our estimates are based upon  historical
experience rates, inventory levels in the distribution channel, current economic
trends and other related factors.  To date the actual  distributor  activity has
been  consistent  with the provisions we made based on our  estimates.  However,
because of the inherent  nature of estimates,  there is always a risk that there
could be significant  differences between actual amounts and our estimates.  Our
financial  condition and operating  results are dependent on our ability to make
reliable  estimates and we believe that our estimates are  reasonable.  However,
different  judgments  or  estimates  could  result in  variances  that  might be
significant to reported operating results.
     Intellectual  property income is not classified as revenue.  This income is
classified  as  non-operating  income  and is  recognized  when the  license  is
delivered and no further obligations to the other party exist.

2.       Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of standard cost, which approximates  actual
cost on a first-in,  first-out basis, or market. We reduce the carrying value of
inventory for estimated obsolescence or unmarketable inventory by an amount that
is the  difference  between its cost and the  estimated  market value based upon
assumptions  about  future  demand  and  market  conditions.  Our  products  are
classified  as  either  custom,  which  are  those  products  manufactured  with
customer-specified features or characteristics,  or non-custom,  which are those
products that do not have  customer-specified  features or  characteristics.  We
evaluate obsolescence by analyzing the inventory aging, order backlog and future
customer  demand on an  individual  product  basis.  If actual demand were to be
substantially  lower  than  what  we  have  estimated,  we  may be  required  to
write-down  inventory  below the current  carrying  value.  While our  estimates
require  us to make  significant  judgments  and  assumptions  regarding  future
events,  we believe our  relationships  with our  customers,  combined  with our
understanding  of the  end-markets  we serve,  provide  us the  ability  to make
reliable  estimates.  We also evaluate the carrying value of inventory for lower
of cost or market on an individual  product  basis,  and these  evaluations  are
based on the  difference  between net  realizable  value and standard  cost. Net
realizable  value  is  determined  as the  selling  price  of the  product  less
estimated  cost of disposal.  When  necessary,  we reduce the carrying  value of
inventory to the lower of cost or the net  realizable  value.  If actual  market
conditions  and resulting  product sales were to be less  favorable than what we
have projected, additional inventory write-downs may be required.

3.       Impairment of Goodwill, Intangible Assets and Other Long-lived Assets
We assess the  impairment of  long-lived  assets  whenever  events or changes in
circumstances indicate that their carrying value may not be recoverable from the
estimated  future  cash flows  expected  to result  from their use and  eventual
disposition.  Our long-lived assets subject to this evaluation include property,
plant and equipment. We assess the impairment of goodwill annually in our fourth
fiscal quarter and whenever events or changes in circumstances  indicate that it
is more likely than not that an impairment  loss has been  incurred.  Intangible
assets  other than  goodwill  are reviewed  for  impairment  whenever  events or
changes  in   circumstances   indicate  that  its  carrying  value  may  not  be
recoverable. Other intangible assets subject to this evaluation include acquired
patented  and  unpatented  technology.  We are  required to make  judgments  and
assumptions in  identifying  those events or changes in  circumstances  that may
trigger impairment. Some of those factors we consider include:

o    Significant decrease in the market value of an asset

o    Significant  changes  in the  extent or manner for which the asset is being
     used or in its physical condition

o    A significant  change,  delay or departure in our business strategy related
     to the asset

o    Significant  negative change in the business climate,  industry or economic
     conditions

o    Current  period  operating  losses or negative  cash flow  combined  with a
     history of similar  losses or a forecast that indicates  continuing  losses
     associated with the use of an asset

     In  view  of the  recent  general  economic  decline,  we are  periodically
evaluating whether an impairment of our identifiable intangible assets and other
long-lived assets has occurred. Our evaluation includes an analysis of estimated
future  undiscounted  net cash flows expected to be generated by the assets over
their remaining estimated useful lives. If the estimated future undiscounted net
cash flows are insufficient to recover the carrying value of the assets over the
remaining  estimated  useful  lives,  we will record an  impairment  loss in the
amount by which the  carrying  value of the assets  exceeds the fair  value.  We
determine  fair  value  based on  discounted  cash flows  using a discount  rate
commensurate  with the risk  inherent in our current  business  model.  If, as a
result of our analysis, we determine that our identifiable  intangible assets or
other long-lived assets have been impaired, we will recognize an impairment loss
in the period in which the impairment is determined.  Any such impairment charge
could be significant  and could have a material  adverse effect on our financial
position  and results of  operations,  if and when the  impairment  is recorded.
Major factors that influence our cash flow analysis are our estimates for future
revenue and expenses  associated with the use of the asset.  Different estimates
could have a significant impact on the results of our evaluation.
     We performed a goodwill  impairment review upon initial adoption of the new
accounting  rules for  goodwill  as of the  beginning  of fiscal  2002.  We also
performed an annual review for goodwill impairment in our fourth fiscal quarter.
Our impairment review is based on comparing the fair value to the carrying value
of the  reporting  units with  goodwill.  The fair value of a reporting  unit is
measured at the business  unit level using a discounted  cash flow approach that
incorporates our estimates of future revenues and costs for those business units
with  goodwill.  We use a  discount  rate  that is  commensurate  with  the risk
inherent in the current  business  model for each business  unit with  goodwill.
Reporting units with goodwill include our wireless,  displays and power business
units that are operating  segments within our Analog reportable  segment and our
wired communications group that is reported within other operating segments. The
estimates we have used are  consistent  with the plans and estimates that we are
using to manage the  underlying  businesses.  If we fail to deliver new products
for  these  business  units,  if the  products  fail  to  gain  expected  market
acceptance,  or market  conditions  for these  businesses  fail to improve,  our
revenue  and cost  forecasts  may not be achieved  and we may incur  charges for
goodwill  impairment,  which  could be  significant  and could  have a  material
adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations.

o        Overview
We recorded  net sales of $1.5  billion in fiscal  2002.  This  compares to $2.1
billion in both  fiscal  2001 and fiscal  2000.  The decline in sales for fiscal
2002 came from lower  demand  seen  broadly  across  semiconductor  markets,  as
business  conditions in the semiconductor  industry remained weak throughout the
fiscal year.
     In contrast, market conditions were very strong in the first half of fiscal
2001. As we entered into the second half of fiscal 2001,  market  conditions for
the semiconductor  industry quickly weakened. As a result, we experienced growth
in sales for the  first  half of fiscal  2001 over  sales for the first  half of
fiscal 2000.  This was  essentially  offset by a sharp  decline in sales for the
second half of fiscal 2001, resulting in year over year flat sales.
     In fiscal 2002, we recorded a net loss of $121.9 million.  This compares to
net income of $245.7  million in fiscal 2001 and $620.8  million in fiscal 2000.
Our  operating  results  for fiscal 2002 have been  primarily  affected by lower
sales as a result of slower demand from the overall economic slowdown.
     The net loss for fiscal 2002  included $9.3 million of special  items.  The
special items included $1.3 million for  in-process  R&D charges  related to the
acquisitions of Fincitec Oy, ARSmikro OU and Wireless  Solutions  Sweden AB (See
Note 4).  Special  items also  included a net charge of $8.0 million  related to
cost reduction actions (See Note 3). Net income for fiscal 2001 included special
items of $51.9  million,  including  $16.2  million for  in-process  R&D charges
related to  acquisitions  during the year (See Note 4) and a $35.7  million  net
charge for cost reduction actions (See Note 3).
     For  fiscal  2000,  net income  included  special  items of $55.3  million.
Special  items in fiscal  2000  included a $26.8  million  gain from the sale of
assets of the Cyrix PC  microprocessor  business (See Note 3) and a $4.2 million
in-process R&D charge related to an acquisition (See Note 4). Special items also
included  credits of $14.7 million related to  restructuring  of operations (See
Note 3) and $18.0  million  related to an  indemnity  agreement  with  Fairchild
Semiconductor  that  expired  in March 2000 (See Note 5). In  addition  to these
special  items,  fiscal 2000 net income  included a $270.7 million gain from our
sale of shares of Fairchild stock and an extraordinary loss of $6.8 million (net
of taxes of $0.4 million).  We sold the shares of Fairchild  stock as part of an
initial public offering and a secondary offering that Fairchild completed during
the year.  We  recorded  the  extraordinary  loss in  connection  with the early
redemption of our 6.5 percent convertible subordinated notes due 2002.

o        Sales
The following  discussion is based on our reportable  segments described in Note
13 to the consolidated financial statements.
     Our sales for fiscal 2002  declined  significantly  year on year, as market
conditions for the semiconductor industry remained weak compared to fiscal 2001.
Although  we saw a slight  increase  in unit volume in the second half of fiscal
2002, the sales decline for the year was primarily due to a decreased  volume of
shipments. Lower average selling prices were also a factor, as we saw a shift in
product mix toward lower priced  products  and took some pricing  actions  under
programs to gain increased market share in target areas.
     The  Analog  segment,  which  represents  75  percent  of our total  sales,
experienced  a decline  in sales of 26 percent  for  fiscal  2002 from sales for
fiscal  2001.  The  decline  in  fiscal  2002  was due to a drop in unit  volume
together with decreases in average selling  prices.  Average selling prices were
down  due  to  shifts  in  product  mix as  well  as  some  decline  in  prices,
particularly  on  multisource  products,  which  tend to be viewed as  commodity
products.  Within the Analog  segment,  sales of  application-specific  wireless
products,  including radio frequency building blocks, declined in fiscal 2002 by
36 percent from sales in fiscal 2001. In the broad-based  analog markets,  sales
of power  management  and amplifier  products were also down in fiscal 2002 from
sales in fiscal 2001 by 33 percent and 30 percent,  respectively.  Only sales of
display  products  increased in fiscal 2002.  Those sales increased by 6 percent
over sales in fiscal 2001,  as a large  increase in unit volume more than offset
decreases in average selling prices.
     Sales for fiscal 2002 for the Information  Appliances  segment  declined 12
percent from sales for fiscal 2001.  The decline was  primarily  driven by lower
unit volume, as average selling prices increased slightly. Since a large part of
our  portfolio of  information  appliance  products is still  consumed in the PC
marketplace,  the  year-to-year  slowdown in demand for personal  computers  and
PC-related  products  had a  significant  effect in the decline in sales for the
Information  Appliance  segment.  In addition,  the market  adoption of emerging
information appliances that are not PCs has been slower than expected.
     For fiscal 2002, sales declined in all geographic regions compared to sales
for fiscal 2001.  The decreases  were 46 percent in the Americas,  40 percent in
Europe, 32 percent in Japan and 2 percent in the Asia Pacific region.  Sales for
fiscal 2002 as a percentage of total sales  increased to 44 percent for the Asia
Pacific region, while decreasing to 25 percent in the Americas and 21 percent in
Europe.  Sales as a  percentage  of total  sales  held at 10  percent  in Japan.
Foreign  currency-denominated  sales in fiscal 2002 were unfavorably affected by
foreign currency  exchange rate fluctuations as the Japanese yen, pound sterling
and euro all weakened  against the dollar,  but the impact from this was minimal
since less than a quarter of our total sales for fiscal 2002 was  denominated in
foreign currency.
     Sales  overall for fiscal 2001 were flat compared to sales for fiscal 2000.
For the first half of fiscal 2001, we  experienced  growing sales as a result of
higher  volumes while average  selling  prices were  relatively  flat. Our sales
declined  significantly in the second half of fiscal 2001, as market  conditions
for the  semiconductor  industry  quickly  weakened.  The  decline  was shown in
reduced shipments, as average selling prices remained relatively the same.
     Fiscal  2001 sales for the Analog  segment  were flat  compared to sales in
fiscal 2000. Sales of analog products led the growth in sales for the first half
of fiscal  2001 with an  increase  of 25 percent  over sales for the  comparable
first half of fiscal 2000.  This growth was  attributable  to higher unit volume
combined with slightly higher average selling prices.  A significant  decline in
sales for analog products in the second half of fiscal 2001  essentially  offset
the growth  experienced  in the first half of the fiscal  year.  Analog  product
sales in the second half of fiscal 2001 declined 21 percent compared to sales in
the  comparable  second half of fiscal 2000,  mainly due to a sharp drop in unit
volume  while  average  selling  prices   remained   fairly  stable.   Sales  of
application-specific  wireless  products,  including  radio  frequency  building
blocks, grew 3 percent in fiscal 2001 over fiscal 2000. This was driven by sales
growth of 24 percent in the first half of fiscal 2001 over the comparable  first
half of fiscal 2000  followed by a decline of 16 percent in sales for the second
half of  fiscal  2001.  Sales of  amplifiers,  interface  and  power  management
products  also grew in  fiscal  2001 by 7  percent,  5  percent  and 2  percent,
respectively,  over sales in fiscal 2000. This was driven by sales growth in the
first  half  of  fiscal  2001  of  39  percent,   42  percent  and  31  percent,
respectively,  over the  comparable  first half of fiscal 2000.  Declines in the
second  half of the  fiscal  year of 20  percent,  23  percent  and 22  percent,
respectively,  from the comparable second half of fiscal 2000,  partially offset
the growth in the first half of the fiscal year.
     Sales in fiscal 2001 for the Information  Appliance  segment  declined by 5
percent from sales in fiscal 2000 due to decreases  in both unit  shipments  and
average selling prices.  While the Information  Appliance segment experienced an
18 percent growth in sales for the first half of fiscal 2001 over the comparable
first half of fiscal  2000,  it was more than offset by a 25 percent  decline in
sales for the second  half of fiscal  2001 from the  comparable  second  half of
fiscal  2000.  The  slowdown in demand for  personal  computers  and  PC-related
products  contributed  to the  decline  in sales for the  Information  Appliance
segment since a large part of the portfolio of information appliance products is
still  consumed  in the PC  marketplace.  The slower than  expected  adoption of
emerging  information  appliances that are not PCs also had a negative impact on
growth.   The  fiscal  2000   comparison   excludes  sales  from  the  Cyrix  PC
microprocessor unit, which we sold in September 1999.
     Compared to sales in fiscal 2000,  fiscal 2001 sales  increased in Japan by
11 percent and in the Asia Pacific region by 2 percent, while sales decreased in
the  Americas by 8 percent and in Europe by 1 percent.  As the  Japanese yen and
most European currencies weakened against the dollar,  foreign currency exchange
rate fluctuation had an unfavorable impact on foreign currency-denominated sales
for fiscal 2001.  However,  this impact was minimal since less than a quarter of
our total sales was denominated in foreign currency.  Sales for fiscal 2001 as a
percentage of total sales increased to 32 percent in the Asia Pacific region and
10 percent in Japan, while declining to 33 percent in the Americas and remaining
flat at 25 percent in Europe.

o        Gross Margin
Gross margin as a percentage  of sales was 37 percent in fiscal 2002 compared to
49 percent in fiscal  2001 and 46 percent in fiscal  2000.  The erosion in gross
margin was primarily  driven by lower  factory  utilization.  Wafer  fabrication
capacity  utilization  during  fiscal  2002  ran at 55  percent,  as  production
activity was reduced  considerably  by the weakened  business  conditions in the
semiconductor   industry.   This  compares  with  wafer   fabrication   capacity
utilization  for  fiscal  2001 of 69 percent  when  business  conditions  in the
semiconductor industry were much stronger, particularly in the first half of the
fiscal year. We also saw lower margins from some products in fiscal 2002, caused
mostly from a shift in product  sales mix and to a lesser  extent  from  pricing
pressure, which also impacted the lower gross margin.
     The  increase  in gross  margin for  fiscal  2001 was  primarily  driven by
improved product mix, as we shipped more high  contribution  analog and wireless
products,  combined with improved  manufacturing  efficiency  and higher factory
utilization  during the first half of fiscal 2001.  Wafer  fabrication  capacity
utilization  in the first half of fiscal 2001 ran at 88 percent,  but dropped to
53 percent in the second half of the fiscal year when business conditions in the
semiconductor   industry  quickly   deteriorated  and  production  activity  was
significantly  reduced.  For the year as a  whole,  wafer  fabrication  capacity
utilization was 69 percent compared to 75 percent in fiscal 2000.

o        Research and Development
Research  and  development  expenses in fiscal 2002 were $441.0  million,  or 30
percent of sales,  compared to $435.6  million in fiscal 2001,  or 21 percent of
sales, and $386.1 million in fiscal 2000, or 18 percent of sales.  These amounts
exclude  in-process R&D charges of $1.3 million in fiscal 2002, $16.2 million in
fiscal 2001 and $4.2  million in fiscal 2000 related to  acquisitions  (see Note
4). The  in-process R&D charges are included in the  consolidated  statements of
operations as a component of special items.  Higher R&D expenses for fiscal 2002
result mainly from a license agreement with Taiwan  Semiconductor  Manufacturing
Company. The agreement,  which began in fiscal 2001, allows us to gain access to
a variety of TSMC's advanced sub-micron  processes for use in our Maine facility
as desired,  if and when those  processes are developed by TSMC.  These advanced
process  technologies  are  expected  to  accelerate  the  development  of  high
performance  digital and  mixed-signal  products  in the  markets  for  wireless
handsets,  displays,  information  appliances  and  information  infrastructure.
During  fiscal  2002,  we  devoted  approximately  75  percent of our R&D effort
towards new  product  development  and 25 percent  towards  the  development  of
process and support  technology.  Compared to fiscal 2001,  this  represents a 6
percent  decrease  in  spending  for new  product  development  and a 13 percent
increase  towards  the  development  of process and  support  technology.  While
spending for new product development declined slightly, we continue to focus our
R&D  investment  on our key  strategic  programs.  We  continue to invest in the
development  of  new  analog  and  mixed-signal  technology-based  products  for
applications  in the wireless  handsets,  displays,  information  appliances and
information infrastructure markets. We also continue to devote resources towards
developing  new cores and  integrating  those  cores  with  other  technological
capabilities to create system-on-a-chip solutions.
     The increase in R&D expenses for fiscal 2001 reflected increased investment
in the development of new analog and mixed-signal  technology-based products for
applications  in the wireless  handsets,  displays,  information  appliances and
information  infrastructure  markets,  as  well as in the  process  technologies
needed to support these products.

o        Selling, General and Administrative
Selling, general and administrative expenses in fiscal 2002 were $260.9 million,
or 18 percent of sales, compared to $324.7 million in fiscal 2001, or 15 percent
of sales,  and $309.4 million in fiscal 2000, or 15 percent of sales. The fiscal
2001  SG&A  expenses  included  a $20.5  million  expense  associated  with  the
charitable  donation  of equity  securities  that  were  part of our  investment
portfolio.  We donated the  securities to establish  the National  Semiconductor
Foundation. The fiscal 2001 SG&A expenses also included goodwill amortization of
$13.0  million.  We no longer record  goodwill  amortization  since adopting new
accounting  rules  beginning  in fiscal 2002.  Excluding  these  expenses,  SG&A
expenses for fiscal 2002 declined 10 percent from SG&A expenses for fiscal 2001.
Overall the decline in fiscal 2002 expenses reflects actions that we implemented
in the second half of fiscal 2001 to reduce our spending in response to weakened
business  conditions,  combined with our efforts to further control  spending as
business  conditions remained weak throughout fiscal 2002. These actions reduced
payroll and employee  benefit  expenses,  as well as  discretionary  selling and
marketing program expenses.
     The increase in SG&A  expenses  for fiscal 2001  compared to fiscal 2000 is
primarily due to the $20.5 million  donation  expense that we recorded in fiscal
2001. Excluding that expense,  SG&A expenses in fiscal 2001 actually declined by
two percent from SG&A expenses in fiscal 2000.  Actions that we  implemented  to
reduce  spending  in the second  half of fiscal  2001 in  response  to  weakened
business  conditions  contributed  to the decline in these  expenses  for fiscal
2001.  The effect of those cost  reduction  actions was largely offset by higher
pay rates in fiscal 2001 over fiscal 2000.

o        Cost-Reduction Programs and Restructuring of Operations
For fiscal  2002,  we  recorded  a charge of $12.5  million  for  cost-reduction
actions  associated  with the plan we  announced in May 2002 to  reposition  our
resources.  This  charge  was  partially  offset by a credit of $4.5  million of
remaining  reserves that were no longer needed for previously  announced actions
because  the  activities  were  completed  in fiscal  2002 at a lower  cost than
originally estimated.  See Note 3 of the consolidated financial statements for a
more complete  discussion of these  charges,  as well as other  activity  during
fiscal 2002 related to previously announced actions.

o        Charge for Acquired In-Process Research and Development
In connection with our acquisitions during fiscal 2002 of the combined companies
of Fincitec Oy and ARSmikro OU, and separately of Wireless  Solutions Sweden AB,
$0.2 million and $1.1 million of the total purchase  price for each  acquisition
were  respectively  allocated to the value of in-process R&D. In connection with
our  acquisitions  during  fiscal  2001  of  Vivid  Semiconductor  and  innoComm
Wireless,  $4.1 million and $12.1 million of the total  purchase  price for each
acquisition  were  respectively  allocated  to the value of  in-process  R&D. In
connection  with the  acquisition  of Algorex in fiscal 2000, we allocated  $4.2
million  of the total  purchase  price to the  value of  in-process  R&D.  These
amounts were expensed upon acquisition because technological feasibility had not
been established and no alternative uses existed for the technologies.
     Fincitec   OY   and    ARSmikro   OU   develop    low-voltage,    low-power
application-specific   integrated  circuits  for  battery-powered  devices.  The
acquisition is expected to strengthen  our  development  capabilities  for power
management  circuits for the portable market. It should help us expand our suite
of integrated and discrete  silicon  solutions for handheld  devices,  including
cell phones, personal digital assistants, digital cameras and similar electronic
devices.  Wireless  Solutions  Sweden AB is a developer  of  wireless  solutions
ranging  from  telemetry  to mobile  phones to  wireless  networking,  including
Bluetooth.  This  acquisition  should  help  us  to  deliver  complete  wireless
reference designs, including silicon chipsets,  hardware and software.  InnoComm
is a developer of chipsets for wireless networking  applications.  Its expertise
in short-range wireless technologies such as Bluetooth and HomeRF is intended to
complement our existing base of design and product  expertise.  We intend to use
Vivid's  technologies and analog engineering  resources to increase our strength
in creating silicon  solutions for the flat-panel  display market.  Algorex is a
provider of high performance  digital signal processing  products,  architecture
and  software  technologies  for the  wireless  communication  markets and these
technologies  should enhance our future  capability to provide  complete chipset
solutions for the cellular phone and wireless information appliance markets.
     For each  acquisition,  the fair value of the  in-process  R&D was based on
discounted  projected  net cash flows  expected to be derived  after  successful
completion  of the  existing R&D  projects.  Estimates of future cash flows from
revenues were based primarily on market growth assumptions,  lives of underlying
technologies  and our expected share of market.  Gross profit  projections  were
based on our  experience  with  products that were similar in nature or products
sold into markets with similar  characteristics.  Estimated  operating expenses,
income taxes and capital  charges were  deducted  from gross profit to determine
net operating  income for the in-process R&D projects.  Operating  expenses were
estimated as a percentage of revenue and included  sales and marketing  expenses
and  development   costs  to  maintain  the  technology  once  it  has  achieved
technological  feasibility.  We discounted  the net cash flows of the in-process
R&D projects  using  probable  adjusted  discount  rates that  approximated  the
overall  rate of  return  for each  acquisition  as a whole  and  reflected  the
inherent uncertainties surrounding the development of in-process R&D projects.

o        Interest Income and Interest Expense
For fiscal 2002,  we earned net  interest  income of $21.3  million  compared to
$52.0 million in fiscal 2001 and $15.3  million in fiscal 2000.  The decrease in
fiscal 2002 was primarily due to lower average  interest  rates on lower average
cash balances  during fiscal 2002 compared to fiscal 2001.  Offsetting  interest
expense  was  slightly  lower for  fiscal  2002 as we  continued  to reduce  our
outstanding  debt balances.  The increase in net interest income for fiscal 2001
over fiscal 2000 was due to both  higher  average  cash  balances  and  slightly
higher interest rates in fiscal 2001 than in fiscal 2000. In addition,  interest
expense in fiscal 2001 was significantly  lower than in fiscal 2000 due to lower
debt,  since we repaid  our $258.8  million  convertible  subordinated  notes in
November 1999.

o        Other Income, Net
Other income,  net was $13.1 million for fiscal 2002,  compared to $29.8 million
for fiscal 2001 and $282.4  million for fiscal  2000.  The  components  of other
income, net for fiscal 2002 included $11.6 million of net intellectual  property
income,  a $2.1 million net gain from equity  investments  and $0.6 million from
other  miscellaneous  losses.  Net intellectual  property income for fiscal 2002
included a gain of $8.3 million  from the  settlement  of a patent  infringement
lawsuit.  The  remaining  intellectual  property  income  was from a  number  of
individually  small  agreements.  Beginning in fiscal 2002,  equity in losses of
investments  accounted for under the equity method was included in net gain from
equity  investments.  Other  income,  net for  fiscal  2001  and  2000  has been
re-characterized  to conform with this  classification.  Other  income,  net for
fiscal 2001 included a net gain from equity investments of $23.5 million and net
intellectual  property  income  of  $6.3  million.  The  net  gain  from  equity
investments  for  fiscal  2001  included  a  gain  of  $20.5  million  from  the
distribution of equity  securities  that were part of our investment  portfolio,
which we donated to establish the National Semiconductor  Foundation. An expense
for the same amount  associated  with the donation was included in SG&A expenses
for fiscal 2001. Net intellectual  property income for fiscal 2001 included $2.4
million from a single significant  licensing agreement with a Korean company and
the remainder from a number of individually small agreements.  Other income, net
for 2000 included a net gain from equity  investments of $269.6  million,  $11.5
million of net intellectual  property income and other  miscellaneous  income of
$1.3 million. Net intellectual property income for fiscal 2000 related primarily
to two significant licensing agreements.

o        Income Tax Expense
We recorded an income tax benefit of $1.5  million in fiscal  2002,  compared to
income tax expense of $61.4  million in fiscal 2001 and $14.9  million in fiscal
2000. The fiscal 2002 tax benefit  represented an expected  refund of U.S. taxes
as a result of the new federal tax act, which was partially  offset by taxes due
on international  income. The effective tax rate for fiscal 2002 was one percent
compared  to  effective  tax rates of 20 percent for fiscal 2001 and two percent
for fiscal 2000.  Our ability to realize net deferred tax assets ($84.4  million
at May 26, 2002) is primarily  dependent on our ability to generate  future U.S.
taxable income.  We believe that it is more likely than not that forecasted U.S.
taxable  income will be sufficient to utilize these tax assets.  However,  it is
always possible that we will not be able to meet our expectations of future U.S.
taxable income.

o        Foreign Operations
Our foreign  operations  include  manufacturing  facilities  in the Asia Pacific
region and Europe and sales offices  throughout the Asia Pacific region,  Europe
and Japan. A portion of the  transactions at these  facilities is denominated in
local currency,  which exposes us to risk from exchange rate  fluctuations.  Our
exposure from expenses at foreign  manufacturing  facilities is  concentrated in
pound sterling,  Singapore dollar and Malaysian  ringgit.  Where  practical,  we
hedge net  non-U.S.  dollar  denominated  asset and  liability  positions  using
forward  exchange and  purchased  option  contracts.  Our exposure  from foreign
revenue is limited to the Japanese yen and the euro.  We hedge up to 100 percent
of the notional  value of  outstanding  customer  orders  denominated in foreign
currency, using forward exchange contracts and over-the-counter foreign currency
options. A portion of anticipated foreign sales commitments is, at times, hedged
using purchased option  contracts that have an original  maturity of one year or
less.

o        Financial Market Risks
We are exposed to financial  market risks,  including  changes in interest rates
and foreign currency  exchange rates. To mitigate these risks, we use derivative
financial  instruments.  We do not  use  derivative  financial  instruments  for
speculative or trading purposes.
     Due to the short-term nature of the major portion of our cash portfolio,  a
series of severe cuts in interest  rates,  such as those  recently  experienced,
does have a significant impact on the amount of interest income we can earn from
our cash  portfolio.  An increase in interest rates benefits us due to our large
net cash position.  An increase in interest rates would not necessarily increase
interest expense due to the fixed rates of our existing debt obligations.
     A substantial majority of our revenue and capital spending is transacted in
U.S. dollars. However, we enter into transactions in other currencies, primarily
the Japanese yen, euro and certain other Asian  currencies.  To protect  against
reductions in value and the volatility of future cash flows caused by changes in
foreign  exchange rates, we have  established  programs to hedge our exposure to
these changes in foreign  currency  exchange rates. Our hedging programs reduce,
but do not  always  eliminate,  the  impact of foreign  currency  exchange  rate
movements.  An adverse  change  (defined  as 15 percent  in all  currencies)  in
exchange  rates would result in a decline in income before taxes of less than $5
million.  This  calculation  assumes that each exchange rate would change in the
same direction relative to the U.S. dollar. In addition to the direct effects of
changes in exchange rates, these changes typically affect the volume of sales or
the foreign  currency sales price as  competitors'  products become more or less
attractive.  Our  sensitivity  analysis  of the  effects  of  changes in foreign
currency exchange rates does not factor in a potential change in sales levels or
local currency selling prices.
     All of the potential changes noted above are based on sensitivity  analyses
performed on our balances as of May 26, 2002.

o        Liquidity and Capital Resources
As of May 26, 2002,  cash, cash  equivalents and marketable debt securities were
$844.4 million, slightly down from $869.4 million at May 27, 2001. Cash and cash
equivalents  decreased  $136.5  million in fiscal 2002  compared to increases of
$39.0 million in fiscal 2001 and $360.1  million in fiscal 2000. We describe the
primary factors contributing to these changes below:
     We generated cash from operating activities of $100.3 million during fiscal
2002  compared  to $488.2  million in fiscal  2001 and $399.7  million in fiscal
2000.  We generated  cash from  operating  activities in fiscal 2002 because the
noncash  components of our net loss,  primarily  depreciation and  amortization,
were greater than the reported net loss and the negative  impact from changes in
working capital components.  Decreases in accounts payable, accrued expenses and
other liabilities more than offset the positive effect to working capital from a
decrease in inventories. For fiscal 2001, operating cash was generated primarily
from net income adjusted for noncash  expenses,  which was partially offset by a
negative impact from changes in working capital components.  The negative impact
from changes in working  capital  components  was  softened as the  decreases in
accounts  payable  and  accrued  liabilities  were  substantially  offset by the
positive effect to working  capital from a decrease in  receivables.  For fiscal
2000, net income  adjusted for noncash items was negatively  affected by changes
in working  capital  components  primarily due to increases in  receivables  and
inventories.
     Our  investing  activities  used cash of  $323.3  million  in fiscal  2002,
compared to $298.6  million  used in fiscal 2001.  In fiscal 2000 our  investing
activities  generated cash of $207.5 million.  Major uses of cash in fiscal 2002
included  investment  in property,  plant and equipment of $138.0  million,  net
purchases  of   available-for-sale   securities   of  $111.5   million  and  the
acquisitions of Fincitec Oy, ARSmikro OU and Wireless  Solutions Sweden AB for a
total of $42.1 million, net of cash acquired (See Note 4). Major uses of cash in
fiscal 2001  included  investment  in  property,  plant and  equipment of $239.5
million and the acquisitions of innoCOMM and Vivid for a total of $99.1 million,
net of cash  acquired  (See Note 4). In  contrast,  proceeds of $286.0  million,
primarily from the sale of Fairchild Semiconductor stock, and $75.0 million from
the sale of the Cyrix PC  microprocessor  business were the main contributors to
cash generated from our investing  activities in fiscal 2000. This was partially
offset by our  investment in property,  plant and equipment of $168.7 million in
fiscal 2000.
     Our financing  activities  generated cash of $86.5 million for fiscal 2002,
while  they used cash of $150.6  million in fiscal  2001 and  $247.1  million in
fiscal  2000.  The primary  source of cash was from the issuance of common stock
under  employee  benefit  plans in the amount of $107.1  million in fiscal 2002,
which was partially offset by repayment of $20.6 million of our outstanding debt
balances.  The primary use of cash in fiscal 2001 was for our  repurchase of 8.3
million  shares of common  stock on the open market for $194.4  million.  All of
these shares were retired during fiscal 2001.  This more than offset cash inflow
of $68.2 million from the issuance of common stock under employee benefit plans.
For fiscal 2000 the primary use of cash was for the payment of $265.8 million to
redeem our 6.5 percent  convertible  subordinated notes. Other debt repayment of
$114.7  million was offset by proceeds of $133.4  million  from the  issuance of
common stock under employee benefits plans during fiscal 2000.
     Management  foresees  substantial  cash  outlays  for plant  and  equipment
throughout  fiscal 2003, with primary focus on new capabilities that support our
target  growth  markets,  as well as  improvements  to provide more  capacity in
selected areas and also better manufacturing efficiency and productivity.  Based
on current economic  conditions,  the fiscal 2003 capital  expenditure  level is
expected to be higher than the fiscal 2002 level.  However,  we will continue to
manage capital  expenditures  consistent with ongoing  business  conditions.  We
expect  existing cash and investment  balances,  together with existing lines of
credit, to be sufficient to finance capital investments planned for fiscal 2003.
Our cash and  investment  balances  are  dependent on  continued  collection  of
customer  receivables and the ability to sell inventories.  Although we have not
experienced  major  problems  with  our  customer  receivables,   continued  and
significant  declines in overall economic conditions would probably impact sales
and may lead to problems with customer receivables.  In addition, major declines
in financial markets would probably cause reductions in our cash equivalents and
marketable investments.

     The following  table provides a summary of the effect on liquidity and cash
flows from our contractual obligations as of May 26, 2002:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

(in millions)                    Fiscal Year:                                            2008 and
                                 2003            2004       2005      2006      2007     thereafter    Total
                                 --------------- ---------- --------- --------- -------- ------------- ----------
Contractual obligations:
<S>                                   <C>          <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>         <C>         <C>
Debt obligations                      $ 5.5        $20.4      $ -       $ -       $ -         $ -       $ 25.9
Noncancellable
  operating leases                     16.5         14.1       11.7       7.9       6.0         9.9       66.1
Fairchild manufacturing
  agreement                            20.0          -          -         -         -           -         20.0
Licensing agreements:
  TSMC                                 32.0         32.0       32.0      19.0       -           -        115.0
  Other                                12.8          7.9        0.4       0.3       0.3         0.6       22.3
                                 --------------- ---------- --------- --------- -------- ------------- ----------
Total                                 $86.8        $74.4      $44.1     $27.2      $6.3       $10.5     $249.3
                                 =============== ========== ========= ========= ======== ============= ==========

Commercial Commitments:
Standby letters of credit
  under bank multicurrency
  agreement                           $18.6        $ -        $  -      $ -        $-         $ -       $ 18.6
                                 =============== ========== ========= ========= ======== ============= ==========
</TABLE>

o        Recently Issued Accounting Standards
At the  beginning  of fiscal  2002,  we adopted  SFAS No. 133,  'Accounting  for
Derivative  Instruments and Hedging  Activities.' The adoption of this statement
did not have a material impact on our financial  statements as described in Note
1 to the  consolidated  financial  state' at the  beginning of fiscal 2002.  The
impact of adoption of this statement is described in Note 1 to the  consolidated
financial statements.
     In June 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 141,
'Business  Combinations'  and SFAS No.  143,  'Accounting  for Asset  Retirement
Obligations.'  SFAS No. 141 requires  that the purchase  method of accounting be
used for all business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001, and eliminates
the use of the  pooling-of-interests  method.  We adopted SFAS No. 141 in fiscal
2002 and applied its provisions to acquisitions closed after June 30, 2001. SFAS
No. 143 addresses financial accounting and reporting for obligations  associated
with the  retirement  of tangible  long-lived  assets and the  associated  asset
retirement  costs.  We are currently  analyzing  this statement and have not yet
determined its impact on our consolidated  financial statements.  This Statement
will be effective for our fiscal year 2003.
     In October 2001, the Financial  Accounting  Standards Board issued SFAS No.
144,  'Accounting  for the  Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived  Assets,' which
replaces SFAS No. 121,  'Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived  Assets and
for  Long-Lived  Assets to Be Disposed  Of.'  Although  SFAS No. 144 retains the
basic  requirements  of SFAS  No.  121  regarding  when  and how to  measure  an
impairment loss, it provides additional  implementation  guidance.  SFAS No. 144
also  supersedes  the  provisions of APB Opinion No. 30,  'Reporting  Results of
Operations,'  pertaining to  discontinued  operations.  Separate  reporting of a
discontinued  operation  is  still  required,  but  SFAS  No.  144  expands  the
presentation  to  include a  component  of an  entity,  rather  than  strictly a
business  segment.  We are currently  analyzing  this statement and have not yet
determined its impact on our consolidated  financial statements.  This statement
will be effective for our fiscal year 2003.
     In April 2002, the Financial Accounting Standard Board issued SFAS No. 145,
'Rescission  of FASB  Statements  No. 4, 44, 64,  Amendment  of FASB No. 13, and
Technical  Corrections.' Among other provisions,  SFAS No. 145 rescinds SFAS No.
4, 'Reporting Gains and Losses from Extinguishment of Debt.' Accordingly,  gains
or losses from  extinguishment  of debt shall not be  reported as  extraordinary
items unless the  extinguishment  qualifies as an  extraordinary  item under the
criteria of APB No. 30. Gains or losses from  extinguishment of debt that do not
meet the criteria of APB No. 30 should be reclassified to income from continuing
operations in all prior periods presented.  This statement will be effective for
our fiscal  year  2003.  We do not  expect  the  adoption  of SFAS 145 to have a
material impact on our financial position or results of operations.

o Outlook
Rapid technological  change and frequent  introduction of new technology leading
to more complex and more  integrated  products  characterize  the  semiconductor
industry.  The result is a cyclical  environment  with short product life, price
erosion and high sensitivity to the overall business cycle.  Substantial capital
and R&D  investment  are also  required to support  products  and  manufacturing
processes. As a result of these industry conditions,  we have experienced in the
past and may  experience in the future  periodic  fluctuations  in our operating
results.  Although  semiconductor market conditions for fiscal 2002 continued to
be weak compared to that in fiscal 2001,  we  experienced  sequential  quarterly
growth  in new  orders  in each of our  fiscal  2002  quarters.  The  sequential
improvement was driven by new orders for our products that are aimed at wireless
handsets, displays, notebook computers and other electronic devices. Our 13-week
backlog as we entered the first  quarter of fiscal 2003 was greater  than it was
at the beginning of the previous quarter. This was driven by a strong pattern of
new  orders we saw in the  second  half of fiscal  2002.  As order  levels  have
improved,  the aging of orders has become more normalized as our customers place
more orders  further  out in time.  Consequently,  this  affects the amount they
place in turns orders,  which are orders received with delivery requested in the
same quarter. Based on expectations of turns orders for the quarter, our outlook
is for first  quarter  fiscal  2003  sales to be around the same level as in the
fourth  quarter  of fiscal  2002,  when we  reported  sales of  $419.5  million.
Historically, sales in our first quarter have usually been flat or down from the
preceding fourth quarter.  Weekly orders in July compared to June have improved,
but the  expected  level of sales for the  fiscal  2003  first  quarter  remains
dependent on receiving  the  anticipated  turns orders in the  remaining  August
period.  We also expect our gross  margin  percentage  for the first  quarter of
fiscal 2003 to be comparabale  with the fourth quarter of fiscal 2002.  Overall,
we expect to remain  profitable  for the first  quarter of fiscal  2003.  In May
2002, we announced a plan to reposition our resources, including a shift of more
sales and  marketing  resources  to the Asia Pacific  region to support  growing
opportunities  in that region as sales in the region grew to 44 percent of total
sales in fiscal 2002 from 32 percent in fiscal 2001. If we are  unsuccessful  in
growing those market  opportunities or if the economic environment in the region
declines, our future sales may be unfavorably affected. Our focus is to continue
to introduce new products,  particularly more highly integrated system-on-a-chip
products and  higher-margin  analog products that are targeted  towards wireless
handsets,  displays,  information appliances and information infrastructure.  If
the  development  of new  products  is  delayed  or market  acceptance  is below
expectations,  future gross  margin may be  unfavorably  affected.  The wireless
handset  market  continues  to be  important  to our future  growth  plans.  New
integrated  chipsets  are being  developed to provide  added  dollar  content in
targeted entry-level handsets.  New products are also being developed to address
new features and  functionality  in handsets,  such as color  displays and image
capture.  Due to high levels of  competition,  as well as complex  technological
requirements,  there is no assurance  that we will  ultimately  be successful in
this targeted market. Although the number of wireless handsets sold worldwide is
a large market,  near-term  growth trends are highly  uncertain and difficult to
predict with accuracy.  Delayed  introduction of  next-generation  wireless base
stations  also  negatively  impacts  potential  growth in the  wireless  handset
market.  There is also uncertainty related to the standards that ultimately will
be adopted for the  next-generation  wireless  base  stations.  As a result,  we
remain  cautious on  near-term  trends in our  wireless-related  businesses.  We
continue  to hold  numerous  design wins for our highly  integrated  information
appliance  products,  but end-user  adoption of the various devices that utilize
our products has been slower than  anticipated.  A design win is when a customer
has chosen our  semiconductor  product and designed it into their device.  It is
not yet clear which form  factors,  specific  customers'  products or customers'
business models will ultimately be successful in this emerging  market.  Revenue
for our  information  appliance  products  is  dependent  on the outcome and the
timing  of  product   acceptance  trends.  We  believe  that  continued  focused
investment in research and  development,  especially the timely  development and
market acceptance of new products,  is a key factor to our successful growth and
our ability to achieve  strong  financial  performance.  Our  product  portfolio
generally has short product life cycles. Successful development and introduction
of new products are critical to our ability to maintain a  competitive  position
in the  marketplace.  We will continue to invest  resources to develop new cores
and integrate those cores with our other capabilities to create system-on-a-chip
products that leverage our leading edge analog and mixed-signal  technology.  We
will also continue to prioritize our  investments by focusing on applications in
the  wireless  handsets,   displays,   information  appliances  and  information
infrastructure  markets,  as well as in process  technologies  needed to support
those products.  Given the uncertainty in the current  economic  climate,  it is
difficult to accurately  predict at this time our financial  performance  beyond
the first quarter of fiscal 2003.  Assuming no  significant  improvement  in the
economy,  we anticipate R&D spending for fiscal 2003 to be slightly  higher than
the fiscal 2002 level  driven by increased  investments  in our key focus areas.
Overall  SG&A  expense is expected  to be  slightly  higher than the fiscal 2002
level due to higher  payroll and employee  costs,  but we will continue to align
our cost  structure  with  current  business  conditions.  We have made and will
continue to make strategic business acquisitions or investments in order to gain
access to key technologies that can augment our existing technical capability or
enable  us to  achieve  faster  time to  market.  These  can  involve  risks and
uncertainties that may unfavorably impact our future financial  performance.  We
cannot  assure  you  that we will be able  to  integrate  and  develop  acquired
technologies as expected. If the technology is not developed in a timely manner,
we may be unsuccessful in penetrating target markets. With acquisition activity,
there are risks that future  operating  results may be  unfavorably  affected by
certain  acquisition  related costs,  such as but not limited to, in-process R&D
charges and  incremental  R&D  spending.  Because of  significant  international
sales, we benefit  overall from a weaker dollar and are adversely  affected by a
stronger  dollar  relative to major  currencies  worldwide.  Changes in exchange
rates,  and in particular a strengthening  of the U.S.  dollar,  may unfavorably
affect our  consolidated  sales and  operating  results.  Although we attempt to
manage short-term exposures to foreign currency  fluctuations,  we cannot assure
you that our risk management  activities will fully offset the adverse financial
impact resulting from unfavorable movements in foreign exchange rates. From time
to time, we have received notices of tax assessments from certain governments of
countries in which we operate.  We cannot assure you that these  governments  or
other government entities will not serve future notices of assessments on us, or
that the amounts of such  assessments and our failure to favorably  resolve such
assessments would not have a material adverse effect on our financial  condition
or results of  operations.  In addition,  our tax returns for certain  years are
under examination in the U.S. While we believe we have sufficiently provided for
all tax  obligations,  we cannot assure you that the ultimate outcome of the tax
examinations  will not have a material  adverse  effect on our future  financial
condition or results of operations.  The September terrorist attacks on the U.S.
and  subsequent  associated  events have created  additional  uncertainty on the
state of the U.S. economy overall.  Although we did not experience any immediate
direct  adverse  effect  on our  operations  from  the  terrorist  attacks,  the
longer-term and indirect  consequences from this catastrophic  event are not yet
known.  There can be no assurance  that the economic and political  climate will
improve  in the near  future.  If the slow  business  conditions  in the  global
economy continue or become more severe,  our future sales and operating  results
will be negatively impacted.
<TABLE>

Appendix to MD&A Graphs
(3 yrs)
<CAPTION>

                                                   2002          2001          2000
                                               ------------- ------------- -------------
<S>                                               <C>           <C>           <C>
Net Sales per Employee                            $150.2        $201.2        $198.0
Net Operating Margin
  as a Percent of Sales                            (10.6)%        10.7%         16.1%
Operating Costs and Expenses
  (As a Percent of Sales):
Selling, General, and
  Administrative                                    17.5%         15.4%         14.5%
Research and Development                            29.5%         20.6%         18.0%
Cost of Sales                                       63.0%         50.9%         54.0%
Net Property, Plant,
  And Equipment                                   $737.1        $832.8        $822.0
Stock Price Ending                                $ 32.13       $ 28.12       $ 49.63

</TABLE>



ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

See  information/discussion  appearing in subcaption 'Financial Market Risks' of
Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of  Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations  in  Item  7 and  in  Note  1,  'Summary  of  Significant  Accounting
Policies,' and Note 2, 'Financial Instruments,' in the Notes to the Consolidated
Financial Statements included in Item 8.



ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- ------------------------------------------
                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
Financial Statements:
- ---------------------

Consolidated Balance Sheets at May 26, 2002 and May 27, 2001                  32

Consolidated Statements of Operations for each of the years in the
   three-year period ended May 26, 2002                                       33

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for each of the years
   in the three-year period ended May 26, 2002                                34

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for each of the years
   in the three-year period ended May 26, 2002                                35

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the years in the
   three-year period ended May 26, 2002                                       36

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                                 37-64

Independent Auditors' Report                                                  65


Financial Statement Schedule:
For the three years ended May 26, 2002

Schedule II -- Valuation and Qualifying Accounts                              69



<PAGE>

NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                    May 26,        May 27,
In Millions, Except Share Amounts                                                     2002          2001
                                                                                  ------------- --------------
<S>                                                                                   <C>            <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
    Cash and cash equivalents                                                         $  681.3       $  817.8
    Short-term marketable investments                                                     18.1            5.0
    Receivables, less allowances of $37.8 in 2002 and $45.1 in 2001                      131.7          123.4
    Inventories                                                                          145.0          195.5
    Deferred tax assets                                                                   58.7           97.2
    Other current assets                                                                  38.3           36.1
                                                                                  ------------- --------------
Total current assets                                                                   1,073.1        1,275.0
Property, plant and equipment, net                                                       737.1          832.8
Long-term marketable debt securities                                                     145.0           46.6
Long-term marketable equity securities                                                    46.4           18.5
Goodwill                                                                                 173.3          132.1
Other assets                                                                             113.9           57.3
                                                                                 ------------- --------------
Total assets                                                                          $2,288.8       $2,362.3
                                                                                  ============= ==============
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
    Current portion of long-term debt                                                 $    5.5       $   29.4
    Accounts payable                                                                     123.7          126.4
    Accrued expenses                                                                     226.7          262.9
    Income taxes payable                                                                  47.9           53.1
                                                                                  ------------- --------------
Total current liabilities                                                                403.8          471.8
Long-term debt                                                                            20.4           26.2
Other noncurrent liabilities                                                              83.5           96.4
                                                                                  ------------- --------------
Total liabilities                                                                     $  507.7       $  594.4
Commitments and contingencies
Shareholders' equity:
    Common stock of $0.50 par value. Authorized 850,000,000 shares.
        Issued and outstanding 180,361,609 in 2002 and 173,806,633 in 2001            $   90.2       $   86.9
    Additional paid-in capital                                                         1,415.3        1,294.7
    Retained earnings                                                                    310.5          432.4
    Unearned compensation                                                               (12.8)         (13.9)
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss                                                (22.1)         (32.2)
                                                                                  ------------- --------------
Total shareholders' equity                                                            $1,781.1       $1,767.9
                                                                                  ------------- --------------
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity                                            $2,288.8       $2,362.3
                                                                                  ============= ==============
</TABLE>

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


<PAGE>


NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Years Ended                                                           May 26,      May 27,      May 28,
In Millions, Except Per Share Amounts                                 2002         2001         2000
                                                                      ------------ ------------ ------------

<S>                                                                    <C>          <C>          <C>
Net sales                                                              $1,494.8     $2,112.6     $2,139.9
Operating costs and expenses:
    Cost of sales                                                         941.4      1,075.1      1,154.9
    Research and development                                              441.0        435.6        386.1
    Selling, general and administrative                                   260.9        324.7        309.4
    Special items                                                           9.3         51.9        (55.3)
                                                                      ------------ ------------ ------------
Total operating costs and expenses                                      1,652.6      1,887.3      1,795.1
                                                                      ------------ ------------ ------------
Operating income (loss)                                                  (157.8)       225.3        344.8
Interest income, net                                                       21.3         52.0         15.3
Other income, net                                                          13.1         29.8        282.4
                                                                      ------------ ------------ ------------
Income (loss) before income taxes and extraordinary item                 (123.4)       307.1        642.5
Income tax expense (benefit)                                               (1.5)        61.4         14.9
                                                                      ------------ ------------ ------------
Income (loss) before extraordinary item                                  (121.9)       245.7        627.6
Extraordinary loss on early extinguishment of debt,
    net of taxes of $0.4 million                                            -            -            6.8
                                                                      ------------ ------------ ------------
Net income (loss)                                                      $ (121.9)    $  245.7     $  620.8
                                                                      ============ ============ ============
Earnings (loss) per share:
Income (loss) before extraordinary item:
    Basic                                                                 $(0.69)       $1.40        $3.62
    Diluted                                                               $(0.69)       $1.30        $3.27
Net income (loss):
    Basic                                                                 $(0.69)       $1.40        $3.58
    Diluted                                                               $(0.69)       $1.30        $3.24
Weighted-average common and potential common
    shares outstanding:
    Basic                                                                 177.5        175.9        173.6
    Diluted                                                               177.5        188.4        191.7
</TABLE>

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


<PAGE>

NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Years Ended                                                            May 26,       May 27,       May 28,
In millions                                                            2002          2001          2000
                                                                       ------------- ------------- --------------

<S>                                                                       <C>            <C>           <C>
Net income (loss)                                                         $(121.9)       $245.7        $620.8

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
     Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities                        32.6          32.6         206.0
     Reclassification adjustment for realized gain included in
          net income (loss)                                                  (9.4)        (21.3)       (224.6)
     Minimum pension liability                                              (12.7)        (16.0)         (6.2)
     Derivative instruments:
       Unrealized loss on cash flow hedges                                   (0.4)          -             -
                                                                       ------------- ------------- --------------
 Other comprehensive income (loss)                                           10.1          (4.7)        (24.8)
                                                                       ------------- ------------- --------------
 Comprehensive income (loss)                                              $(111.8)       $241.0        $596.0
                                                                       ============= ============= ==============
</TABLE>


The tax effects of other comprehensive income (loss) components included in each
of the years presented above were not significant.

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

<PAGE>


NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

 NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

                                                                                                        Accumulated
                                                             Additional     Retained                    Other
                                                 Common      Paid-In        Earnings    Unearned        Comprehensive
In Millions                                      Stock       Capital       (Deficit)   Compensation     Loss               Total
                                                 -------   -------------  -----------  --------------   -------------   ------------

<S>             <C> <C>                            <C>       <C>             <C>          <C>            <C>              <C>
Balances at May 30, 1999                           $84.5     $1,268.1        $(434.1)     $(15.0)         $ (2.7)         $   900.8
Net income                                           -            -            620.8         -               -                620.8
Issuance of common stock under option,              4.1         130.6            -           -               -                134.7
purchase, and profit sharing plans
Unearned compensation relating to issuance of       0.1           8.2            -          (8.3)            -                  -
restricted stock
Cancellation of restricted stock                    -            (6.0)           -           2.7             -                 (3.3)
Amortization of unearned compensation               -              -             -           8.0             -                  8.0
Issuance of common stock upon conversion of a       0.1           7.0            -           -               -                  7.1
convertible     subordinated promissory note
Other comprehensive loss                            -              -             -           -             (24.8)             (24.8)
- ------------------------------------------------ --------- ------------- ----------- ----------------- ---------------- ------------
Balances at May 28, 2000                           88.8       1,407.9          186.7       (12.6)            (27.5)         1,643.3
Net income                                          -              -           245.7         -                 -              245.7
Issuance of common stock under option,              2.2          70.0            -           -                 -               72.2
purchase, and profit sharing plans
Unearned compensation relating to issuance of       0.1           7.4            -          (7.5)              -                -
restricted stock
Cancellation of restricted stock                    -            (2.8)           -           2.0               -               (0.8)
Amortization of unearned compensation               -             -              -           4.2               -                4.2
Proceeds from sale of  put warrants                 -             0.4            -           -                 -                0.4
Stock compensation charge                           -             2.0            -           -                 -                2.0
Purchase and retirement of treasury stock          (4.2)       (190.2)           -           -                 -             (194.4)
Other comprehensive loss                            -             -              -           -                (4.7)            (4.7)
- ------------------------------------------------ --------- ------------ ------------ ----------------- ---------------- ------------
Balances at May 27, 2001                           86.9       1,294.7          432.4       (13.9)            (32.2)         1,767.9
Net loss                                            -              -          (121.9)        -                 -             (121.9)
Issuance of common stock under option,              3.0         108.6            -           -                 -              111.6
purchase, and profit sharing plans
Unearned compensation relating to issuance of       -             3.1            -          (3.1)              -                -
restricted stock
Cancellation of restricted stock                    -            (0.9)           -           0.8               -               (0.1)
Amortization of unearned compensation               -             -              -           3.4               -                3.4
Stock compensation charge                           -             0.1            -           -                 -                0.1
Issuance of common stock upon conversion of         0.3           9.7            -           -                 -               10.0
convertible     subordinated promissory notes
Other comprehensive income                          -             -              -           -                10.1             10.1
- ------------------------------------------------ --------- ------------ -------------- ----------------- ---------------- ----------
Balances at May 26, 2002                          $90.2      $1,415.3        $ 310.5      $(12.8)          $ (22.1)        $1,781.1
- ------------------------------------------------ --------- ------------ -------------- ----------------- ---------------- ----------
</TABLE>

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

<PAGE>

NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Years Ended                                                              May 26,      May 27,      May 28,
In Millions                                                              2002         2001         2000
                                                                         ------------ ------------ ------------

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
<S>                                                                        <C>           <C>          <C>
Net income (loss)                                                          $(121.9)      $245.7       $620.8
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss)
    to net cash provided by operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization                                            230.4        243.3        263.8
    Gain on investments                                                       (9.4)       (30.6)      (272.5)
    Loss on disposal of equipment                                              4.4          3.1         11.9
    Donation of equity securities                                              -           20.5          -
    Deferred tax provision                                                    18.0         27.6        (12.1)
    Noncash special items                                                     (2.3)        21.9        (55.3)
    Other, net                                                                 0.2          0.3          1.6
    Changes in certain assets and liabilities, net:
        Receivables                                                           (6.4)       135.2        (86.7)
        Inventories                                                           51.0         (2.6)       (57.0)
        Other current assets                                                   -            0.8         (8.3)
        Accounts payable and accrued expenses                                (32.9)      (138.9)        (9.7)
        Income taxes payable                                                  (5.2)       (33.7)         9.0
        Other noncurrent liabilities                                         (25.6)        (4.4)        (5.8)
                                                                         ------------ ------------ ------------
Net cash provided by operating activities                                    100.3        488.2        399.7
                                                                         ------------ ------------ ------------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchase of property, plant and equipment                                   (138.0)      (239.5)      (168.7)
Sale of equipment                                                              -            -            8.6
Sale and maturity of available-for-sale securities                            88.6         48.2        151.2
Purchase of available-for-sale securities                                   (200.1)       (28.0)      (115.1)
Disposition of Cyrix PC microprocessor business                                -            -           75.0
Sale of investments                                                           11.2         34.8        286.0
Purchase of nonmarketable investments, net                                   (26.3)       (14.9)        (8.5)
Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired                                  (42.1)       (99.1)       (22.2)
Funding of benefit plan                                                      (14.9)        (2.4)         -
Other, net                                                                    (1.7)         2.3          1.2
                                                                         ------------ ------------ ------------
Net cash provided by (used by) investing activities                         (323.3)      (298.6)       207.5
                                                                         ------------ ------------ ------------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Redemption of convertible subordinated notes                                   -            -         (265.8)
Repayment of debt                                                            (20.6)       (24.4)      (114.7)
Issuance of common stock, net                                                107.1         68.2        133.4
Purchase and retirement of treasury stock                                      -         (194.4)         -
                                                                         ------------ ------------ ------------
Net cash provided by (used by) financing activities                           86.5       (150.6)      (247.1)
                                                                         ------------ ------------ ------------

Net change in cash and cash equivalents                                     (136.5)        39.0        360.1
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year                               817.8        778.8        418.7
                                                                         ------------ ------------ ------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year                                   $ 681.3       $817.8       $778.8
                                                                         ============ ============ ============
</TABLE>

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

<PAGE>

NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Note 1.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements include National Semiconductor Corporation
and our majority-owned  subsidiaries.  All significant intercompany transactions
are eliminated in consolidation.
     Our fiscal year ends on the last Sunday of May.  The fiscal years ended May
26, 2002, May 27, 2001 and May 28, 2000 were all 52-week years.

Revenue Recognition
- -------------------
     We recognize revenue from the sale of semiconductor products upon shipment,
provided title and risk of loss has passed to the customer,  the fee is fixed or
determinable and collection of the revenue is reasonably  assured.  We record at
the time of shipment a provision for estimated future returns.  Approximately 47
percent of our  semiconductor  product sales are sold through  distributors.  We
have agreements with our distributors for various  programs,  including  pricing
adjustments  based on  resales,  scrap  allowances  and volume  incentives.  The
revenue  we  record  for  these  distribution  sales  is net  of  the  estimated
provisions for these programs.  Service  revenues are recognized as the services
are  provided  or as  milestones  are  achieved,  depending  on the terms of the
arrangement.  Intellectual  property  income is not classified as revenue.  This
income is classified as non-operating  income and is recognized when the license
is delivered, collection is reasonably assured and no further obligations to the
other party exist.

Inventories
- -----------
Inventories are stated at the lower of standard cost, which approximates  actual
cost on a first-in,  first-out basis, or market. We reduce the carrying value of
inventory for estimated obsolescence or unmarketable inventory by an amount that
is the  difference  between its cost and the  estimated  market value based upon
assumptions about future demand and market conditions.

Property, Plant and Equipment
- -----------------------------
Property,  plant and equipment  are recorded at cost.  We use the  straight-line
method to depreciate  machinery and equipment over their  estimated  useful life
(3-5 years). Buildings and improvements are depreciated using both straight-line
and  declining-balance  methods over the assets' remaining estimated useful life
(3-50 years), or, in the case of leasehold improvements,  over the lesser of the
estimated useful life or lease term.
     We  capitalize   eligible  costs  to  acquire  or  develop   software  used
internally. We use the straight-line method to amortize software used internally
over its estimated useful life (3-5 years).  Effective May 26, 2002, and for all
years presented, we reclassified software used internally to property, plant and
equipment.  Prior to this, we had  classified  software  used  internally on the
consolidated balance sheets in other assets.
     We  review  the  carrying  value  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  for
impairment whenever events and circumstances indicate that the carrying value of
an asset may not be recoverable from the estimated future cash flows expected to
result  from  its  use and  eventual  disposition.  If our  estimate  of  future
undiscounted net cash flows is insufficient to recover the carrying value of the
assets over the estimated  useful life, we will record an impairment loss in the
amount by which the carrying value of the assets exceeds the fair value.

Goodwill
- --------
Goodwill  represents  the  excess of the  purchase  price over the fair value of
identifiable  net  tangible  and  intangible   assets  acquired  in  a  business
combination.  We adopted SFAS No. 142,  'Goodwill and Other Intangible  Assets,'
and discontinued amortizing goodwill as of the beginning of fiscal 2002. Instead
we evaluate  goodwill for  impairment on an annual basis and whenever  events or
changes  in  circumstance  suggest  that  it is more  likely  than  not  that an
impairment loss has been incurred.
     Upon adoption of this financial  standard,  we established  reporting units
based  on  operating  segments  as  defined  by our  current  segment  reporting
structure and assigned all existing  goodwill to the reporting  units. As of May
26, 2002,  we have four  reporting  units that contain  goodwill.  During fiscal
2002,  we evaluated  goodwill  impairment  as of the date of adoption and in our
fourth fiscal  quarter,  which has been selected as the period for our recurring
annual evaluation for all reporting units. In each evaluation,  we completed the
first step of the  goodwill  impairment  test and  determined  that no potential
impairment  existed.  As a result,  we did not recognize a transitional or other
impairment loss in fiscal 2002.

Income Taxes
- ------------
We determine deferred tax liabilities and assets at the end of each period based
on the future tax consequences  that can be attributed to net operating loss and
credit  carryovers  and  differences  between the financial  statement  carrying
amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, using
the tax rate  expected  to be in  effect  when the taxes  are  actually  paid or
recovered.  The  recognition  of  deferred  tax assets is reduced by a valuation
allowance  if it is more  likely  than  not that  the tax  benefits  will not be
realized.

Earnings (Loss) per Share
- -------------------------
We compute basic earnings (loss) per share using the weighted-average  number of
common shares outstanding.  Diluted earnings (loss) per share are computed using
the weighted-average  common shares outstanding after giving effect to potential
common shares from stock options based on the treasury stock method,  plus other
potentially dilutive securities  outstanding,  such as convertible  subordinated
notes.
     For all years  presented,  the reported  net income  (loss) was used in our
computation of basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share. A reconciliation  of
the shares used in the computation follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Years Ended
                                                              May 26,         May 27,          May 28,
(In Millions)                                                 2002            2001             2000
                                                              --------------- ---------------- ---------------
<S>                                                                <C>             <C>              <C>
Weighted-average common shares outstanding used
    for basic earnings (loss) per share                            177.5           175.9            173.6
Effect of dilutive securities:
    Stock options                                                    -              12.5             18.1
                                                              --------------- ---------------- ---------------

Weighted-average common and potential common shares
    outstanding used for diluted earnings (loss) per share         177.5           188.4            191.7
                                                              =============== ================ ===============
</TABLE>

     As of May 26, 2002,  we had options  outstanding  to purchase  36.9 million
shares of common stock with a weighted-average  exercise price of $28.24,  which
were excluded  from the fiscal 2002  computation  of diluted  earnings per share
because their effect was antidilutive.  These options could  potentially  dilute
the computation of earnings per share in the future.  As of May 27, 2001, we had
options  outstanding  to purchase  10.0  million  shares of common  stock with a
weighted-average  exercise price of $53.58,  which were excluded from the fiscal
2001  computation  of  diluted  earnings  per share  because  their  effect  was
antidilutive.  As of May 28, 2000,  we had options  outstanding  to purchase 8.4
million shares of common stock with a weighted-average exercise price of $59.49,
which were excluded  from the fiscal 2000  computation  of diluted  earnings per
share because their effect was antidilutive.

Currencies
- ----------
The functional  currency for all  operations  worldwide is the U.S.  dollar.  We
include gains and losses arising from translation of foreign currency  financial
statement balances into U.S. dollars in current earnings.  We also include gains
and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions in current earnings.

Financial Instruments
- ---------------------
Cash and Cash Equivalents. Cash equivalents are highly liquid instruments with a
remaining maturity of three months or less at the time of purchase.  We maintain
cash balances in various  currencies and in a variety of financial  instruments.
We have not experienced any material losses related to any short-term  financial
instruments.

Marketable  Investments.  Debt and marketable  equity  securities are classified
into  held-to-maturity  or  available-for-sale  categories.  Debt securities are
classified as  held-to-maturity  when we have the positive intent and ability to
hold the securities to maturity. We record  held-to-maturity  securities,  which
are stated at amortized  cost, as either  short-term or long-term on the balance
sheet  based  upon  contractual   maturity  date.  Debt  and  marketable  equity
securities    not   classified   as    held-to-maturity    are   classified   as
available-for-sale  and are carried at fair market  value,  with the  unrealized
gains and losses, net of tax, reported in shareholders' equity as a component of
accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss.  Gains or losses on securities sold are
based on the specific identification method.

Nonmarketable  investments.  We have investments in nonpublicly traded companies
as  a  result  of  various  strategic  business  ventures.  These  nonmarketable
investments are included on the balance sheet in other assets. For nonmarketable
investments in which we have less than 20 percent  voting  interest and where we
do not have the ability to exercise significant  influence or control, we record
these at cost and  periodically  review them for impairment.  For  nonmarketable
investments in which we do have the ability to exercise  significant  influence,
but do not hold a controlling interest, we record these using the equity method.
Under the equity method we record our proportionate share of income or loss from
these  investments in nonoperating  income based on our share of voting interest
in the investment.

Derivative Financial Instruments. As part of our risk management strategy we use
derivative  financial  instruments,  including  forwards,  swaps  and  purchased
options,  to hedge certain  foreign  currency and interest rate  exposures.  Our
intent is to offset  gains and losses  that occur from our  underlying  exposure
with gains and  losses on the  derivative  contracts  used to hedge  them.  As a
matter of  company  policy,  we do not enter  into  speculative  positions  with
derivative  instruments.  The criteria we use for designating an instrument as a
hedge  include  the  instrument's  effectiveness  in risk  reduction  and direct
matching of the financial instrument to the underlying transaction.

     At the  beginning  of  fiscal  2002,  we  adopted  Statement  of  Financial
Accounting Standards No. 133, 'Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging
Activities,'  as amended by SFAS No. 138,  'Accounting  for  Certain  Derivative
Instruments and Certain Hedging  Activities.' SFAS No. 133 requires companies to
record  derivatives  on the balance sheet as assets or  liabilities  measured at
fair value. We record all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value.  Gains
or  losses  resulting  from  changes  in the  values  of these  derivatives  are
accounted  for based on the use of the  derivative  and whether it qualifies for
hedge  accounting.  The  cumulative  effect of  adoption of this  statement  was
immaterial to both our financial position and results of operations.  See Note 2
to the Consolidated  Financial  Statements for a full description of our hedging
activities and related accounting policies.

Fair Values of Financial Instruments
- ------------------------------------
The  carrying  amounts for cash and cash  equivalents,  short-term  investments,
accounts  receivable,  accounts payable and accrued expenses  approximate  their
fair values due to the short period of time until their maturity. Fair values of
long-term  investments,  long-term  debt,  interest rate  derivatives,  currency
forward  contracts  and currency  options are based on quoted  market  prices or
pricing models using prevailing  financial market information as of May 26, 2002
and May 27, 2001.  The estimated fair value of debt was $26.8 million at May 26,
2002 and $62.4 million at May 27, 2001. See Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial
Statements for fair values of marketable  securities  and  derivative  financial
instruments.

Employee Stock Plans
- --------------------
We account for our stock option plans and our employee  stock  purchase plans in
accordance with the intrinsic method of Accounting  Principles Board Opinion No.
25, 'Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees.'

Use of Estimates in Preparation of Financial Statements
- -------------------------------------------------------
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States of America requires us to make estimates
and assumptions  that affect the reported  amounts of assets and liabilities and
the disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements
and the reported  amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting  period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Reclassifications
- -----------------
Certain amounts in prior years' consolidated  financial  statements and notes to
consolidated  financial  statements  have been  reclassified  to  conform to the
fiscal 2002 presentation.  Net operating results have not been affected by these
reclassifications.

Note 2.  Financial Instruments

Marketable Investments
- ----------------------
Our policy is to diversify our investment  portfolio to reduce risk to principal
that could arise from credit,  geographic and investment sector risk. At May 26,
2002, investments were placed with a variety of different financial institutions
and other  issuers.  Investments  with a  maturity  of less than one year have a
rating of A1/P1 or better.  Investments  with a  maturity  of more than one year
have a minimum rating of AA/Aa2.
     At May 26, 2002, we held $17.7 million of available-for-sale securities and
$605.5  million of  held-to-maturity  securities,  which are  classified as cash
equivalents on the consolidated balance sheet. These cash equivalents consist of
the following (in millions):  bank time deposits ($178.0),  institutional  money
market funds ($167.0) and commercial paper ($278.2).
     At May 27, 2001, we held $48.7 million of available-for-sale securities and
$723.2  million of  held-to-maturity  securities,  which are  classified as cash
equivalents on the consolidated balance sheet. These cash equivalents consist of
the following (in millions):  bank time deposits ($193.3),  institutional  money
market funds ($105.1) and commercial paper ($473.5).

Marketable investments at fiscal year-end comprised:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

(In Millions)                                                           Gross         Gross
                                                          Amortized     Unrealized    Unrealized    EstimatedFair
                                                          Cost          Gains         Losses        Value
                                                          ------------- ------------- ------------- -------------
2002
<S>                                                           <C>            <C>           <C>          <C>
SHORT-TERM MARKETABLE INVESTMENTS
  Available-for-sale securities:
    Corporate notes                                           $  18.0        $  0.1        $  -         $  18.1
                                                          ------------- ------------- ------------- -------------

Total short-term marketable investments                       $  18.0        $  0.1        $  -         $  18.1
                                                          ============= ============= ============= =============

LONG-TERM MARKETABLE INVESTMENTS
  Available-for-sale securities:
    Debt securities:
      Government debt securities                              $ 144.5        $  0.5        $  -         $ 145.0
                                                          ------------- ------------- ------------- -------------

    Equity securities                                             8.8          38.9         $(1.3)         46.4
                                                          ------------- ------------- ------------- -------------
 Total long-term marketable investments                        $ 153.3        $ 39.4         $(1.3)      $ 191.4
                                                          ============= ============= ============= =============

2001
SHORT-TERM MARKETABLE INVESTMENTS
  Available-for-sale securities:
    Certificates of deposit                                   $   5.0        $  -           $ -         $   5.0
                                                          ------------- ------------- ------------- -------------
Total short-term marketable investments                       $   5.0        $  -           $ -         $   5.0
                                                          ============= ============= ============= =============

LONG-TERM MARKETABLE INVESTMENTS
  Available-for-sale securities:
    Debt securities:
      Government debt securities                              $  14.0        $  0.1           -         $  14.1
      Corporate notes                                            32.0           0.5           -            32.5
                                                          ------------- ------------- ------------- -------------
                                                                 46.0           0.6           -            46.6
                                                          ------------- ------------- ------------- -------------

    Equity securities                                             4.1          15.4          (1.0)         18.5
                                                          ------------- ------------- ------------- -------------
Total long-term marketable investments                        $  50.1        $ 16.0         $(1.0)      $  65.1
                                                          ============= ============= ============= =============
</TABLE>

     Net unrealized gains on  available-for-sale  securities of $38.2 million at
May 26, 2002 and $15.0 million at May 27, 2001 are included in accumulated other
comprehensive loss. The related tax effects are not significant.

Scheduled maturities of investments in debt securities were:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  (In Millions)
                                                                                 ----------------
<S>                                                                                  <C>
  2003                                                                                $ 18.1
  2004                                                                                  15.0
  2005                                                                                 130.0
                                                                                 ----------------
Total                                                                                 $163.1
                                                                                 ================
</TABLE>

     Gross realized gains on  available-for-sale  securities  were $8.1 million,
$25.5 million and $224.6 million for fiscal 2002,  2001 and 2000,  respectively.
We realized impairment losses for other than temporary declines in fair value of
available-for-sale  securities in fiscal 2002 of $0.2 million and in fiscal 2001
of $4.2 million. Gross realized losses on available-for-sale securities were not
material for fiscal 2000. We recognized gross realized gains from  nonmarketable
investments  of $1.5  million,  $22.4  million and $48.4 million in fiscal 2002,
2001 and 2000, respectively.  These gains come primarily from the sale of shares
in connection with initial public  offerings and  acquisitions by third parties.
Although we recognized $12.7 million of gross impairment losses on nonmarketable
investments in fiscal 2001, no such losses were recognized in either fiscal 2002
or 2000.

Derivative Financial Instruments

The objective of our foreign exchange risk management  policy is to preserve the
U.S.  dollar  value of  after-tax  cash inflow in  relation  to non-U.S.  dollar
currency  movements.  We are exposed to foreign currency exchange rate risk that
is inherent in orders, sales, cost of sales, expenses and assets and liabilities
denominated  in  currencies  other than the U.S.  dollar.  We enter into foreign
exchange  contracts,  primarily forwards and purchased options, to hedge against
exposure to changes in foreign  currency  exchange  rates.  These  contracts are
matched at inception to the related  foreign  currency  exposures that are being
hedged. Exposures which are hedged include sales by subsidiaries, and assets and
liabilities  denominated in currencies other than the U.S.  dollar.  Our foreign
currency hedges typically mature within one year.
     We measure hedge  effectiveness  for foreign currency forward  contracts by
comparing the cumulative change in the hedge contract with the cumulative change
in the hedged  item,  both of which are based on forward  rates.  For  purchased
options,  we measure hedge effectiveness by the change in the option's intrinsic
value,  which represents the change in the forward rate relative to the option's
strike price.  Any changes in the time value of the option are excluded from the
assessment of effectiveness of the hedge and recognized in current earnings.
     We designate  derivative  instruments  that are used to hedge  exposures to
variability  in  expected  future  foreign  denominated  cash flows as cash flow
hedges. We record the effective portion of the gains or losses on the derivative
instrument in accumulated other  comprehensive  loss as a separate  component of
shareholders' equity and reclassify amounts into earnings in the period when the
hedged transaction affects earnings. Derivative instruments that we use to hedge
exposures  to  reduce  or  eliminate  changes  in the fair  value of an asset or
liability  denominated in foreign  currency are designated as fair value hedges.
The gain or loss on the derivative instrument, as well as the offsetting gain or
loss on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk, is included in selling,
general and administrative expenses.
     We are  also  exposed  to  variable  cash  flow  that  is  inherent  in our
variable-rate  debt.  We use an  interest  rate  swap to  convert  the  variable
interest payments to fixed interest payments.  We designate this derivative as a
cash flow hedge.  For interest  rate swaps,  the critical  terms of the interest
rate  swap and  hedged  item are  designed  to match up,  enabling  us to assume
effectiveness  under SFAS No. 133. We recognize  amounts as interest  expense as
cash settlements are paid or received.
     We report hedge  ineffectiveness from foreign currency derivatives for both
forward   contracts   and   options  in  current   earnings.   We  also   report
ineffectiveness  related  to  interest  rate swaps in  current  earnings.  Hedge
ineffectiveness  was not  material  for fiscal  2002.  No cash flow  hedges were
terminated  as a result  of  forecasted  transactions  that did not  occur.  The
effective  portion  of all  changes  in  derivatives  is  reported  in the  same
financial statement line item as the changes in the hedged item.
     At May 26, 2002,  the estimated net amount of existing gains or losses from
cash flow hedges expected to be reclassified  into earnings within the next year
was $0.4 million. For fiscal 2002, net realized losses recognized from cash flow
hedges were $0.2 million and fair value hedges were $0.5 million.

Fair Value and Notional Principal of Derivative Financial Instruments

The table  below  shows the fair  value and  notional  principal  of  derivative
financial  instruments  as of May  26,  2002  and  May 27,  2001.  The  notional
principal amounts for derivative  financial  instruments  provide one measure of
the  transaction  volume  outstanding  as of year-end and do not  represent  the
amount of the exposure to credit or market loss. The estimates of fair value are
based on applicable and commonly used pricing models using prevailing  financial
market  information  as of May 26,  2002 and May 27,  2001.  The  fair  value of
interest rate swap agreements  represents the estimated  amount we would receive
or pay to terminate the agreements  taking into  consideration  current interest
rates. The fair value of forward foreign currency exchange contracts  represents
the present value  difference  between the stated forward  contract rate and the
current market forward rate at  settlement.  The fair value of foreign  currency
option contracts  represents the probable weighted net amount we would expect to
receive at maturity.  The credit risk amount shown in the table  represents  the
gross  exposure  to  potential  accounting  loss on  these  transactions  if all
counterparties  failed to perform according to the terms of the contract,  based
on the then-current  currency  exchange rate or interest rate at each respective
date. Although the following table reflects the notional  principal,  fair value
and credit risk amounts of the  derivative  financial  instruments,  it does not
reflect the gains or losses  associated with the exposures and transactions that
the  derivative  financial  instruments  are  intended  to  hedge.  The  amounts
ultimately  realized upon  settlement of these financial  instruments,  together
with the gains and losses on the  underlying  exposures,  will  depend on actual
market conditions during the remaining life of the instruments.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                 Carrying       Notional    Estimated     Credit
(In Millions)                                                    Amount         Principal   Fair Value    Risk
                                                                 -------------- ----------- ------------- -------------
2002
<S>                                                                 <C>             <C>        <C>            <C>
INTEREST RATE INSTRUMENTS
Swaps:
 Variable to fixed                                                  $  -           $ 18.2      $  -          $  -
                                                                 ============== =========== ============= =============

FOREIGN EXCHANGE INSTRUMENTS
Forward contracts:
To sell dollars:
  Pound sterling                                                    $  0.1         $  6.5      $  0.1        $  0.1
  Singapore dollar                                                     -              4.4         0.1           0.1
                                                                 -------------- ----------- ------------- -------------
           Total                                                    $  0.1         $ 10.9      $  0.2        $  0.2
                                                                 ============== =========== ============= =============
Purchased options:
  Japanese yen                                                      $ -            $ 23.0      $ -           $  -
                                                                 ============== =========== ============= =============

2001
INTEREST RATE INSTRUMENTS
Swaps:
 Variable to fixed                                                  $  -           $ 19.4      $ -            $ -
                                                                 ============== =========== ============= =============

FOREIGN EXCHANGE INSTRUMENTS
Forward contracts:
To buy dollars:
  Japanese yen                                                      $  -           $  3.1      $ -            $ -
                                                                 ============== =========== ============= =============
To sell dollars:
  Pound sterling                                                    $ (0.3)        $ 16.0      $ (0.4)        $ -
  Singapore dollar                                                    (0.2)           9.7        (0.2)          -
                                                                 -------------- ----------- ------------- -------------
          Total                                                     $ (0.5)        $ 25.7      $ (0.6)        $ -
                                                                 ============== =========== ============= =============

Purchased options:
  Japanese yen                                                      $  0.1         $ 18.0      $  0.2         $ 0.2
  Other                                                                -              4.5         -             -
                                                                 -------------- ----------- ------------- -------------
          Total                                                     $  0.1         $ 22.5      $  0.2         $ 0.2
                                                                 ============== =========== ============= =============
</TABLE>

Concentrations of Credit Risk

Financial  instruments that may subject us to  concentrations of credit risk are
primarily investments and trade receivables. Our investment policy requires cash
investments to be placed with high-credit quality  counterparties and limits the
amount of investments  with any one financial  institution or direct issuer.  We
sell our products to distributors and original equipment  manufacturers involved
in a  variety  of  industries  including  computers  and  peripherals,  wireless
communications,   automotive  and  networking.   We  perform  continuing  credit
evaluations of our customers  whenever necessary and we generally do not require
collateral.  Our top ten customers combined represented approximately 38 percent
of total accounts  receivable at May 26, 2002, and  approximately  27 percent at
May 27, 2001. One of our distributors  accounted for approximately 10 percent of
total  net  sales in  fiscal  2002 as a result  of its  acquisition  of  another
distributor  located in Europe. No one customer or distributor  accounted for 10
percent  or more of total net sales in fiscal  2001 and 2000.  Historically,  we
have not experienced  significant  losses related to receivables from individual
customers or groups of customers in any particular industry or geographic area.

Note 3.  Cost Reduction Programs and Restructuring of Operations

Fiscal 2002

Included  as a  component  of special  items in the  consolidated  statement  of
operations for fiscal 2002, we reported a net charge of $8.0 million  related to
the actions described below:
     In May 2002,  we announced a plan to  reposition  our  resources and reduce
costs.  The plan scales back efforts in some wireless  networking  technologies,
such as the IEEE  802.11  technology  standard,  and narrows  investment  in the
set-top  box  portion  of our  information  appliance  business.  We  will  also
reallocate  investment  to support our  growing  opportunities  in the  wireless
handset and flat-panel  display  markets,  and our broadening  capability in the
analog power  management  area.  We are also  shifting  more sales and marketing
resources to Asia Pacific to support growth in that region. The plan resulted in
a net reduction of approximately 150 positions from our global workforce,  which
is expected to be completed  prior to the end of fiscal 2003. In connection with
these actions,  we recorded a charge of $12.5 million.  The charge includes $8.5
million  for  severance,  $3.2  million  for other exit  related  costs and $0.8
million for the write-off of equipment  related to activity that was  eliminated
as part of the  repositioning.  Other exit costs  primarily  represent  facility
lease  obligations  related  to  closure of sales  offices  and design  centers.
Noncash  charges  related  to  write-off  of  equipment.  The total  charge  was
partially offset by a credit of $4.5 million of remaining  reserves that were no
longer needed for  previously  announced  actions  because the  activities  were
completed in fiscal 2002 at a lower cost than originally estimated. Fiscal 2001

Included  as a  component  of special  items in the  consolidated  statement  of
operations for fiscal 2001, we reported a net charge of $35.7 million  comprised
of the items described below:
     In May 2001,  we  announced a  cost-reduction  program  that  included  the
elimination of approximately 790 positions worldwide.  This action was taken due
to  continued  weakness in the  semiconductor  industry  experienced  during the
second  half of fiscal  2001.  As a result,  we  recorded  a net charge of $33.4
million. The charge included $25.5 million for severance, $4.2 million for other
exit related  costs and $4.8 million for the  write-off of equipment  related to
activity that was eliminated as part of the cost-reduction  program.  The charge
was  partially  offset  by a credit  of $1.1  million  of  residual  restructure
reserves for activities  that were completed in fiscal 2001. The noncash portion
totaled $6.8 million,  consisting of the write-off of equipment and $2.0 million
for noncash severance relating to stock options.
     In August 2000, we recorded a $2.3 million restructure charge in connection
with the  consolidation  of the  wafer  manufacturing  operations  in  Greenock,
Scotland. This charge represented additional severance costs associated with the
termination  of certain  remaining  employees who were  originally  scheduled to
depart the company upon final closure of the 4-inch wafer fabrication  facility.
The  closure  of the 4-inch  wafer  fabrication  facility  and the  transfer  of
products and processes to the 6-inch wafer fabrication facility on the same site
were substantially completed by the end of September 2000.

Fiscal 2000

Included  as a  component  of special  items in the  consolidated  statement  of
operations   for  fiscal  2000,  we  reported  a  $14.7   million   credit  from
restructuring of operations related to the actions described below:
     For all  activities  related to  restructuring  actions we announced in May
1999 that were substantially  completed during fiscal 2000, we recorded a credit
of $9.0 million for severance and other  exit-related  costs for which  reserves
were no longer required.  The May 1999 actions included our decision to exit the
Cyrix  PC  microprocessor  business,  the  elimination  of  approximately  1,126
positions  worldwide and the closure of the 8-inch development wafer fabrication
facility in Santa Clara, California. In connection with the closure of the Santa
Clara wafer fabrication facility, we also recorded a credit of $2.6 million from
the final disposition of related equipment.
     In  September  1999,  we  completed  the sale of the assets of the Cyrix PC
microprocessor  business  to VIA  Technologies.  The sale  included  the MII x86
compatible  microprocessor  and successor  products.  We retained the integrated
Media GX microprocessor, which forms the core of the GeodeTM family of solutions
for the information appliance market.  Assets sold included  inventories,  land,
buildings and  equipment,  primarily  located in Richardson,  Texas;  Arlington,
Texas;    Mesa,    Arizona;    and   Santa    Clara,    California.    Some   PC
microprocessor-related  manufacturing  assets in Toa Payoh,  Singapore were also
included.  Proceeds  from this  transaction  were $75.0  million,  of which $8.2
million  represented  reimbursement to us for certain  employee  retention costs
incurred  solely as a result of completing the sale. The remaining $66.8 million
represented  payment for the assets sold. We recorded a gain of $26.8 million on
the sale.
     In September  1999, we also announced we would retain full ownership of our
semiconductor   manufacturing  facility  in  Greenock  and  ceased  our  efforts
originally  announced in October 1998 to seek an investor to acquire and operate
that facility as an independent  foundry  business.  As a result,  we recorded a
credit of $3.1 million from the reduction of the restructure  reserve related to
a penalty that would no longer be incurred.

The following  table  provides a summary of the  activities  related to our cost
reduction and  restructuring  actions  included in accrued  liabilities  for the
years ended May 26, 2002 and May 27, 2001:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

(In Millions)                                                            2002           2001
                                                                         -------------- ---------------

<S>                                                                          <C>            <C>
Beginning balance                                                            $30.3          $19.1
Cash payments                                                                (20.8)         (17.7)
Cost reduction program charges                                                11.7           30.0
Credit for residual reserves                                                  (4.8)          (1.1)
                                                                         -------------- ---------------
Ending balance                                                               $16.4          $30.3
                                                                         ============== ===============
</TABLE>

     During fiscal 2002, we paid  severance of $14.6 million to 473 employees in
connection  with the cost reduction  action  announced in May 2001. We also paid
$6.2 million for other  exit-related  costs during fiscal 2002. Those costs were
primarily  associated  with  restructuring  actions we  originally  announced in
fiscal 1999. As of May 26, 2002, no amounts had yet been paid in connection with
the actions announced in May 2002.

Note 4.  Acquisitions

Fiscal 2002

In April 2002,  we acquired  the Finnish  company  Fincitec Oy and  ARSmikro OU,
based in Estonia.  These two related  companies develop  low-voltage,  low-power
application specific integrated circuits for battery-powered  devices. We expect
this acquisition to strengthen our development capabilities for power management
circuits  for the  portable  market  and to expand our suite of  integrated  and
discrete silicon solutions for handheld devices, including cell phones, personal
digital  assistants,   digital  cameras  and  similar  electronic  devices.  The
acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method with a purchase price of
$15.6  million  for all of the  outstanding  shares of the  combined  companies'
common stock.  In connection  with the  acquisition,  we recorded a $0.2 million
in-process research and development charge,  which is included as a component of
special items in the  consolidated  statement of operations for fiscal 2002. The
remainder of the  purchase  price was  allocated to net assets of $1.0  million,
intangible  assets of $0.8 million and goodwill of $13.6  million  based on fair
values.
     In June 2001, we acquired Wireless Solutions Sweden AB, a leading developer
of  wireless  solutions  ranging  from  telemetry  to mobile  phones to wireless
networking,  including  Bluetooth.  This  acquisition  was  intended  to help us
deliver  complete  wireless  reference  designs,   including  silicon  chipsets,
hardware and  software.  The  acquisition  was  accounted for using the purchase
method with a purchase price of $27.7 million for all of the outstanding  shares
of Wireless  Solutions  common stock.  In connection  with the  acquisition,  we
recorded a $1.1 million  in-process  research and development  charge,  which is
included  as a  component  of special  items in the  consolidated  statement  of
operations for fiscal 2002. The remainder of the purchase price was allocated to
net  liabilities  of $1.0  million and goodwill of $27.6  million  based on fair
values.

Fiscal 2001

In February  2001, we acquired  innoComm  Wireless,  a developer of chipsets for
wireless  networking  applications  based in San Diego,  California.  InnoComm's
expertise ranges from short-range wireless  technologies,  such as Bluetooth and
HomeRF,  to full  wireless  local  area  networking  based  on the  IEEE  802.11
standard,  which  allows  interoperability  for  wireless  LANs  similar  to how
ethernet allows interoperability of wired LANs, and the acquisition was intended
to complement our existing base of design and product expertise. The acquisition
was  accounted  for using the  purchase  method with a purchase  price of $118.8
million.  Of the total purchase  price,  $74.3 million was paid in cash upon the
closing of the transaction. A liability of $44.5 million was recorded, primarily
representing two installments to be paid twelve and twenty-four months after the
closing date. In connection  with the  acquisition,  we recorded a $12.1 million
in-process research and development charge,  which is included as a component of
special items in the  consolidated  statement of operations for fiscal 2001. The
remainder of the purchase  price was allocated to net assets of $0.2 million and
intangible assets of $106.5 million based on fair values.  The intangible assets
consist primarily of goodwill.  Under terms of employee retention  arrangements,
we also  expect  to pay a total  of  approximately  $18.3  million  to  innoComm
employees   upon  the   completion  of  their  first  and  second  year  service
anniversaries.  These amounts are being charged  ratably to operations  over the
related service periods.
     In July 2000, we acquired the business and assets of Vivid Semiconductor, a
semiconductor  company  based in Chandler,  Arizona.  Vivid's  technologies  and
analog  engineering  resources  are expected to expand our strengths in creating
silicon  solutions  for the  flat-panel  display  market.  The  acquisition  was
accounted for using the purchase  method with a purchase  price of $25.1 million
in cash.  In  connection  with  the  acquisition,  we  recorded  a $4.1  million
in-process research and development charge,  which is included as a component of
special items in the  consolidated  statement of operations for fiscal 2001. The
remainder of the purchase  price was allocated to net assets of $1.3 million and
intangible  assets of $19.7 million based on fair values.  The intangible assets
consist primarily of goodwill.

Fiscal 2000

In December 1999, we acquired  Algorex,  a provider of high performance  digital
signal  processing  products,  architecture  and software  technologies  for the
wireless  communication  markets.  These technologies  should enhance our future
capability to provide  complete  chipset  solutions  for the cellular  phone and
wireless information  appliance markets. The acquisition was accounted for using
the purchase  method with a purchase price of $21.5 million.  In connection with
the acquisition,  we recorded a $4.2 million in-process research and development
charge,  which is included as a component of special  items in the  consolidated
statement of operations for fiscal 2000. The remainder of the purchase price was
allocated primarily to goodwill.

The amount allocated to the in-process  research and development charge for each
of these acquisitions was determined through an established  valuation technique
used in the high technology  industry.  The research and development  charge was
expensed  upon  acquisition  because  technological  feasibility  had  not  been
established and no alternative uses exist. The costs of research and development
to bring the products to  technological  feasibility  are not expected to have a
material impact on future operating results.
     Pro forma results of operations related to these acquisitions have not been
presented  since the results of their  operations were immaterial in relation to
National.

Note 5.  Consolidated Financial Statement Details
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

(In Millions)                                                            2002           2001
                                                                         -------------- ---------------

RECEIVABLE ALLOWANCES
<S>                                                                      <C>            <C>
Doubtful accounts                                                        $     7.5      $     7.3
Returns and allowances                                                        30.3           37.8
                                                                         -------------- ---------------
Total receivable allowances                                              $    37.8      $    45.1
                                                                         ============== ===============

INVENTORIES
Raw materials                                                            $     6.4      $     8.1
Work in process                                                               86.9          113.8
Finished goods                                                                51.7           73.6
                                                                         -------------- ---------------
Total inventories                                                        $   145.0      $   195.5
                                                                         ============== ===============

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Land                                                                     $    23.3      $    21.7
Buildings and improvements                                                   524.2          520.6
Machinery and equipment                                                    1,774.1        1,778.1
Internal-use software                                                         87.5           86.9
Construction in progress                                                      47.8           98.7
                                                                         -------------- ---------------
Total property, plant and equipment                                        2,456.9        2,506.0
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization                             1,719.8        1,673.2
                                                                         -------------- ---------------
Property, plant and equipment, net                                       $   737.1      $   832.8
                                                                         ============== ===============

ACCRUED EXPENSES
Payroll and employee related                                             $   115.6      $   123.7
Cost reduction charges and restructuring of operations                        16.4           30.3
Other                                                                         94.7          108.9
                                                                         -------------- ---------------
Total accrued expenses                                                   $   226.7      $   262.9
                                                                         ============== ===============

ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities                         $    38.2      $    15.0
Minimum pension liability                                                    (59.9)         (47.2)
Unrealized loss on cash flow hedges                                           (0.4)           -
                                                                         -------------- ---------------
                                                                         $   (22.1)     $   (32.2)
                                                                         ============== ===============
</TABLE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


(In Millions)                                                   2002          2001          2000
                                                                ------------- ------------- --------------
<S>                                                               <C>          <C>           <C>
SPECIAL ITEMS - Income (expense)
Cost reduction charges and restructuring of operations            $ (8.0)      $ (35.7)      $  14.7
In-process research and development charges                         (1.3)        (16.2)         (4.2)
Gain on disposition of Cyrix PC microprocessor business              -             -            26.8
Other                                                                -             -            18.0
                                                                ------------- ------------- --------------
                                                                  $ (9.3)      $ (51.9)      $  55.3
                                                                ============= ============= ==============
</TABLE>

     For fiscal 2000 special  items,  a credit to reduce the excess portion of a
contingent   liability   related  to  an  indemnity   agreement  with  Fairchild
Semiconductor that expired in March 2000 is included in Other. The agreement was
connected with the disposition of the Fairchild business in fiscal 1997.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

(In Millions)                                                   2002          2001          2000
                                                                ------------- ------------- --------------
<S>                                                               <C>           <C>           <C>
INTEREST INCOME, NET
Interest income                                                   $  25.2       $  57.3       $  33.2
Interest expense                                                     (3.9)         (5.3)        (17.9)
                                                                ------------- ------------- --------------
Interest income, net                                              $  21.3       $  52.0       $  15.3
                                                                ============= ============= ==============

OTHER INCOME, NET
Net intellectual property income                                  $  11.6       $   6.3       $  11.5
Gain on investments, net                                              2.1          23.5         269.6
Other                                                                (0.6)          -             1.3
                                                                ------------- ------------- --------------
Total other income, net                                           $  13.1       $  29.8       $ 282.4
                                                                ============= ============= ==============
</TABLE>

     Beginning in fiscal 2002,  equity in losses of  investments  accounted  for
under the equity  method is  included in gain (loss) on  investments,  net.  The
presentation  of $3.8  million in fiscal 2001 and $2.9 million in fiscal 2000 of
such losses previously reported in selling,  general and administrative expenses
in fiscal 2001 and 2000,  respectively,  has been re-characterized to conform to
this classification.

Note 6.  Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The changes in the  carrying  amount of goodwill  for fiscal 2002 are as follows
(in millions):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                     Analog Segment       All
                                                                        Others          Total
                                                     --------------- -------------- --------------
<S>             <C> <C>                                   <C>               <C>          <C>
Balances at May 27, 2001                                  $130.4            $1.7         $132.1
Goodwill acquired during fiscal 2002                        41.2             -             41.2
                                                     --------------- -------------- --------------
Balances at May 26, 2002                                  $171.6            $1.7         $173.3
                                                     =============== ============== ==============
</TABLE>



Other intangible assets,  which are included in other assets on the consolidated
balance  sheet,  will  continue to be amortized and consist of the following (in
millions):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                      Weighted-Average             Weighted-Average
                                                                       Amortization                 Amortization
                                                                          Period                       Period
                                                         May 26,         (Years)        May 27,        (Years)
                                                          2002                           2001
                                                     ---------------- --------------- ------------ ----------------
<S>                                                         <C>               <C>            <C>           <C>
Patents                                                     $4.9              5.0            $4.9          5.0
Unpatented technology                                        0.8              2.4             -            -
                                                     ----------------                 ------------
                                                             5.7                              4.9
Less accumulated amortization                                1.7                              0.8
                                                     ----------------                 ------------
                                                            $4.0              4.6            $4.1          5.0
                                                     ================                 ============
</TABLE>

We expect annual  amortization  expense in the following  fiscal years to be (in
millions):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<C>                                         <C>
2003                                        $1.4
2004                                         1.4
2005                                         1.0
2006                                         0.2
                                          --------
                                            $4.0
                                          ========
</TABLE>

Annual amortization expense was (in millions):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                        2002            2001        2000
                                                        ------------ ----------- -----------
<S>                                                        <C>         <C>           <C>
Goodwill amortization                                      $   -       $   13.0      $  5.3
Patent and technology amortization                             0.9          0.8         -
                                                        ------------ ----------- -----------
Total amortization                                         $   0.9     $   13.8      $  5.3
                                                        ============ =========== ===========
</TABLE>

     Adjusted  net income  (loss) and net income  (loss) per share  exclusive of
amortization  expense  related to  goodwill  was (in  millions, except per share
amounts):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                           2002         2001        2000
                                                        ------------ ----------- -----------
<S>                                                        <C>           <C>         <C>
Net income (loss) - as reported                            $(121.9)      $245.7      $620.8
Add back:
  Goodwill amortization                                        -           13.0         5.3
                                                        ------------ ----------- -----------
Net income (loss) - adjusted                               $(121.9)      $258.7      $626.1
                                                        ============ =========== ===========

Basic earnings (loss) per share - as reported              $ (0.69)      $ 1.40      $ 3.58
Add back:
  Goodwill amortization                                       -            0.07        0.03
                                                        ------------ ----------- -----------
Basic earnings (loss) per share - adjusted                 $ (0.69)      $ 1.47      $ 3.61
                                                        ============ =========== ===========

Diluted earnings (loss) per share - as reported            $ (0.69)      $ 1.30      $ 3.24
Add back:
  Goodwill amortization                                       -            0.07        0.03
                                                        ------------ ----------- -----------
Diluted earnings (loss) per share - adjusted               $ (0.69)      $ 1.37      $ 3.27
                                                        ============ =========== ===========
</TABLE>



Note 7.  Debt

Debt at fiscal year-end consisted of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             May 26,       May 27,
(In Millions)                                                                2002          2001
                                                                             ------------- ------------
<S>                          <C>                                                <C>           <C>
Unsecured promissory note at 1.2%                                               $18.2         $19.4
Notes secured by equipment at 7.0% - 8.0%                                         6.8          21.5
Convertible subordinated promissory notes                                         -            10.0
Note secured by real estate at 12.6%                                              -             4.6
Other                                                                             0.9           0.1
                                                                             ------------- ------------
Total debt                                                                       25.9          55.6
Less current portion of long-term debt                                            5.5          29.4
                                                                             ------------- ------------
Long-term debt                                                                  $20.4         $26.2
                                                                             ============= ============
</TABLE>

     The unsecured  promissory note, which is due August 2004, is denominated in
Japanese  yen  (2,408,750,000).  Interest  is based on  1.125  percent  over the
3-month Japanese libor rate and is reset quarterly. Under the terms of the note,
we are  also  required  to  comply  with  the  covenants  set  forth  under  our
multicurrency credit agreement.
     Notes secured by equipment are collateralized by the underlying  equipment.
Under the terms of the  agreements,  principal and interest are due monthly over
various original maturity periods ranging from four to five years. Maturities of
loans under these  agreements  range from November 2002 to November 2003.  These
financing  agreements  contain  certain  covenant  and default  provisions  that
require us to  maintain  a certain  level of  tangible  net worth and permit the
lenders cross-acceleration rights against certain other credit facilities.
     The  convertible  subordinated  promissory  notes were issued in connection
with a retention arrangement related to the acquisition of ComCore Semiconductor
in fiscal 1998. They were issued to each of the founding shareholders of ComCore
for a total of $15.0  million.  As a result of the  termination  of one  ComCore
founding  shareholder  during  fiscal 2000, we issued  247,104  shares of common
stock upon the  conversion of one of the  promissory  notes.  In fiscal 2001, we
issued  617,760  shares of common stock to the two  remaining  ComCore  founding
shareholders upon conversion of the remaining $10.0 million promissory notes.
     The  remaining  note  secured  by real  estate  was  assumed as part of the
repurchase of the equity interest in our Arlington,  Texas,  facility,  which we
sold and leased back prior to 1990. The note was fully repaid in March 2002.

     Our outstanding debt obligations mature in future fiscal years as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                          Total Debt
                    (In Millions)                         (Principal Only)
                                                          -------------------

<S>                 <C>                                         <C>
                    2003                                        $  5.5
                    2004                                          20.4
                                                          -------------------
                    Total                                       $ 25.9
                                                          ===================
</TABLE>

     We have a multicurrency  credit  agreement that provides for  multicurrency
loans,  letters of credit and  standby  letters of credit.  The total  amount of
credit under the agreement is $35.0 million.  The agreement  expires in October,
2002 and we expect to renew or replace it prior to expiration.  At May 26, 2002,
we had utilized $18.6 million of the credit available under the agreement.  This
agreement  contains  restrictive  covenants,  conditions and default  provisions
that,  among  other  terms,  restrict  payment  of  dividends  and  require  the
maintenance of financial ratios and certain levels of tangible net worth. At May
26, 2002,  under the most  restrictive  of these  covenants,  $206.0  million of
tangible net worth was  unrestricted  and  available for payment of dividends on
common stock.



Note 8.  Income Taxes

Worldwide  pretax income (loss) from  operations and income taxes consist of the
following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

(In Millions)                                                          2002          2001          2000
                                                                       ------------- ------------- ------------
<S>                                                                      <C>            <C>           <C>
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES AND
  EXTRAORDINARY ITEM
U.S.                                                                     $(168.6)       $231.0        $589.3
Non-U.S.                                                                    45.2          76.1          53.2
                                                                       ------------- ------------- ------------
                                                                         $(123.4)       $307.1        $642.5
                                                                       ============= ============= ============

INCOME TAX EXPENSE (BENEFIT)
Current:
U.S. federal                                                             $ (26.9)       $ 20.2        $ -
U.S. state and local                                                         0.4           0.4          -
Non-U.S.                                                                     7.0          13.2          27.0
                                                                       ------------ ------------ -------------
                                                                           (19.5)         33.8          27.0
Deferred:
U.S. federal and state                                                      15.0          22.3           -
Non-U.S.                                                                     3.0           5.3         (12.1)
                                                                       ------------ ------------ -------------
                                                                            18.0          27.6         (12.1)

                                                                       ------------ ------------ -------------
  Income tax expense (benefit)                                           $  (1.5)       $ 61.4        $ 14.9
                                                                       ============ ============ =============
</TABLE>


     The fiscal 2002 tax  benefit  represented  a refund of U.S.  taxes of $11.5
million as a result of the new federal tax act  effective  March 9, 2002,  which
was partially offset by $10.0 million of taxes due on international income.
     The tax  effects  of  temporary  differences  that  constitute  significant
portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax  liabilities  are presented
below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                    May 26,        May 27,
(In Millions)                                                                       2002           2001
                                                                                    -------------- --------------
<S>                                                                                     <C>            <C>
DEFERRED TAX ASSETS
Allowances and accruals                                                                 $136.6         $170.9
Non-U.S. loss carryovers and other allowances                                             19.4           24.9
Federal and state credit carryovers                                                      302.4          249.2
Other                                                                                     79.6           10.6
                                                                                    -------------- --------------
Total gross deferred assets                                                              538.0          455.6
Valuation allowance                                                                     (447.3)        (342.9)
                                                                                    -------------- --------------
Net deferred assets                                                                       90.7          112.7
                                                                                    -------------- --------------
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES
Other liabilities                                                                         (6.3)         (10.3)
                                                                                    -------------- --------------
Total gross deferred liabilities                                                          (6.3)         (10.3)
                                                                                    -------------- --------------
Net deferred tax assets                                                                 $ 84.4         $102.4
                                                                                    ============== ==============
</TABLE>

     We record a valuation allowance to reflect the estimated amount of deferred
tax assets that may not be realized.  This occurs  primarily  when net operating
losses and tax credit carryovers  expire. The valuation  allowance  increased by
$104.4  million in fiscal 2002 compared to decreases of $108.3 million in fiscal
2001 and $85.5 million in fiscal 2000. The valuation  allowance for deferred tax
assets includes $125.7 million and $100.2 million for stock option deductions at
May 26, 2002 and May 27,  2001,  respectively.  The benefit of these  deductions
will be credited to equity if realized.
     The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets depends upon the generation
of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences
become deductible.  We consider projected future taxable income and tax planning
strategies in making this assessment. Based on the historical taxable income and
projections  for future  taxable  income over the periods  that the deferred tax
assets  are  deductible,  we  believe  it is more  likely  than not that we will
realize  the  benefits  of  these  deductible  differences,   net  of  valuation
allowances as of May 26, 2002.
     The  reconciliation  between the income tax rate  computed by applying  the
U.S. federal statutory rate and the reported worldwide tax rate follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                  2002            2001           2000
                                                                  --------------- -------------- --------------

<S>                                                                    <C>             <C>            <C>
U.S. federal statutory tax rate                                        35.0%           35.0%          35.0%
Non-U.S. losses and tax differential
   related to non-U.S. income                                           5.2            (5.6)          (1.3)
Dividend and Subpart F income                                         (26.3)            1.2            0.3
U.S. state and local taxes net of federal benefits                     (0.1)            0.1            -
Current year loss and credits not benefited                           (20.6)           (6.5)         (19.3)
Changes in beginning of year valuation allowances                       9.3            (7.8)         (12.7)
Other                                                                  (1.3)            3.6            0.3
                                                                  --------------- -------------- --------------

Effective tax rate                                                      1.2%           20.0%           2.3%
                                                                  =============== ============== ==============
</TABLE>


     U.S.  income  taxes were  provided  on  repatriated  earnings  of  non-U.S.
subsidiaries.  U.S.  income  taxes  were also  provided  for  deferred  taxes on
undistributed  earnings of  non-U.S.  subsidiaries  that are not  expected to be
permanently reinvested in the subsidiaries. There has been no provision for U.S.
income taxes for the remaining  undistributed  earnings of approximately  $433.2
million  at  May  26,  2002,  because  we  intend  to  reinvest  these  earnings
indefinitely  in operations  outside the United  States.  If these earnings were
distributed,  additional U.S. taxes of approximately  $91.3 million would accrue
after utilization of U.S. tax credits.
     At May 26, 2002, we had U.S. and state credit  carryovers of  approximately
$198.9 million and $103.6 million,  respectively, for tax return purposes, which
primarily  expire between 2003 and 2022.  Included in the state credits,  we had
California R&D credits of approximately $84.0 million at May 26, 2002, which can
be carried forward  indefinitely.  We also had capital and investment  allowance
carryovers of approximately $56.9 million from certain non-U.S. jurisdictions.
     National  and the IRS have  settled  all issues and  finalized  the federal
income tax computations  connected with the IRS's examination of tax returns for
fiscal  years  1986  through  1996.  After  giving  effect  to loss  and  credit
carryovers,  the tax deficiency for these years was approximately  $3.4 million,
all of which has been paid. The interest amount on the final deficiency has been
finalized.  The IRS has begun  examination  of our tax  returns  for fiscal 1997
through 2000. We believe that we have made adequate tax payments  and/or accrued
adequate amounts in our financial statements to cover all years in question.

Note 9.  Shareholders' Equity

Stock Purchase Rights

Each  outstanding  share of common stock carries with it a stock purchase right.
The rights are issued  pursuant to a dividend  distribution  that was  initially
declared  on August 5, 1988.  If and when the rights  become  exercisable,  each
right entitles the registered  holder to purchase one  one-thousandth of a share
of  series A junior  participating  preferred  stock  at a price of  $60.00  per
one-thousandth  share,  subject to  adjustment.  The rights are  attached to all
outstanding shares of common stock and no separate rights certificates have been
distributed.
     If any  individual or group  acquires 20 percent or more of common stock or
announces a tender or exchange offer which,  if completed,  would result in that
person or group  owning at least 20  percent  of the  common  stock,  the rights
become exercisable and will detach from the common stock. If the person or group
actually acquires 20 percent or more of the common stock (except in certain cash
tender offers for all of the common  stock),  each right will entitle the holder
to purchase,  at the right's then-current exercise price, the common stock in an
amount having a market value equal to twice the exercise price.  Similarly,  if,
after the rights become  exercisable,  National merges or  consolidates  with or
sells 50 percent or more of its  assets or  earning  power to another  person or
entity,  each right will then  entitle  the holder to  purchase,  at the right's
then-current  exercise  price,  the stock of the acquiring  company in an amount
having a market value equal to twice the exercise price. National may redeem the
rights at $0.01 per right at any time  prior to the  acquisition  by a person or
group of 20 percent or more of the  outstanding  common  stock.  Unless they are
redeemed earlier, the rights will expire on August 8, 2006.

Stock reserves

During fiscal 1998, we reserved 926,640 shares of common stock for issuance upon
conversion  of  convertible   subordinated  promissory  notes  issued  to  three
individuals   as  partial   consideration   for  the   acquisition   of  ComCore
Semiconductor.  During fiscal 2000,  247,104  shares were issued to one of these
individuals (See Note 7), leaving a balance in the reserve of 679,536 shares. In
fiscal 2002,  617,760  shares were issued to the  remaining two  individuals  as
final  payment on the notes.  The reserve for the  remaining  61,776  shares was
cancelled.
     When we merged with Cyrix in November  1997,  16.4 million shares of common
stock were issued to the holders of Cyrix common stock. In addition, we reserved
up to 2.7 million  shares of common  stock for issuance  upon  exercise of Cyrix
employee or director stock options or pursuant to Cyrix  employee  benefit plans
and up to 2.6 million  shares of common stock for issuance  upon  conversion  of
Cyrix  5.5  percent  convertible   subordinated  notes  due  June  1,  2001.  We
repurchased  substantially all of the outstanding Cyrix convertible subordinated
notes in fiscal 1998.  The last  remaining  notes were paid off in June 2001 and
the reserve held for the conversion of the notes was cancelled.

     We have  paid no cash  dividends  on our  common  stock  and we  intend  to
continue our practice of reinvesting all earnings.

Note 10.  Stock-Based Compensation Plans

Stock Option Plans

We have three stock  option  plans under which  employees  and  officers  may be
granted stock options to purchase  shares of common stock.  One plan,  which has
been in effect since 1977,  authorizes  the grant of up to 39,354,929  shares of
common stock for nonqualified or incentive stock options (as defined in the U.S.
tax code) to officers and key employees. Another plan authorizes the grant of up
to 70,000,000 shares of common stock for nonqualified stock options to employees
who are not executive officers.  There is also an executive officer stock option
plan,  which  authorizes the grant of up to 6,000,000 shares of common stock for
nonqualified  options  only to the  company's  executive  officers.  These plans
generally  provide  that  options are granted at the market price on the date of
grant and expire up to a maximum  of ten years and one day after  grant or three
months after  termination of employment (up to five years after  termination due
to  death,   disability  or  retirement),   whichever   occurs  first.  We  have
historically  used  options  as  a  major  component  of  employee  compensation
packages,  consistent  with  practices  throughout  the  semiconductor  and high
technology  industry.  Options can vest after a six-month period,  but most vest
ratably over a four-year period.
     When we merged with Cyrix in fiscal 1998,  we assumed  Cyrix's  outstanding
obligations  under its 1988  incentive  stock plan.  Each option under the Cyrix
plan  converted  into the right or option to  purchase  0.825  share of National
common stock.  The purchase  price of the option was also adjusted  accordingly.
Options under the Cyrix 1988 incentive  stock plan expire up to a maximum of ten
years after grant, subject to earlier expiration upon termination of employment.
No more options will be granted under the Cyrix 1988 incentive stock plan.
     As part of the  acquisitions  of ComCore  Semiconductor  in fiscal 1998 and
Mediamatics in fiscal 1997, we assumed  ComCore's and  Mediamatics'  outstanding
obligations under their stock option plans and stock option agreements for their
employees and consultants.  ComCore and Mediamatics optionees received an option
for  equivalent  shares of  National  common  stock  based on an  exchange  rate
determined under the applicable acquisition agreements. The options expire up to
a  maximum  of ten  years  after  grant,  subject  to  earlier  expiration  upon
termination of employment. No more options will be granted under either of these
stock option plans.  The Mediamatics  transaction  resulted in a new measurement
date for these  options and we recorded  related  unearned  compensation  in the
amount of $9.2 million.  Amortization of this unearned  compensation,  which was
recorded ratably over the vesting period of these options, was fully expensed by
February 2001. The compensation  expense for these Mediamatics  options was $1.2
million in fiscal 2001 and $2.8 million in fiscal 2000.

The following table summarizes information about options outstanding under these
plans at May 26, 2002:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                  Outstanding Options
                               ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                              Weighted-Average
                                                                                  Remaining
                                Range of Exercise      Number of Shares       Contractual Life       Weighted-Average
                                      Prices            (In Thousands)            (In Years)           Exercise Price
                               --------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------

<S>                                 <C>   <C>                <C>                       <C>                <C>
ComCore option plan                 $0.50-$0.77              3.2                       5.4                $0.69
Mediamatics option plan             $2.85                    2.9                       4.8                $2.85
</TABLE>

     We  have  a  director   stock  option  plan  that  was  first  approved  by
shareholders in fiscal 1998 which authorizes the grant of up to 1,000,000 shares
of common  stock to eligible  directors  who are not  employees  of the company.
Options were granted automatically upon approval of the plan by stockholders and
are granted  automatically to eligible  directors upon their  appointment to the
board and  subsequent  election  to the board by  stockholders.  Director  stock
options  vest in full after six  months.  Under this plan,  options to  purchase
280,000 shares of common stock with a weighted-average  exercise price of $30.75
and weighted-average remaining contractual life of 7.3 years were outstanding as
of May 26, 2002.
     Upon his  retirement  in May 1995,  we granted  the former  chairman of the
company an option to  purchase  300,000  shares of common  stock at $27.875  per
share.  The option was granted  outside the company's  stock option plans at the
market price on the date of grant.  It expires ten years and one day after grant
and became  exercisable  ratably  over a four-year  period.  As of May 26, 2002,
options to purchase 140,000 shares of common stock were  outstanding  under this
option grant.
     In connection with the acquisition of innoComm Wireless, we granted options
to  purchase  799,339  shares  of  common  stock at  $27.44  to  three  founding
shareholders  of innoComm.  The options  were  granted  outside the stock option
plans at the market price on the date of grant and become  exercisable two years
after grant. The option gives the innoComm  Wireless  founding  shareholders the
right to receive all or a portion of their  third  installment  of the  purchase
price in cash or shares of common stock.
     Changes in shares of common stock outstanding under the option plans during
fiscal 2002, 2001 and 2000 or otherwise (but excluding the ComCore, Mediamatics,
innoComm Wireless, director and former chairman options), were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                               Weighted-Average
(In Millions)                                   Number of Shares                Exercise Price
                                          ------------------------------ ------------------------------

<S>             <C> <C>                                 <C>                           <C>
Outstanding May 30, 1999                                35.4                          $14.80
    Granted                                              9.4                          $56.96
    Exercised                                           (6.6)                         $15.74
    Cancelled                                           (5.2)                         $14.81
                                          ------------------------------ ------------------------------
Outstanding at May 28, 2000                             33.0                          $26.55
    Granted                                             11.5                          $27.15
    Exercised                                           (3.0)                         $13.29
    Cancelled                                           (3.0)                         $31.69
                                          ------------------------------ ------------------------------
Outstanding May 27, 2001                                38.5                          $27.35
    Granted                                              9.8                          $32.33
    Exercised                                           (4.5)                         $18.15
    Cancelled                                           (2.3)                         $34.92
                                          ------------------------------ ------------------------------
Outstanding May 26, 2002                                41.5                          $29.08
                                          ============================== ==============================
</TABLE>

Expiration  dates for  options  outstanding  at May 26, 2002 range from July 13,
2002 to May 6, 2012.

     The following tables summarize  information about options outstanding under
these plans (excluding the ComCore, Mediamatics, innoComm Wireless, director and
former chairman options) at May 26, 2002:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                        Outstanding Options
                              -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          Weighted-Average
                                                        Remaining Contractual
                                 Number of Shares               Life               Weighted-Average
Range of Exercise Prices           (In Millions)             (In Years)             Exercise Price
                              ------------------------ ------------------------ -----------------------

<C>   <C>                               <C>                      <C>                    <C>
$8.38-$13.00                            8.5                      6.5                    $12.74
$13.06-$23.00                           6.6                      5.5                    $15.70
$23.05-$25.95                           7.6                      8.8                    $25.76
$26.00-$31.37                           3.7                      7.6                    $28.29
$31.44-$34.20                           7.7                      9.7                    $34.16
$34.49-$59.75                           1.0                      8.0                    $46.67
$59.88-$79.62                           6.4                      7.9                    $60.11
                              ------------------------ ------------------------ -----------------------
Total                                  41.5                      7.7                    $29.08
                              ======================== ======================== =======================

</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                             Options Exercisable
                                -----------------------------------------------
                                Number of Shares (In      Weighted-Average
Range of Exercise Prices              Millions)            Exercise Price
                                ---------------------- ------------------------

<C>   <C>                                 <C>                  <C>
$8.38-$13.00                              5.8                  $12.73
$13.06-$23.00                             4.9                  $15.44
$23.05-$25.95                             1.9                  $25.71
$26.00-$31.37                             1.4                  $29.38
$31.44-$34.20                             0.2                  $33.73
$34.49-$59.75                             0.4                  $48.17
$59.88-$79.62                             3.2                  $60.04
                                ---------------------- ------------------------
Total                                    17.8                  $25.62
                                ====================== ========================
</TABLE>

     On October 24, 2000, an option grant was made to employees who had received
options in the prior calendar year.  Excluded from this grant were the president
and chief executive officer and executive staff members.  This special grant was
made because of the  significant  decline in the stock's market price during the
first half of fiscal 2001.  Shares under the option grant vested 100 percent one
year  from the date of grant  and  expired  15  months  from the date of  grant.
Options to purchase a total 1.9 million shares at $24.125 per share were granted
in the special option grant.
     As of May 26, 2002,  approximately  83.9 million  shares were  reserved for
issuance under all option plans,  including  shares  available for future option
grants.

Stock Purchase Plans

We have an employee  stock purchase plan that has been in effect since 1977 that
authorizes  the  issuance  of up to  24,950,000  shares  of stock  in  quarterly
offerings  to eligible  employees  at a price that is equal to 85 percent of the
lower of the common  stock's fair market value at the  beginning or the end of a
quarterly  period.  We also have an employee  stock  purchase plan  available to
employees at  international  locations that has been in effect since 1994.  This
plan  authorizes  the issuance of up to  5,000,000  shares of stock in quarterly
offerings  to eligible  employees at a price equal to 85 percent of the lower of
its fair market value at the  beginning or the end of a quarterly  period.  Both
purchase  plans use a captive  broker and we  deposit  shares  purchased  by the
employee with the captive broker. In addition,  for the  international  purchase
plan, the participant's  local employer is responsible for paying the difference
between  the  purchase  price set by the  terms of the plan and the fair  market
value at the time of the  purchase.  Both  purchase  plans have been approved by
stockholders.
     Under the terms of the stock  purchase  plan and the global stock  purchase
plan, we issued 1.2 million  shares in fiscal 2002, 1.1 million shares in fiscal
2001 and 1.3 million shares in fiscal 2000 to employees for $26.7 million, $27.3
million and $26.3 million,  respectively.  As of May 26, 2002, approximately 7.3
million shares were reserved for issuance under the two stock purchase plans.

Other Stock Plans

We have a director  stock plan that  authorizes  the  issuance  of up to 200,000
shares  of common  stock to  eligible  directors  who are not  employees  of the
company. The common stock is issued automatically to eligible new directors upon
their appointment to the board and to all eligible directors on their subsequent
election to the board by  shareholders.  Directors  may also elect to take their
annual retainer fees for board and committee membership in stock under the plan.
As of May 26, 2002,  85,624 shares had been issued under the director stock plan
and 114,376 shares were reserved for future issuances.

     We have a restricted  stock plan,  which  authorizes  the issuance of up to
2,000,000  shares of  common  stock to  employees  who are not  officers  of the
company.  The plan has been made  available to a limited group of employees with
technical  expertise we consider  important.  During fiscal 2002, 2001 and 2000,
112,000,  240,000  and  166,500  shares,  respectively,  were  issued  under the
restricted stock plan.  Restrictions  expire over time,  ranging from two to six
years after issuance.  Based upon the market value on the dates of issuance,  we
recorded  $3.1 million,  $7.5 million and $8.3 million of unearned  compensation
during fiscal 2002, 2001 and 2000,  respectively.  This unearned compensation is
included  as a  separate  component  of  shareholders'  equity in the  financial
statements   and  is  amortized  to  operations   ratably  over  the  applicable
restriction.

     In May 1996,  we issued  200,000  shares  of  restricted  stock to Brian L.
Halla, then newly hired president and chief executive officer. These shares were
not issued under the  restricted  stock plan and had  restrictions  that expired
annually over a four-year  period.  The shares were recorded at the market value
on the  date  of  issuance  as  unearned  compensation  included  as a  separate
component of shareholders'  equity in the consolidated  financial statements and
were amortized to operations over the four-year vesting period. These restricted
shares  were  granted  to Mr.  Halla  specifically  as part of his  compensation
package when he joined the company.
     Compensation  expense for fiscal 2002,  2001 and 2000 related to all shares
of  restricted  stock,  including  the  shares  granted to Mr.  Halla,  was $3.4
million,  $3.0 million and $2.0  million,  respectively.  At May 26,  2002,  the
weighted-average  grant date fair value for all outstanding shares of restricted
stock was $28.78.
     Pro forma  information  regarding  net  income  and  earnings  per share is
required by SFAS No. 123. This information is required to be determined as if we
had accounted for  stock-based  awards to employees  under the fair value method
specified  by SFAS No. 123.  The  weighted-average  fair value of stock  options
granted  during  fiscal  2002,  2001 and 2000 was $17.49,  $15.88 and $36.36 per
share, respectively. The weighted-average fair value of rights granted under the
stock purchase plans was $6.47,  $9.73 and $7.38 for fiscal 2002, 2001 and 2000.
The fair value of the  stock-based  awards to employees  was  estimated  using a
Black-Scholes  option  pricing model that assumes no expected  dividends and the
following weighted-average assumptions for fiscal 2002, 2001 and 2000:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                               2002               2001              2000
                                         ------------------ ----------------- ------------------
<S>                                              <C>                <C>               <C>
Stock Option Plans
     Expected life (in years)                    5.1                5.7               5.8
     Expected volatility                        75%                73%               64%
     Risk-free interest rate                     4.5%               5.0%              6.6%

Stock Purchase Plans
     Expected life (in years)                    0.3                0.3               0.3
     Expected volatility                        57%                95%              100%
     Risk-free interest rate                     1.7%               3.7%              5.8%

</TABLE>


     For pro forma purposes,  the estimated fair value of stock-based  awards to
employees is amortized  over the options'  vesting  period (for options) and the
three-month  purchase  period  (for stock  purchases)  under the stock  purchase
plans. The pro forma information follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

(In Millions,  Except Per Share Amounts)
                                                               2002           2001            2000
                                                           -------------- -------------- ----------------
<S>                                                            <C>             <C>            <C>
Net income (loss) - as reported                                $(121.9)        $245.7         $620.8
Net income (loss) - pro forma                                  $(280.5)        $132.9         $550.3
Basic earnings (loss) per share - as reported                  $ (0.69)        $ 1.40         $ 3.58
Basic earnings (loss) per share - pro forma                    $ (1.58)        $ 0.76         $ 3.17
Diluted earnings (loss) per share - as reported                $ (0.69)        $ 1.30         $ 3.24
Diluted earnings (loss) per share - pro forma                  $ (1.58)        $ 0.71         $ 2.87
</TABLE>

Note 11. Retirement and Pension Plans

Our retirement and savings program for U.S.  employees consists of two plans, as
follows:
     The profit sharing plan requires contributions of the greater of 5 percent
of  consolidated  net earnings  before income taxes (subject to a limit of 5% of
payroll) or 1 percent of payroll.  Contributions are made 25 percent in National
stock and 75  percent  in cash and  contributions  made in  National  stock must
remain in National  stock until the employee  leaves the company and  terminates
participation  in the plan.  Total shares  contributed  under the profit sharing
plan during fiscal 2002, 2001 and 2000 were 128,919  shares,  104,151 shares and
34,025 shares,  respectively.  As of May 26, 2002, 1.1 million shares of common
stock were reserved for future contributions.
     The salary deferral 401(k) plan allows  employees to defer up to 15 percent
of their  salaries,  subject to certain  limitations,  with  partially  matching
company  contributions.  Contributions  are  invested in one or more of thirteen
investment funds at the discretion of the employee.  One of the investment funds
is a stock fund in which  contributions are invested in National common stock at
the  discretion  of the  employee.  401(K)  investments  made by the employee in
National stock may be sold at any time upon direction of the employee.  Although
5.0 million  shares of common stock are reserved for issuance to the stock fund,
shares  purchased  to date with  contributions  have been  purchased on the open
market and we have not issued any stock directly to the stock fund.
     We also have a deferred  compensation plan, which allows highly compensated
employees (as defined by IRS  regulations)  to receive a higher  profit  sharing
plan  allocation  than would otherwise be permitted under IRS regulations and to
defer greater  percentages  of  compensation  than would  otherwise be permitted
under  the  salary  deferral  401(k)  plan  and IRS  regulations.  The  deferred
compensation plan is a nonqualified plan of deferred compensation  maintained in
a rabbi  trust.  Participants  can  direct  the  investment  of  their  deferred
compensation  plan accounts in the same  investment  funds offered by the 401(k)
plan (with the exception of the company  stock fund,  which is not available for
the nonqualified plan).
     Certain of our  subsidiaries  that are not located in the U.S. have varying
types of defined benefit  pension and retirement  plans that are consistent with
local statutes and practices.

The annual expense for all plans was as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

(In Millions)                                                    2002         2001         2000
                                                             ------------- ------------ ------------
<S>                                                             <C>            <C>         <C>
Profit sharing plan                                             $  3.6         $19.9       $15.5
Salary deferral 401(k) plan                                     $ 11.0         $10.6       $10.8
Non-U.S. pension and retirement plans                           $ 10.6         $ 8.3       $10.7
</TABLE>

     Defined  benefit  pension plans  maintained in the U.K.,  Germany and Japan
cover all  eligible  employees  within each  respective  country.  Pension  plan
benefits are based primarily on participants'  compensation and years of service
credited as specified under the terms of each country's plan. The funding policy
is consistent  with the local  requirements  of each country.  The plans' assets
consist  primarily of U.S. and foreign equity  securities,  bonds,  property and
cash.


Net annual periodic pension cost of these non U.S. defined benefit pension plans
is presented in the following table:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

(In Millions)                                                 2002              2001              2000
                                                        ----------------- ----------------- -----------------
<S>                                                            <C>               <C>               <C>
Service cost of benefits earned during the year                $4.3              $4.1              $5.5
Plan participant contributions                                 (0.9)             (0.7)             (1.3)
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation                   7.5               7.0               6.5
Expected return on plan assets                                 (5.3)             (5.6)             (5.2)
Net amortization and deferral                                   1.3               0.2               0.9
                                                        ----------------- ----------------- -----------------
Net periodic pension cost                                      $6.9              $5.0              $6.4
                                                        ================= ================= =================
</TABLE>

     Benefit  obligation  and asset data of these plans at fiscal  year-end  and
details of their changes during the year are presented in the following tables:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

(In Millions)                                                 2002              2001

                                                        ----------------- -----------------
<S>                                                         <C>               <C>
BENEFIT OBILGATION
   Beginning balance                                        $122.9            $120.0
      Service cost                                             4.3               4.1
      Interest cost                                            7.5               7.0
      Benefits paid                                           (1.9)             (2.6)
      Actuarial loss                                           2.2               6.6
      Exchange rate adjustment                                 1.9             (12.2)
                                                        ----------------- -----------------
     Ending balance                                         $136.9            $122.9
                                                        ================= =================

PLAN ASSETS AT FAIR VALUE
   Beginning balance                                        $ 75.7            $ 82.3
      Actual return on plan assets                            (5.3)             (7.9)
      Company contributions                                   11.9              12.2
      Plan participant contributions                           0.9               0.7
      Benefits paid                                           (1.8)             (2.5)
      Exchange rate adjustment                                 1.7              (9.1)
                                                        ----------------- -----------------
   Ending balance                                           $ 83.1            $ 75.7
                                                        ================= =================


RECONCILIATION OF FUNDED STATUS
   Fund status - Benefit obligation in excess of plan
      assets                                                $ 53.8            $ 47.2
      Unrecognized net loss                                  (59.7)            (47.1)
      Unrecognized net transition obligation                   2.1               2.1
      Adjustment to recognize minimum liability               59.9              47.2
                                                        ----------------- -----------------
   Accrued pension cost                                     $ 56.1            $ 49.4
                                                        ================= =================
</TABLE>

The projected benefit  obligations and net periodic pension cost were determined
using the following assumptions:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                              2002              2001              2000
                                                        ----------------- ----------------- -----------------

<S>                                                         <C>  <C>          <C>  <C>         <C>  <C>
Discount rate                                               2.8%-6.5%         3.0%-6.5%        3.0%-6.5%
Rate of increase in compensation levels                     2.8%-3.8%         3.0%-4.3%        3.0%-4.5%
Expected long-term return on assets                         3.8%-7.5%         4.0%-7.5%        4.0%-8.0%
</TABLE>

     In each of fiscal  years  presented,  we recorded  adjustments  for minimum
liability  to  adjust  the  liability  related  to one of our plans to equal the
amount of the unfunded accumulated benefit obligation as required by the pension
accounting  standard.  The  corresponding  offset is recorded  in the  financial
statements as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss.

Note 12.  Commitments and Contingencies

Commitments

We lease certain  facilities and equipment under  operating lease  arrangements.
Rental  expenses under  operating  leases were $25.3 million,  $26.3 million and
$28.1 million in fiscal 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively.

Future minimum commitments under noncancellable operating leases are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                              (In Millions)
                                                      ------------------------------
<S>                  <C>                                            <C>
                     2003                                           $16.5
                     2004                                            14.1
                     2005                                            11.7
                     2006                                             7.9
                     2007                                             6.0
                     Thereafter                                       9.9
                                                      ------------------------------
                     Total                                          $66.1
                                                      ==============================
</TABLE>

     As part of the  Fairchild  transaction  in fiscal  1997,  we entered into a
manufacturing  agreement with Fairchild where we committed to purchase a minimum
of $330.0  million in goods and  services  during the first 39 months  after the
transaction,  based on specified wafer prices, which are intended to approximate
market prices. The agreement expired in June 2000. During fiscal 2000, our total
purchases under the agreement were $87.5 million.  In June 2000, we extended the
manufacturing  arrangement for one year with similar terms. Total purchases from
Fairchild in fiscal 2001 were $55.4  million,  most of which were made under the
one-year extension.  Prior to the end of fiscal 2001, we entered into a two-year
extension  under similar terms where we have  committed to purchase a minimum of
$30.0  million and $20.0  million of product  from  Fairchild in fiscal 2002 and
2003,  respectively.  Under this extension,  our purchases from Fairchild during
fiscal 2002 totaled $32.3 million.
     In June 2000, we entered into a ten-year  licensing  agreement  with Taiwan
Semiconductor  Manufacturing  Company  to gain  access  to a  variety  of TSMC's
advanced sub-micron processes for use in our wafer fabrication facility in Maine
as desired,  if and when those  processes are  developed by TSMC.  Prior to this
agreement,  we were only  utilizing our own process  technology in Maine.  Total
license fees of $187.0 million are to be paid  quarterly  through April 2006. We
paid  license fees of $37.0  million in fiscal 2002 and $35.0  million in fiscal
2001. In connection with this  agreement,  we are also required to pay a royalty
of 5 percent on wafers we manufacture utilizing the TSMC process technology that
are in excess of a  pre-determined  minimum  level in any calendar  quarter.  No
royalties have been paid during either fiscal 2002 or 2001 under this agreement.

Contingencies -- Legal Proceedings

In April  1988,  we received a notice  from the of U.S.  Customs  Service in San
Francisco  alleging that we had underpaid duties of approximately  $19.5 million
on goods that we had imported from our foreign subsidiaries from June 1, 1979 to
March 1, 1985. We had been  contesting the notice in various  proceedings  since
1988. In March 1998, the Assistant Commissioner of Customs reduced the amount of
the alleged  underpayment to  approximately  $3.6 million.  The underpayment was
subject to penalties  computed as a multiple of the underpayment.  In July 2001,
the Customs Service accepted our offer to settle the matter for $2.5 million. We
had  already  paid  this  amount  to the  Customs  Service.  The  matter  is now
concluded.
     We have been named to the  National  Priorities  List for our Santa  Clara,
California, site and have completed a remedial  investigation/feasibility  study
with the  Regional  Water  Quality  Control  Board,  acting  as an agent for the
Federal  Environmental  Protection  Agency. We have agreed in principle with the
RWQCB to a site remediation  plan. We were sued by AMD, which sought recovery of
cleanup  costs AMD  incurred in the Santa Clara area under the RWQCB  orders for
contamination  that AMD alleged were originally  caused by us. The settlement of
this case was completed in fiscal 2002 and the AMD suit is now concluded.
     In  addition  to the  Santa  Clara  site,  from  time to time we have  been
designated as a potentially  responsible party by federal and state agencies for
certain  environmental  sites  with  which we may have had  direct  or  indirect
involvement.  These  designations  are  made  regardless  of the  extent  of our
involvement.  These claims are in various stages of  administrative  or judicial
proceedings and include demands for recovery of past governmental  costs and for
future investigations and remedial actions. In many cases, the dollar amounts of
the  claims  have not been  specified,  and with  respect to a number of the PRP
claims,  have been asserted against a number of other entities for the same cost
recovery or other relief as was sought from us. We accrue costs  associated with
environmental  matters when they become probable and reasonably  estimable.  The
amount of all environmental charges to earnings, including charges for the Santa
Clara site  remediation,  (excluding  potential  reimbursements  from  insurance
coverage), were not material during fiscal 2002, 2001 and 2000.
     As part of the  disposition  in fiscal  1996 of the  Dynacraft  assets  and
business,  we retained  responsibility  for environmental  claims connected with
Dynacraft's  Santa Clara,  California,  operations  and for other  environmental
claims  arising  from  our  conduct  of  the  Dynacraft  business  prior  to the
disposition. As part of the Fairchild disposition in fiscal 1997, we also agreed
to retain liability for current remediation  projects and environmental  matters
arising from our prior operation of Fairchild's plants in South Portland, Maine;
West Jordan, Utah; Cebu, Philippines; and Penang, Malaysia; and Fairchild agreed
to arrange for and perform the remediation and cleanup.  We prepaid to Fairchild
the estimated costs of the  remediation  and cleanup and remain  responsible for
costs and expenses incurred by Fairchild in excess of the prepaid amounts.
     In January  1999, a class action suit was filed against us and our chemical
suppliers  by  former  and  present  employees  claiming  damages  for  personal
injuries. The complaint alleges that cancer and reproductive harm were caused to
employees  exposed to chemicals in the  workplace.  Plaintiffs  presently seek a
certification of a medical monitoring class,  which we oppose.  Discovery in the
case is proceeding.
     In November,  2000, a  derivative  action was brought  against us and other
defendants  by a  shareholder  of Fairchild  Semiconductor  International,  Inc.
Plaintiff seeks recovery of alleged 'short-swing' profits under section 16(b) of
the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 from the sale by the defendants in January
2000  of  Fairchild  common  stock.  The  complaint   alleges  that  Fairchild's
conversion of preferred  stock held by the defendants at the time of Fairchild's
initial  public  offering in August 1999  constitutes a 'purchase'  that must be
matched with the January 2000 sale for purposes of computing  the  'short-swing'
profits.   Plaintiff  seeks  from  National  alleged   recoverable   profits  of
approximately  $14.1 million.  In February,  2002, the judge in the case granted
the motion to dismiss filed by us and our  co-defendants and dismissed the case,
ruling that the  conversion  was done  pursuant to a  reclassification  which is
exempt from the scope of Section 16(b).  Plaintiff appealed the dismissal of the
case in March 2002.
     Our tax returns for certain years are under  examination in the U.S. by the
IRS (See Note 8). In  addition to the  foregoing,  we are a party to other suits
and claims that arise in the normal course of business.
     Based on current  information,  we do not believe that it is probable  that
losses  associated  with the  proceedings  discussed  above that exceed  amounts
already  recognized  will be incurred  in amounts  that would be material to our
financial position or results of operations.

Note 13.  Segment and Geographic Information

We  design,  develop,  manufacture  and  market a wide  array  of  semiconductor
products for  applications in a variety of markets.  We are organized by various
product line business units. For segment reporting purposes, each of our product
line business  units  represents an operating  segment as defined under SFAS No.
131,  'Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information,' and
our chief executive  officer is considered the chief  operating  decision-maker.
Business  units  that have  similarities,  including  economic  characteristics,
underlying  technology,  markets and customers,  are  aggregated  into segments.
Under the criteria in SFAS No. 131, only the Analog segment and the  Information
Appliance  segment are considered  reportable  segments.  All other segments are
included in the caption 'All  Others.'  Prior to fiscal  2000,  the former Cyrix
business unit was also considered a separate reportable operating segment.
     The Analog segment includes a wide range of building block products such as
high-performance   operational  amplifiers,   power  management  circuits,  data
acquisition   circuits,   interface   circuits  and  circuits  targeted  towards
leading-edge  monitor  applications such as ultra-thin flat panel displays.  The
Analog segment's wireless circuits perform the radio, baseband controller, power
management and other related functions  primarily for handsets and base stations
in the cellular and cordless telephones. The segment is heavily focused on using
our analog  expertise as the initial point to integrate  systems on a chip aimed
at the cellular,  personal systems and information  appliance  markets.  Current
offerings  include a complete GSM chipset  solution,  audio  subsystems and flat
panel display column drivers, integrated receivers and timing controllers.
     The Information  Appliance  segment  contains all business units focused on
providing component and system solutions to the emerging  information  appliance
market,  which  we are  strategically  focusing  on to  provide  next-generation
solutions.    These    products    include    application-specific    integrated
microprocessors   based  on  our  GeodeTM   technology   and  diverse   advanced
input/output controllers.  The Information Appliance segment is focused on three
key market segments that include  enterprise  thin clients  (computers that have
minimal  memory  and  access  software  from  a  centralized   server  network),
interactive  TV  set-top  boxes  (equipped  with  digital  video)  and  personal
information  access  devices,  such as those  currently  being  designed for the
Microsoft Mira project.
     The  former  Cyrix  business  unit  primarily  offered a line of Cyrix M II
microprocessors,  which  were  stand-alone  central  processing  units that were
targeted  toward the  sub-$1,000 PC market.  In this market,  which is currently
dominated by two major competitors,  we experienced  highly competitive  pricing
trends and constant pressure to rapidly release new microprocessors  with higher
operating  speeds.  As a result,  we decided to exit the Cyrix PC microprocessor
business in May 1999 and  completed  the sale of the assets of this  business to
VIA Technologies in September 1999 (See Note 3).
     Aside from these operating segments,  our corporate structure also includes
the centralized  Worldwide Marketing and Sales Group, the Central Technology and
Manufacturing  Group, and the Corporate Group.  Certain expenses of these groups
are  allocated  to the  operating  segments  and are  included in their  segment
operating results.
     With the exception of the allocation of certain  expenses,  the significant
accounting  policies and practices  used to prepare the  consolidated  financial
statements as described in Note 1 are generally followed in measuring the sales,
segment income or loss and determination of assets for each reportable  segment.
We allocate certain expenses associated with centralized manufacturing, selling,
marketing and general  administration to reporting  segments based on either the
percentage  of net trade  sales for each  operating  segment  to total net trade
sales or headcount,  as appropriate.  Certain R&D expenses primarily  associated
with  centralized  activities  such as  process  development  are  allocated  to
operating  segments  based on the  percentage of dedicated R&D expenses for each
operating segment to total dedicated R&D expenses.  A portion of interest income
and  interest  expense is  indirectly  allocated  to  operating  segments and is
included in segment operating results.

     The following table presents  specified  amounts included in the measure of
segment results or the determination of segment assets:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                 Information     Cyrix
(In Millions)                        Analog      Appliance       Business    All           Eliminations    Total
                                     Segment     Segment         Unit        Others                        Consolidated
                                     ----------- --------------- ----------- ------------- --------------- ---------------
2002
<S>                                   <C>         <C>            <C>         <C>            <C>                <C>
Sales to unaffiliated customers      $ 1,126.8   $   198.7       $      -    $    169.3     $    -           $  1,494.8
                                     =========== =============== =========== ============= =============== ===============

Segment loss before income taxes
                                     $   (12.2)  $   (88.4)      $      -    $    (22.8)    $    -           $   (123.4)
                                     =========== =============== =========== ============= =============== ===============

Depreciation and amortization        $     14.0  $      7.1      $      -    $    209.3                      $    230.4
Interest income                      $        -  $       -       $      -    $     25.2                      $     25.2
Interest expense                     $        -  $       -       $      -    $      3.9                      $      3.9

Segment assets                       $    286.9  $     18.6      $     -     $  1,983.3                      $  2,288.8

2001
Sales to unaffiliated customers      $  1,516.8  $    227.0      $      -    $    368.8     $    -           $  2,112.6
Inter-segment sales                        -            0.1             -            -           (0.1)               -
                                     ----------- --------------- ----------- ------------- --------------- ---------------
Net sales                            $  1,516.8  $    227.1      $      -    $    368.8     $    (0.1)       $  2,112.6
                                     =========== =============== =========== ============= =============== ===============

Segment income (loss) before
income taxes                         $    364.1  $   (106.5)     $      -    $     49.5     $    -           $    307.1
                                     =========== =============== =========== ============= =============== ===============

Depreciation and amortization        $    24.9   $      9.7      $      -    $    208.7                      $    243.3
Interest income                      $       -   $       -       $      -    $     57.3                      $     57.3
Interest expense                     $       -   $       -       $      -    $      5.3                      $      5.3

Segment assets                       $   145.7   $     28.1      $      -    $  2,188.5                      $  2,362.3


2000
Sales to unaffiliated customers      $ 1,514.1   $   239.1       $   18.6   $    368.1      $    -            $2,139.9
Inter-segment sales                        -           0.3             -            -           (0.3)               -
                                     ----------- --------------- ----------- ------------- --------------- ---------------
Net sales                            $ 1,514.1   $   239.4       $   18.6   $    368.1      $  (0.3)          $2,139.9
                                     =========== =============== =========== ============= =============== ===============

Segment income (loss) before
income taxes and extraordinary item
                                     $   454.1   $  (99.8)       $  (22.6)  $    310.8      $   -             $  642.5
                                     =========== =============== =========== ============= =============== ===============

Depreciation and amortization        $    13.8   $   13.9        $   3.3    $    232.8                        $  263.8
Interest income                      $       -   $      -        $     -    $     33.2                        $   33.2
Interest expense                     $       -   $      -        $     -    $     17.9                        $   17.9
Segment assets                       $   133.0   $   30.8        $     -    $  2,218.4                        $2,382.2
</TABLE>

     Depreciation and amortization  presented for each segment include only such
charges on dedicated segment assets.  The measurement of segment profit and loss
includes  an  allocation  of  depreciation   expense  for  shared  manufacturing
facilities contained in each segment's product standard cost.

     We operate in three main geographic areas that include the Americas, Europe
and the Asia Pacific region  including  Japan. In the information  that follows,
sales include local sales and exports made by operations within each area. Total
sales  by  geographic   area  include  sales  to   unaffiliated   customers  and
inter-geographic  transfers, which are based on standard cost. To control costs,
a  substantial  portion of our products are  transported  between the  Americas,
Europe and the Asia  Pacific  region in the  process of being  manufactured  and
sold. Sales to unaffiliated  customers have little correlation with the location
of manufacture.

The following tables provides  geographic  sales and asset  information by major
countries  within the main geographic  areas (Japan is included with the rest of
the world):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


(In Millions)
                                        United      United        Hong      Singapore     Rest of       Eliminations    Total
                                        States     Kingdom        Kong                    World                         Consolidated
                                     ------------ -----------   ---------- ------------ ------------- --------------- --------------
2002

<S>                                  <C>          <C>           <C>        <C>          <C>           <C>             <C>
Sales to unaffiliated customers      $   377.7    $   169.7     $  423.0   $   229.4    $   295.0                     $     1,494.8
Transfers between geographic areas       364.1        126.0          0.2       619.1          0.3     $(1,109.7)                  -
                                     ------------ -----------   ---------- ------------ ------------- --------------- --------------
Net sales                            $   741.8    $   295.7     $  423.2   $   848.5    $   295.3     $(1,109.7)      $     1,494.8
                                     ============ ===========   ========== ============ ============= =============== ==============

Long-lived assets                    $   788.9    $    42.3     $    0.7   $    68.8    $   123.6     $       -       $     1,024.3
                                     ============ ===========   ========== ============ ============= =============== ==============

2001
Sales to unaffiliated customers      $   702.3    $   313.5     $  445.8   $   221.5    $   429.5                     $     2,112.6
Transfers between geographic areas       470.2        181.1          0.7       747.4          1.0     $(1,400.4)                  -
                                     ------------ ----------    ---------- ------------ ------------- --------------- --------------

Net sales                            $ 1,172.5    $   494.6     $  446.5   $   968.9    $   430.5     $(1,400.4)      $     2,112.6
                                     ============ ===========   ========== ============ ============= =============== ==============

Long-lived assets                    $   742.4    $    49.1     $    0.9   $     87.9   $   141.9     $       -       $     1,022.2
                                     ============ ===========   ========== ============ ============= =============== ==============

2000
Sales to unaffiliated customers      $   761.7    $   348.8     $  439.1   $   214.6    $   375.7                     $     2,139.9
Transfers between geographic areas       544.2        192.1          0.1       875.8          0.7     $(1,612.9)                  -
                                     ------------ -----------   ---------- ------------ ------------- --------------- --------------
Net sales                            $ 1,305.9    $   540.9     $  439.2   $ 1,090.4    $   376.4     $(1,612.9)      $     2,139.9
                                     ============ ===========   ========== ============ ============= =============== ==============

Long-lived assets                    $   632.7    $    37.1     $    1.2   $    93.6    $   137.3     $        -      $       901.9
                                     ============ ===========   ========== ============ ============= =============== ==============

</TABLE>




Note 14. Supplemental  Disclosure of Cash Flow Information and Noncash Investing
and Financing Activities
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

(In Millions)                                                       2002            2001           2000
                                                                    --------------- -------------- --------------
<S>                                                                     <C>             <C>             <C>
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW
  INFORMATION
Cash paid for:
  Interest expense                                                      $  4.0          $  5.6          $ 21.5
  Income taxes                                                          $ 16.2          $ 80.1          $ 21.6
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

(In Millions)                                                       2002            2001           2000
                                                                    --------------- -------------- --------------
<S>                                                                    <C>              <C>          <C>
SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF NONCASH
  INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES
 Issuance of stock for employee benefit plans                          $   4.3          $  4.1       $    0.9
Issuance of stock for director stock plan                              $   0.2          $  0.3       $    0.4
Change in unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities             $  23.2          $ 11.3       $  (18.6)
Change in unrealized loss on cash flow hedges                          $   0.4          $   -        $     -
Unearned compensation relating to restricted stock issuance            $   3.1          $  7.5       $    8.3
Issuance of common stock upon conversion of convertible
 subordinated promissory notes                                         $  10.0          $   -        $    7.1
Restricted stock cancellation                                          $   0.9          $  2.8       $    6.0
Minimum pension liability                                              $  12.7          $ 16.0       $    6.2

</TABLE>


Note 15.  Financial Information by Quarter (Unaudited)

The following table presents the quarterly information for fiscal 2002 and 2001:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                    Fourth         Third           Second          First
(In Millions, Except Per Share Amounts)             Quarter        Quarter         Quarter         Quarter
                                                    -------------- --------------- --------------- ---------------
<S>                                                    <C>            <C>             <C>             <C>
2002
Net sales                                             $  419.5       $ 369.5        $  366.5        $  339.3
Gross margin                                          $  180.5       $ 133.3        $  129.5        $  110.1
Net income (loss)                                     $   17.1       $ (37.8)       $  (46.6)       $  (54.6)

Earnings (loss)  per share:
  Net income (loss):
    Basic                                             $    0.10      $  (0.21)      $   (0.26)      $   (0.31)
    Diluted                                           $    0.09      $  (0.21)      $   (0.26)      $   (0.31)

Weighted-average common and potential
   common shares outstanding:
   Basic                                                 179.8         178.4           176.8           174.9
   Diluted                                               190.6         178.4           176.8           174.9

Common stock price - high                             $   37.30       $ 34.91        $  35.10       $   34.97
Common stock price - low                              $   24.93       $ 25.03        $  19.70       $   24.86
- --------------------------------------------------- -------------- --------------- --------------- ---------------

2001
Net sales                                             $  401.2       $ 475.6         $ 595.0        $  640.8
Gross margin                                          $  164.4       $ 233.0         $ 300.7        $  339.4
Net income (loss)                                     $  (44.4)      $  39.2         $ 106.7        $  144.2

Earnings (loss) per share:
  Net income (loss):
    Basic                                             $   (0.26)     $   0.23        $   0.60       $    0.81
    Diluted                                           $   (0.26)     $   0.21        $   0.56       $    0.74

Weighted-average common and potential
   common shares outstanding:
   Basic                                                 173.6          174.0           178.1           178.1
   Diluted                                               173.6          183.0           191.9           195.8

Common stock price - high                             $   30.97      $   29.41       $   47.94       $   73.88
Common stock price - low                              $   19.71      $   17.13       $   19.69       $   31.25
- --------------------------------------------------- -------------- --------------- --------------- ---------------
</TABLE>

     Our common  stock is traded on the New York Stock  Exchange and the Pacific
Exchange.  The  quoted  market  prices  are as  reported  on the New York  Stock
Exchange Composite Tape. At May 26, 2002, there were approximately 8,194 holders
of common stock.







                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT




The Board of Directors and Shareholders
National Semiconductor Corporation:

     We have audited the  accompanying  consolidated  balance sheets of National
Semiconductor  Corporation and subsidiaries as of May 26, 2002 and May 27, 2001,
and the related  consolidated  statements of  operations,  comprehensive  income
(loss),  shareholders'  equity  and  cash  flows  for  each of the  years in the
three-year  period  ended May 26,  2002.  In  connection  with our audits of the
consolidated  financial  statements,  we have also audited the related financial
statement  Schedule II, 'Valuation and Qualifying  Accounts.' These consolidated
financial  statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of
the company's  management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
     We conducted our audits in accordance  with  auditing  standards  generally
accepted in the United States of America.  Those standards  require that we plan
and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a
test basis,  evidence  supporting  the amounts and  disclosures in the financial
statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant  estimates  made by  management,  as well as evaluating  the overall
financial  statement  presentation.   We  believe  that  our  audits  provide  a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
     In our opinion,  the consolidated  financial  statements  referred to above
present fairly,  in all material  respects,  the financial  position of National
Semiconductor  Corporation and subsidiaries as of May 26, 2002 and May 27, 2001,
and the results of their  operations  and their cash flows for each of the years
in the  three-year  period  ended May 26,  2002 in  conformity  with  accounting
principles  generally  accepted in the United  States of America.  Also,  in our
opinion,  the related financial statement schedule,  when considered in relation
to the  basic  consolidated  financial  statements  taken as a  whole,  presents
fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.



                                                               KPMG LLP





Mountain View, California
June 5, 2002





ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON
                ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

         Not applicable.





PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

The information  concerning directors and executive officers appearing under the
caption  'Election of Directors'  (including  subcaptions  thereof) and 'Section
16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting  Compliance' in our Proxy Statement for the
2002 annual meeting of  shareholders to be held on or about October 18, 2002 and
which will be filed in definitive  form  pursuant to Regulation  14A on or about
September 1, 2002 (hereinafter '2002 Proxy Statement'),  is incorporated  herein
by reference. Information concerning our executive officers is set forth in Part
I of the Form 10-K under the caption 'Executive Officers of the Registrant.'


ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The   information   appearing  under  the  captions   'Director   Compensation',
'Compensation  Committee  Interlocks and Insider  Participation'  and 'Executive
Compensation'  (including  all related sub  captions  thereof) in the 2002 Proxy
Statement is incorporated herein by reference.


ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The  information  concerning the only known  ownership of more than 5 percent of
our outstanding common stock 'Outstanding  Capital Stock,  Quorum and Votin' in
the 2002 Proxy Statement,  is incorporated herein by reference.  The information
concerning  the  ownership  of  our  equity  securities  by  directors,  certain
executive  officers and directors and officers as a group,  appearing  under the
caption  'Security  Ownership  of  Management'  in the 2002 Proxy  Statement  is
incorporated herein by reference.


ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Not applicable.


PART IV

ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

                                                                      Pages in
(a) 1.  Financial Statements                                      this document
For the three years ended May 26, 2002-                                  31
   refer to Index in Item 8

(a) 2.  Financial Statement Schedules
Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts                          69

     All  other  schedules  are  omitted  since  the  required   information  is
inapplicable  or the  information  is  presented in the  consolidated  financial
statements or notes thereto.
     Separate  financial  statements  of  National  are  omitted  because we are
primarily an operating company and all subsidiaries included in the consolidated
financial statements being filed, in the aggregate,  do not have minority equity
interest or  indebtedness to any person other than us in an amount which exceeds
five  percent  of the  total  assets  as  shown  by the  most  recent  year  end
consolidated balance sheet filed herein.

(a) 3.  Exhibits
The exhibits listed in the  accompanying  Index to Exhibits on pages 72 to 74 of
this report are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this report.

(b)      Reports on Form 8-K
During the quarter ended May 26, 2002, we did not file any reports on Form 8-K.



                       NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION

                SCHEDULE II -- VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

                                  (In Millions)

                            Deducted from receivables
                       in the consolidated balance sheets

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            Doubtful Returns and
Description                                 Accounts Allowances                    Total

<S>                           <C> <C>       <C>                <C>                       <C>
              Balances at May 30, 1999      $   9.1            $   58.9                  $  68.0
              Additions charged against revenue -                 223.9                    223.9
              Additions charged against
                  costs and expenses            0.3                 -                        0.3
              Deductions                       (2.0) (1)         (231.6)                  (233.6)
                                            ------------       ---------                ----------
              Balances at May 28, 2000          7.4                51.2                     58.6

              Additions charged against revenue      -            243.9                    243.9
              Additions charged against
                  costs and expenses            2.0                 -                        2.0
              Deductions                       (2.1) (1)         (257.3)                  (259.4)
                                            ------------       ---------                ----------
              Balances at May 27, 2001          7.3                37.8                     45.1

              Additions charged against revenue      -            151.3                    151.3
              Additions charged against
                  costs and expenses            0.2                 -                        0.2
              Deductions                        -                (158.8)                  (158.8)
                                            ------------       ---------                ----------
              Balances at May 26, 2002     $    7.5            $   30.3                 $   37.8
                                           =============       =========                ==========
</TABLE>

________________________________________________


(1)     Doubtful accounts written off, less recoveries.
<PAGE>

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the  requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934,  the  registrant  has duly  caused  this report to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                            NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION

Date: August 16, 2002                       /S/  BRIAN L. HALLA*
                                                Brian L. Halla
                                                Chairman of the Board, President
                                                and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report
has been signed below by the following  persons on behalf of the  registrant and
in the capacities stated and on the 16th day of August 2002.

Signature                                                     Title


/S/  BRIAN L. HALLA*                           Chairman of the Board, President
       Brian L. Halla                          and Chief Executive Officer
                                               (Principal Executive Officer)

/S/  LEWIS CHEW*                               Senior Vice President, Finance
       Lewis Chew                              and Chief Financial Officer
                                               (Principal Financial Officer)

/S/  ROBERT E. DEBARR *                        Controller
       Robert E. DeBarr.                       (Principal Accounting Officer)

/S/  STEVEN R. APPLETON *                      Director
       Steven R. Appleton

/S/  GARY P. ARNOLD *                          Director
       Gary P. Arnold

/S/  RICHARD J. DANZIG *                       Director
       Richard J. Danzig

/S/  ROBERT J. FRANKENBERG *                   Director
       Robert J. Frankenberg

/S/  E. FLOYD KVAMME*                          Director
       E. Floyd Kvamme

/S/  MODESTO A. MAIDIQUE *                     Director
       Modesto A. Maidique

/S/  EDWARD R. McCRACKEN *                     Director
       Edward R. McCracken


* By      /S/  LEWIS CHEW
          Lewis Chew, Attorney-in-fact

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS


The Board of Directors and Shareholders
National Semiconductor Corporation:


     We consent to incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements No.
33-48943,  33-54931,  33-55703,  33-61381,  333-09957,   333-23477,   333-36733,
333-53801,  333-63614,  333-88269, 333-48424 and 333-70040 on Form S-8, and Post
Effective  Amendment  No. 1 on Form S-8 to Form S-4  Registration  Statement No.
333-38033-01  of National  Semiconductor  Corporation  and  subsidiaries  of our
report  dated June 5,  2002,  relating  to the  consolidated  balance  sheets of
National  Semiconductor  Corporation and subsidiaries as of May 26, 2002 and May
27, 2001, and the related consolidated  statements of operations,  comprehensive
income (loss), shareholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the
three-year  period  ended  May 26,  2002  and the  related  financial  statement
schedule, which report appears on page 69 of the 2002 Annual Report on Form 10-K
of National Semiconductor Corporation.



                                                              KPMG LLP


Mountain View, California
August 16, 2002



<PAGE>

                                                 INDEX TO EXHIBITS
Item 14(a) (3)
The following documents are filed as part of this report:

1.   Financial  Statements:  reference  is  made  to  the  Financial  Statements
     described under Part IV, Item 14(a) (1).

2.   Other Exhibits:

3.1  Second Restated  Certificate of  Incorporation  of the Company,  as amended
     (incorporated by reference from the Exhibits to our Registration  Statement
     on Form S-3  Registration  No.  33-52775,  which became effective March 22,
     1994);  Certificate  of Amendment of  Certificate  of  Incorporation  dated
     September  30, 1994  (incorporated  by  reference  from the Exhibits to our
     Registration  Statement on Form S-8 Registration No. 333-09957 which became
     effective  August 12, 1996);  Certificate  of Amendment of  Certificate  of
     Incorporation  dated September 22, 2000 (incorporated by reference from the
     Exhibits  to our  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-8  Registration  No.
     333-48424, which became effective October 23, 2000).

3.2  By-Laws of the Company.

4.1  Form of  Common  Stock  Certificate  (incorporated  by  reference  from the
     Exhibits  to our  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-3  Registration  No.
     33-48935, which became effective October 5, 1992).

4.2  Rights  Agreement  (incorporated  by  reference  from the  Exhibits  to our
     Registration  Statement on Form 8-A filed August 10, 1988). First Amendment
     to the Rights  Agreement  dated as of October  31,  1995  (incorporated  by
     reference  from the  Exhibits to our  Amendment  No. 1 to the  Registration
     Statement on Form 8-A filed  December 11,  1995).  Second  Amendment to the
     Rights  Agreement dated as of December 17, 1996  (incorporated by reference
     from the Exhibits to our Amendment No. 2 to the  Registration  Statement on
     Form 8-A filed January 17, 1997).

4.3  Indenture dated as of May 28, 1996 between Cyrix Corporation  ('Cyrix') and
     Bank of Montreal Trust Company as Trustee  (incorporated  by reference from
     the Exhibits to Cyrix's Registration Statement on Form S-3 Registration No.
     333-10669, which became effective August 22, 1996).

4.4  Registration  Rights  Agreement  dated as of May 28, 1996 between Cyrix and
     Goldman,  Sachs & Co.  (incorporated  by  reference  from the  Exhibits  to
     Cyrix's  Registration  Statement on Form S-3  Registration  No.  333-10669,
     which became effective August 22, 1996).

10.1 Management Contract or Compensatory Plan or Arrangement:  Executive Officer
     Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  by reference  from the Exhibits to our Form
     10-K for the fiscal  year ended May 30, 1999 filed July 29,  1999).  Fiscal
     Year 2002  Executive  Officer  Incentive Plan  Agreement  (incorporated  by
     reference  from the Exhibits to our Form 10-Q for the quarter  ended August
     26, 2001 filed October 4, 2001).

10.2 Management  Contract or Compensatory Plan or Agreement:  Stock Option Plan,
     as amended  through  April 26, 1998  (incorporated  by  reference  from the
     Exhibits  to our  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-8  Registration  No.
     333-57029, which became effective June 17, 1998).

10.3 Management  Contract or Compensatory  Plan or Agreement:  Executive Officer
     Stock  Option Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  from the  Exhibits to our
     Registration Statement on Form S-8 Registration No. 333-48424, which became
     effective October 23, 2000).

10.4 Management   Contract  or   Compensatory   Plan  or   Arrangement;   Equity
     Compensation  Plan not approved by  Stockholders:  Agreement  with Peter J.
     Sprague dated May 17, 1995  (incorporated by reference from the Exhibits to
     our Form 10-K for fiscal year ended May 27, 2000 filed August 3, 2000). Non
     Qualified  Stock Option  Agreement with Peter J. Sprague dated May 18, 1995
     (incorporated by reference from the Exhibits to our Registration  Statement
     on Form S-8  Registration  No.  33-61381  which became  effective  July 28,
     1995).

10.5 Management  Contract or Compensatory  Plan or  Arrangement:  Director Stock
     Plan as amended through June 26, 1997  (incorporated  by reference from the
     Exhibits  to our  definitive  Proxy  Statement  for the  Annual  Meeting of
     Stockholders held September 26, 1997 filed August 12, 1997).

10.6 Management  Contract or Compensatory  Plan or  Arrangement:  Director Stock
     Option Plan  (incorporated  by reference from the Exhibits to our Form 10-Q
     for the quarter ended August 29, 1999 filed October 12, 1999).

10.7 Management Contract or Compensatory Plan or Arrangement:  Director Deferral
     Plan  (incorporated by reference from the Exhibits to our Form 10-Q for the
     quarter ended August 29, 1999 filed October 12, 1999).

10.8 Management  Contract or Compensatory Plan or Arrangement:  Board Retirement
     Policy  (incorporated  by reference  from the Exhibits to our Form 10-K for
     the fiscal year ended May 30, 1999 filed July 29, 1999).

10.9 Management  Contract or Compensatory  Plan or  Arrangement:  Preferred Life
     Insurance Program  (incorporated by reference from the Exhibits to our Form
     10-K for the fiscal year ended May 30, 1999 filed July 29, 1999).

10.10Management  Contract or Compensatory Plan or Arrangement:  Retired Officers
     and Directors  Health Plan  (incorporated by reference from the Exhibits to
     our Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 28, 2000 filed August 3, 2000).

10.11Management   Contract  or   Compensatory   Plan  or   Agreement:   National
     Semiconductor  Corporation  Long Term  Disability  Coverage  Plan  Summary,
     National Semiconductor Corporate Executive Staff as amended January 1, 2000
     (incorporated  by  reference  from the  Exhibits  to our Form  10-Q for the
     quarter ended February 27, 2000 filed April 11, 2000).

10.12Management   Contract  or  Compensatory   Plan  or  Agreement:   Long  Term
     Disability  Plan  Summary,   National  Semiconductor   Executive  Employees
     (incorporated  by  reference  from the  Exhibits  to our Form  10-Q for the
     quarter ended February 27, 2000 filed April 11, 2000).

10.13Management  Contract or Compensatory  Plan or Agreement:  Form of Change of
     Control  Employment  Agreement entered into with Executive  Officers of the
     Company (incorporated by reference from our Form 10-K for fiscal year ended
     May 31, 1998 filed August 3, 1998).

10.14Management   Contract  or   Compensatory   Plan  or   Agreement:   National
     Semiconductor  Corporation  Deferred  Compensation  Plan  (incorporated  by
     reference from the Exhibits to our Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February
     24, 2002 filed April 10, 2002).

10.15Equity  Compensation  Plan not approved by Stockholders:  Cyrix Corporation
     1998 Incentive Stock Plan  (incorporated  by reference from the Exhibits to
     our  Post-Effective  Amendment  No. 1 on Form S-8 to Form S-4  Registration
     Statement Registration No. 333-38033-01 filed November 18, 1997).

10.16Equity   Compensation   Plan  not   approved   by   Stockholders:   ComCore
     Semiconductor,  Inc. 1997 Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference from
     the Exhibits to our  Registration  Statement on Form S-8  Registration  No.
     333-53801 filed May 28, 1998).

10.17Equity  Compensation  Plan not approved by Stockholders:  1995 Stock Option
     Plan for officers and Key  Employees  of  Mediamatics,  Inc. and 1997 Stock
     Option  Plan of  Mediamatics,  Inc.  (incorporated  by  reference  from the
     Exhibits  to our  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-8  Registration  No.
     333-23477 filed March 17, 1997).

10.18Equity  Compensation  Plan not approved by  Stockholders:  Restricted Stock
     Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  from the  Exhibits to our  Registration
     Statement on Form S-8 Registration No. 333-09957 filed August 12, 1996).

10.19Equity  Compensation  Plan not  approved by  Stockholders:  1997  Employees
     Stock  Option Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  from the  Exhibits to our
     Registration  Statement on Form S-8  Registration  No. 333-63614 filed June
     22, 2001).

10.20Equity  Compensation Plan not approved by Stockholders:  Agreement and Plan
     of  Merger  by  and  among  National  Semiconductor  Corporation,   Nesshin
     Acquisition Sub, Inc., innoComm Wireless,  Inc., and Bernard Xavier, Daniel
     Meacham and Ibrahim  Yayla dated as of February 2, 2001;  Letter  Agreement
     with Daniel Meacham; Letter Agreement with Bernard Xavier; Letter Agreement
     with Ibrahim  Yayla  (incorporated  by  reference  from the Exhibits to our
     Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-8  Registration  No.  333-70040  filed
     September 24, 2001).

10.21Equity  Compensation  Plan not  approved by  Stockholders:  Retirement  and
     Savings Program.

10.22Management Contract or Compensatory Plan or Arrangement:  2002 Key Employee
     Incentive Plan.

10.23Management Contract or Compensatory Plan or Arrangement: Relocation Package
     made available to Detlev Kunz.

21.0 List of Subsidiaries.

23.0 Consent of Independent Auditors (included in Part IV).

24.1 Power of Attorney.

<PAGE>

                                                                   Exhibit 21.0


NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

The  following  table  shows  certain  information  with  respect  to the active
subsidiaries  as of May 26,  2002,  all of which are  included  in  consolidated
financial statements:

                                     State or         Other Country   Percent of
                                     Other            In Which        Voting
                                     Jurisdiction     Subsidiary      Securities
Name of Incorporation                is Registered    by National     Owned
- ---------------------                -------------    -----------     ----------
Algorex Inc.                         California                          100%
ComCore Semiconductor, Inc.          California                          100%
innoComm WIRELESS                    California                          100%
Mediamatics, Inc.                    California                          100%
National Semiconductor
     International, Inc.             Delaware                            100%
National Semiconductor
     Netsales, Inc.                  Delaware                            100%
National Semiconductor
     (Maine), Inc.                   Delaware                            100%
ASIC II Limited                      Hawaii                              100%
National Semiconductor
     B.V. Corporation                Delaware                            100%
National Semiconductor
     France S.A.R.L.                 France                              100%
National Semiconductor
     GmbH                            Germany            Belgium          100%
National Semiconductor
     (I.C.) Ltd.                     Israel                              100%
National Semiconductor
     S.r.l.                          Italy                               100%
National Semiconductor
     Aktiebolog (A.B).               Sweden                              100%
National Semiconductor
     Sweden Aktiebolog.              Sweden                              100%
National Semiconductor
     (U.K.) Ltd.                     Great Britain     Denmark/Ireland   100%
                                                     Finland/Norway/Spain
National Semiconductor
     (U.K.)Pension Trust
     Company Ltd.                    Great Britain                       100%
National Semiconductor
     Benelux B.V.                    Netherlands                         100%
National Semiconductor B.V.          Netherlands                         100%
National Semiconductor
     International B.V.              Netherlands                         100%
National Semiconductor
     International Finance S.A.      Switzerland                         100%
Arsmikro oui.                        Estonia                             100%
National Semiconductor
     Finland Oy                      Finland                             100%
Natsem India Designs
     Pvt. Ltd.                       India                               100%
National Semiconductor
     (Australia)Pty.Ltd.             Australia                           100%
National Semiconductor
     (Hong Kong) Limited             Hong Kong                           100%
National Semiconductor
     (Far East) Limited              Hong Kong            Taiwan         100%
National Semiconductor
     Hong Kong Sales Limited         Hong Kong                           100%
National Semiconductor Services
     Limited                         Hong Kong                           100%
National Semiconductor
     Japan Ltd.                      Japan                               100%
N.S.  Microelectronics
     Co., LTD.                       Japan                                19%
National Semiconductor
     Korea Limited.                  Korea                               100%
National Semiconductor
     SDN. BHD.                       Malaysia                            100%
National Semiconductor
     Technology SDN.BHD.             Malaysia                            100%
National Semiconductor
     Services Malaysia SDN.BHD.      Malaysia                            100%
National Semiconductor Pte. Ltd.     Singapore                           100%
National Semiconductor Asia Pacific
     Pte. Ltd.                       Singapore                           100%
National Semiconductor Manufacturer
     Singapore Pte. Ltd.             Singapore                           100%
Shanghai National Semiconductor
     Technology Limited              People's Republic of China           95%
National Semiconductor Shanghai
     Ltd.                            People's Republic of China          100%
National Semiconductor Canada Inc.   Canada                              100%
National Semiconductores
     do Brazil Ltda.                 Brazil                              100%
Electronica NSC de Mexico, S.A.      Mexico                              100%
National Semiconductor (Barbados)                                        100%
     Limited                         Barbados                            100%






</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-3
<SEQUENCE>3
<FILENAME>form10k_exh3-2.txt
<DESCRIPTION>EXHIBIT 3.2
<TEXT>






NLL\SecMtrs\bylaw1001

10/20/01


                                   Exhibit 3.2
                                     BY-LAWS
                                       OF
                       NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION
                         AMENDED AS OF OCTOBER 30, 2001


                                   ARTICLE I.
                                     OFFICES

     Section 1. Registered Office. The registered office shall be in the City of
Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

     Section 2. Other  Offices.  The  corporation  may also have offices at such
other  places  both  within and  without  the State of  Delaware as the board of
directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may
require.

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE II.
                                  STOCKHOLDERS

     Section 1. Place of  Meetings.  Meetings of  stockholders  shall be held at
such place either  within or without the State of Delaware as may be  designated
by the board of directors.

     Section 2. Annual Meeting.  An annual meeting of stockholders shall be held
on the fourth  Friday in September of each year, at 10:30 A.M., or at such other
date and time as shall be designated  by the board of  directors.  At the annual
meeting the  stockholders  shall elect a board of directors  and  transact  such
other business as may be properly brought before the meeting.

     Section 3.  Special  Meetings.  Subject to the rights of the holders of any
series of stock having a preference  over the Common Stock of the corporation as
to dividends or upon liquidation ("Preferred Stock") with respect to such series
of Preferred  Stock,  special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by
the chairman of the board or by the board of directors  pursuant to a resolution
adopted by a majority of the total  number of  directors  which the  corporation
would have if there were no vacancies (the "Whole Board").

     Section 4. Notice of Meetings.  The  secretary or such other officer of the
corporation as is designated by the board of directors shall serve personally or
send  through the mails or by  telegraph  a written  notice of annual or special
meetings of  stockholders,  addressed to each  stockholder of record entitled to
vote  at  his  address  as it  appears  on  the  stock  transfer  books  of  the
corporation,  stating  the time and  place of the  meeting  and the  purpose  or
purposes for which the meeting is called,  not less than ten nor more than sixty
days before the date of the meeting.  If mailed,  notice shall be deemed to have
been given when deposited in the United States mail,  postage prepaid,  directed
to  the  stockholder  at  his  address  as it  appears  on  the  records  of the
corporation.  Notice given by telegraph  shall be deemed to have been given upon
delivery of the message to the telegraph  company.  Only such business  shall be
conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before
the meeting  pursuant to the  corporation's  notice of meeting.  Any  previously
scheduled  meeting  of  the  stockholders  may be  postponed,  and  (unless  the
Certificate  of  Incorporation  otherwise  provides) any special  meeting of the
stockholders  may be cancelled,  by  resolution  of the board of directors  upon
public notice given prior to the date  previously  scheduled for such meeting of
stockholders.

     Section 5. Waiver of Notice.  Notice of a meeting  need not be given to any
stockholder who signs a waiver of notice, in person or by proxy,  whether before
or after a meeting. The attendance of any stockholder at a meeting, in person or
by proxy,  without  protesting  either prior thereto or at its  commencement the
lack of  notice of such  meeting,  shall  constitute  a waiver of notice by him.
Neither  the  business to be  transacted  at, nor the purpose of, any regular or
special meeting of the  stockholders  need be specified in any written waiver of
notice.

     Section 6.  Stockholder's  List.  The  officer  who has charge of the stock
transfer  book of the  corporation  shall  prepare  and make,  at least ten days
before every meeting of the stockholders at which directors are to be elected, a
complete list of the stockholders  entitled to vote at the meeting,  arranged in
alphabetical  order,  and showing the address of each stockholder and the number
of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to
examination by any stockholder,  for any purpose germane to the meeting,  during
ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting,
either at a place  within the city where the meeting is to be held,  which place
shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the
place where the meeting is to be held.  The list shall also be produced and kept
at the time and place of the meeting  during the whole time thereof,  and may be
inspected by any stockholder who is present.

     Section 7. Quorum and Adjournment.  Except as otherwise  provided by law or
by  the  Certificate  of  Incorporation,  the  holders  of  a  majority  of  the
outstanding shares of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election
of directors  (the "Voting  Stock"),  present in person or represented by proxy,
shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of stockholders for the transaction of
business,  except that when  specified  business is to be voted on by a class or
series of stock  voting as a class,  the  holders of a majority of the shares of
such class or series  shall  constitute a quorum of such class or series for the
transaction of such  business.  The chairman of the meeting or a majority of the
shares so represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time,  whether or not
there is such a quorum.  The  stockholders  present at a duly called  meeting at
which a quorum is present may continue to transact  business until  adjournment,
notwithstanding  the  withdrawal  of enough  stockholders  to leave  less than a
quorum.  At such  adjourned  meeting  at which a  quorum  shall  be  present  or
represented  any business may be transacted  which might have been transacted at
the meeting as originally  notified.  If the adjournment is for more than thirty
days,  or after the  adjournment  a new record  date is fixed for the  adjourned
meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of
record entitled to vote.

     Section 8.  Proxies.  At all  meetings of  stockholders,  each  stockholder
entitled to vote shall have one vote, to be exercised in person or by proxy, for
each share of capital stock having voting power, held by such  stockholder.  All
proxies shall be in writing,  shall relate only to a specific meeting (including
continuations  and  adjournments  of the  same),  and  shall be  filed  with the
secretary at or before the time of the meeting. Each proxy must be signed by the
shareholder or his attorney-in-fact.  The person or persons named in a proxy for
a specific  meeting  may vote at any  adjournment  of the  meeting for which the
proxy was given.  If more than one person is named as proxy,  a majority of such
persons so named present at the meeting,  or if only one shall be present,  then
that one,  shall  have and  exercise  all the powers  conferred  upon all of the
persons  unless the proxy shall  provide  otherwise.  A proxy  purporting  to be
executed  by  or on  behalf  of a  stockholder  shall  be  deemed  valid  unless
challenged  prior to or at its  exercise  and the burden of  proving  invalidity
shall rest on the challenger.

     Section 9. Notice of Stockholder Business and Nominations.

               a. Annual Meetings of Stockholders.

                    (1)  Nominations  of persons  for  election  to the board of
               directors of the  corporation  and the proposal of business to be
               considered by the  stockholders  may be made at an annual meeting
               of  stockholders  (a)  pursuant  to the  corporation's  notice of
               meeting,  (b) by or at the direction of the board of directors or
               (c) by any  stockholder of the  corporation who was a stockholder
               of record at the time of  giving of notice  provided  for in this
               By-Law,  who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who  complies
               with the notice procedures set forth in this By-Law.

                    (2) For nominations or other business to be properly brought
               before an annual meeting by a stockholder  pursuant to clause (c)
               of paragraph  (a)(1) of this By-Law,  the  stockholder  must have
               given timely  notice  thereof in writing to the  secretary of the
               corporation  and such other  business must  otherwise be a proper
               matter for  stockholder  action.  To be timely,  a  stockholder's
               notice  shall be  delivered  to the  secretary  at the  principal
               executive  offices of the corporation not later than the close of
               business on the 120th day nor earlier  than the close of business
               on the 150th day prior to the first  anniversary of the preceding
               year's annual meeting; provided,  however, that in the event that
               the date of the  annual  meeting  is more than 30 days  before or
               more than 120 days after  such  anniversary  date,  notice by the
               stockholder  to be timely must be so  delivered  not earlier than
               the close of  business  on the  150th  day  prior to such  annual
               meeting  and not later than the close of business on the later of
               the  120th  day  prior  to such  annual  meeting  or the 10th day
               following  the day on which  public  announcement  of the date of
               such meeting is first made by the corporation.  In no event shall
               the public  announcement  of an  adjournment of an annual meeting
               commence  a new time  period  for the  giving of a  stockholder's
               notice as described above.  Such  stockholder's  notice shall set
               forth (a) as to each  person  whom the  stockholder  proposes  to
               nominate for election or reelection as a director all information
               relating  to such person  that is  required  to be  disclosed  in
               solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election
               contest,  or is  otherwise  required,  in each case  pursuant  to
               Regulation  14A under the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as
               amended  (the   "Exchange   Act")  and  Rule  14a-11   thereunder
               (including  such person's  written  consent to being named in the
               proxy  statement  as a nominee  and to serving  as a director  if
               elected);  (b) as to any  other  business  that  the  stockholder
               proposes to bring before the meeting,  a brief description of the
               business  desired to be brought  before the meeting,  the reasons
               for  conducting  such  business at the  meeting and any  material
               interest in such business of such  stockholder and the beneficial
               owner,  if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made;  and (c) as
               to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if
               any, on whose behalf the  nomination  or proposal is made (i) the
               name and  address  of such  stockholder,  as they  appear  on the
               corporation's  books,  and of such beneficial  owner and (ii) the
               class and  number of  shares of the  corporation  which are owned
               beneficially   and  of  record  by  such   stockholder  and  such
               beneficial owner.

                    (3)  Notwithstanding  anything  in the  second  sentence  of
               paragraph  (a)(2) of this  By-Law to the  contrary,  in the event
               that the  number  of  directors  to be  elected  to the  board of
               directors of the  corporation is increased and there is no public
               announcement  by the  corporation  naming all of the nominees for
               director  or  specifying  the  size  of the  increased  board  of
               directors at least 130 days prior to the first anniversary of the
               preceding year's annual meeting, a stockholder's  notice required
               by this By-Law  shall also be  considered  timely,  but only with
               respect  to  nominees  for  any  new  positions  created  by such
               increase,  if it  shall  be  delivered  to the  secretary  at the
               principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the
               close of business on the 10th day following the day on which such
               public announcement is first made by the corporation.

               b. Special Meetings of Stockholders.

                    Only such business  shall be conducted at a special  meeting
               of  stockholders  as shall have been  brought  before the meeting
               pursuant to the corporation's  notice of meeting.  Nominations of
               persons for election to the board of  directors  may be made at a
               special  meeting of  stockholders  at which  directors  are to be
               elected pursuant to the corporation's notice of meeting (a) by or
               at the  direction of the board of directors or (b) provided  that
               the board of directors has  determined  that  directors  shall be
               elected at such meeting,  by any  stockholder of the  corporation
               who is a  stockholder  of  record at the time of giving of notice
               provided for in this By-Law, who shall be entitled to vote at the
               meeting and who complies with the notice  procedures set forth in
               this By-Law. In the event the corporation calls a special meeting
               of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors
               to the board of directors,  any such  stockholder  may nominate a
               person or  persons  (as the case may be),  for  election  to such
               position(s) as specified in the corporation's  notice of meeting,
               if the stockholder's  notice required by paragraph (a)(2) of this
               By-Law  shall be  delivered  to the  secretary  at the  principal
               executive  offices of the  corporation not earlier than the close
               of business on the 90th day prior to such special meeting and not
               later  than the  close of  business  on the later of the 60th day
               prior to such special  meeting or the 10th day  following the day
               on which  public  announcement  is first  made of the date of the
               special  meeting  and of the  nominees  proposed  by the board of
               directors  to be elected at such  meeting.  In no event shall the
               public  announcement  of  an  adjournment  of a  special  meeting
               commence  a new time  period  for the  giving of a  stockholder's
               notice as described above.

               c. General.

                    (1) Only such persons who are nominated in  accordance  with
               the  procedures  set forth in this  By-Law  shall be  eligible to
               serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at a
               meeting of  stockholders  as shall have been  brought  before the
               meeting  in  accordance  with the  procedures  set  forth in this
               By-Law.  Except as otherwise  provided by law, the Certificate of
               Incorporation or these By-Laws, the chairman of the meeting shall
               have the power and duty to determine  whether a nomination or any
               business  proposed  to be brought  before the meeting was made or
               proposed,  as the case may be, in accordance  with the procedures
               set forth in this  By-Law  and,  if any  proposed  nomination  or
               business is not in compliance  with this By-Law,  to declare that
               such defective proposal or nomination shall be disregarded.

                    (2) For purposes of this By-Law, "public announcement" shall
               mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News
               Service,  Associated Press or comparable national news service or
               in  a  document  publicly  filed  by  the  corporation  with  the
               Securities and Exchange  Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or
               15(d) of the Exchange Act.

                    (3) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this By-Law,
               a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable  requirements
               of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with
               respect to the matters set forth in this By-Law.  Nothing in this
               By-Law  shall be deemed to affect any rights (i) of  stockholders
               to request  inclusion  of proposals  in the  corporation's  proxy
               statement  pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the  Exchange Act or (ii)
               of  the  holders  of any  series  of  Preferred  Stock  to  elect
               directors under specified circumstances.

     Section  10.  Voting.  When  a  quorum  is  present  at  any  meeting,  the
affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the capital stock having voting
power  present in person or  represented  by proxy and  entitled  to vote on the
matter shall  decide any question  brought  before such  meeting,  except (i) in
respect of elections of directors which shall be decided,  subject to the rights
of the holders of any series of  Preferred  Stock,  by a plurality  of the votes
cast, and (ii) when the question is one which by express provision of statute or
Certificate of  Incorporation  a different vote is required,  in which case such
express  provision  shall govern and control the decision of such  question.  No
vote need be taken by ballot unless required by statute.

     Section 11.  Inspectors  of Elections;  Opening and Closing the Polls.  The
board of directors by  resolution  shall appoint one or more  inspectors,  which
inspector or inspectors  may include  individuals  who serve the  corporation in
other capacities,  including, without limitation, as officers, employees, agents
or  representatives,  to act at the meetings of stockholders  and make a written
report thereof. One or more persons may be designated as alternate inspectors to
replace any  inspector  who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate  has been
appointed to act or is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the chairman of
the meeting  shall appoint one or more  inspectors  to act at the meeting.  Each
inspector,  before  discharging  his or her duties,  shall take and sign an oath
faithfully  to execute  the duties of  inspector  with strict  impartiality  and
according  to the best of his or her  ability.  The  inspectors  shall  have the
duties prescribed by law.

     The chairman of the meeting  shall fix and announce at the meeting the date
and time of the  opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which
the stockholders will vote at a meeting.

     Section 12.  Record Date for Action by Written  Consent.  In order that the
corporation  may  determine  the  stockholders  entitled to consent to corporate
action in writing  without a meeting,  the board of  directors  may fix a record
date,  which  record date shall not  precede the date upon which the  resolution
fixing the record  date is  adopted  by the board of  directors,  and which date
shall not be more than ten (10) days  after the date upon  which the  resolution
fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors.  Any stockholder of
record seeking to have the  stockholders  authorize or take corporate  action by
written consent shall, by written notice to the secretary,  request the board of
directors to fix a record date. The board of directors  shall  promptly,  but in
all  events  within  ten (10)  days  after the date on which  such a request  is
received,  adopt a  resolution  fixing the record date (unless a record date has
previously  been fixed by the board of directors  pursuant to the first sentence
of this  Section).  If no record  date has been fixed by the board of  directors
pursuant to the first sentence of this Section or otherwise within ten (10) days
of the date on which such a request is received, the record date for determining
stockholders  entitled  to consent  to  corporate  action in  writing  without a
meeting,  when no  prior  action  by the  board  of  directors  is  required  by
applicable  law,  shall be the  first  date on which a  signed  written  consent
setting  forth the action  taken or  proposed  to be taken is  delivered  to the
corporation  by delivery to its  registered  office in Delaware,  its  principal
place of business,  or to any officer or agent of the corporation having custody
of the book in which  proceedings  of meetings  of  stockholders  are  recorded.
Delivery  shall be by hand or by certified or registered  mail,  return  receipt
requested.  If no record date has been fixed by the board of directors and prior
action by the board of directors is required by applicable  law, the record date
for determining  stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing
without a meeting  shall be at the  close of  business  on the date on which the
board of directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

     Section 13. Inspectors of Written Consent. In the event of the delivery, in
the manner  provided  by Section 12 of this  Article to the  corporation  of the
requisite  written  consent or  consents  to take  corporate  action  and/or any
related  revocation or  revocations,  the corporation  shall engage  independent
inspectors  of elections  for the purpose of promptly  performing a  ministerial
review of the  validity  of the  consents  and  revocations.  For the purpose of
permitting the inspectors to perform such review,  no action by written  consent
without  a  meeting  shall  be  effective  until  such  date as the  independent
inspectors  certify  to the  corporation  that  the  consents  delivered  to the
corporation in accordance with Section 12 of this Article represent at least the
minimum  number of votes that would be necessary to take the  corporate  action.
Nothing  contained in this  Section  shall in any way be construed to suggest or
imply that the board of  directors or any  stockholder  shall not be entitled to
contest the validity of any consent or  revocation  thereof,  whether  before or
after such  certification  by the independent  inspectors,  or to take any other
action (including, without limitation, the commencement, prosecution, or defense
of any litigation with respect thereto,  and the seeking of injunctive relief in
such litigation).

     Section 14.  Effectiveness of Written Consent.  Every written consent shall
bear the date of  signature  of each  stockholder  who signs the  consent and no
written  consent  shall be effective to take the  corporate  action  referred to
therein  unless,  within sixty (60) days of the earliest  dated written  consent
received in  accordance  with Section 12 of this Article,  a written  consent or
consents  signed by a  sufficient  number of  holders  to take such  action  are
delivered  to the  corporation  in the manner  prescribed  in Section 12 of this
Article.


<PAGE>


                                  ARTICLE III.
                             THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

     Section  1.  Composition.  The board of  directors  shall  consist of eight
directors  subject  to  such  automatic  increase  as  may  be  required  by the
corporation's  Restated  Articles  of  Incorporation.  The board may  enlarge or
reduce  the size of the  board in a vote of the  majority  of the  directors  in
office. No director need be a stockholder.

     Section  2.  Election  and Term.  Except as  provided  in Section 3 of this
Article,  the  directors  shall be  elected  by a  plurality  vote at the annual
meeting of the stockholders. Each director shall hold office until his successor
is elected and qualified or until his earlier resignation or removal.

     Section 3.  Vacancies and Newly Created  Directorships.  Any vacancy on the
board of directors, or any newly created directorships,  however occurring,  may
be filled by a majority  of the  directors  then in office,  though  less than a
quorum or by a sole  remaining  director.  Any vacancy in the board of directors
may also be filled by a plurality vote of the  stockholders  unless such vacancy
shall have been previously filled by the board of directors.

     Section 4. Powers.  The business of the corporation shall be managed by its
board of  directors  which  shall have and may  exercise  all such powers of the
corporation,  including  the power to make,  alter or repeal  the  bylaws of the
corporation,  and do all such  lawful  acts  and  things  as are not by  statute
directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

     Section 5. Place of Meetings. The board of directors of the corporation may
hold  meetings  both regular and special,  either within or without the State of
Delaware.  Members of the board of directors or any committee  designated by the
board,  may  participate  in a meeting of such board or  committee by means of a
conference telephone by means of which all persons  participating in the meeting
can hear each other, and  participation  shall constitute  presence in person at
such meeting.

     Section 6. Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the board of directors may
be held without call or notice  immediately  following the annual meeting of the
stockholders  and at such time and at such  place as shall  from time to time be
selected by the board of directors, provided that in respect of any director who
is absent  when such  selection  is made,  the  notice,  waiver  and  attendance
provisions of Section 7 of this Article shall apply to such regular meetings.

     Section 7. Special  Meetings and Notice.  Special  meetings of the board of
directors may be called by the chairman of the board of directors, a majority of
the  directors  or the  president  on  notice  given  to each  director,  either
personally  (including  by  telephone) or by hand  delivery,  first-class  mail,
overnight mail, courier service,  telegram or facsimile transmission sent to his
business or home address,  stating the place,  date and hour of the meeting.  If
mailed by first-class  mail, such notice shall be deemed to have been adequately
given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the
director  at his  business or home  address,  at least five (5) days before such
meeting.  Notice given by telegraph,  overnight mail or courier service shall be
deemed adequately given upon delivery of the message to the telegraph company or
to the overnight mail or courier  service  company at least two days before such
meeting. Notice given by facsimile transmission shall be deemed adequately given
upon transmission of the message at least twelve (12) hours before such meeting.
Notice given by hand delivery or  personally  shall be deemed  adequately  given
when  delivered  at least  twelve (12) hours  before such  meeting.  Notice of a
meeting need not be given to any director who signs a waiver of notice,  whether
before or after the  meeting.  The  attendance  of any  director  at a  meeting,
without  protesting  either  prior  thereto or at its  commencement  the lack of
notice of such meeting,  shall  constitute a waiver of notice by him. Any notice
or waiver of notice of a meeting of the board of directors  need not specify the
purposes of the meeting.

     Section 8. Quorum and Voting.  At all  meetings of the board of directors a
majority  less  one of the  total  number  of  directors  then in  office  shall
constitute  a quorum for the  transaction  of  business,  except that in no case
shall less than two directors be deemed to constitute a quorum, and the act of a
majority  of the  directors  present at any  meeting at which  there is a quorum
shall be the act of the board of directors.  If a quorum shall not be present at
any  meeting of the board of  directors,  a  majority  of less than a quorum may
adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at
the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

     Section 9. Action by Consent.  Any action required or permitted to be taken
at any meeting of the board of directors may be taken without a meeting,  if all
members of the board of directors,  then in office,  consent thereto in writing,
and the writing or writings  are filed with the  minutes of  proceedings  of the
board of directors.

     Section 10.  Resignation.  Any director may resign at any time upon written
notice  delivered to the  corporation at its principal  office.  The resignation
shall take effect at the time specified therein, and if no time be specified, at
the time of its dispatch to the corporation.

     Section 11.  Removal.  A director may be removed for cause by the vote of a
majority of the  stockholders  at a special or annual meeting after the director
has  been  given  reasonable  notice  and  opportunity  to be heard  before  the
stockholders.

     Section 12. Committees. The board of directors may, by resolution passed by
a majority of the whole board of directors,  designate  one or more  committees,
each  committee to consist of one or more of the  directors of the  corporation,
which  committee,  to the extent provided in the resolution,  shall have and may
exercise the powers of the board of directors in the  management of the business
and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to
be affixed to all papers  which may  require it. Such  committee  or  committees
shall  have  such  name  or  names  as may be  determined  from  time to time by
resolution adopted by the board of directors.  Each committee shall keep regular
minutes  of its  meetings  and report  the same to the board of  directors  when
required.


<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE IV.
                                    OFFICERS

     Section 1. Designation.  The officers of the corporation shall consist of a
president,  a  treasurer,  a  secretary,  and such other  officers  including  a
chairman  of  the  board  of  directors,  one or  more  group  presidents,  vice
presidents (including group executive vice presidents, corporate vice presidents
and senior vice presidents),  assistant treasurers and assistant secretaries, as
the  board  of  directors  or the  stockholders  may  deem  warranted.  With the
exception of the chairman of the board of directors  who must be a director,  no
officer need be a director or a  stockholder.  Any number of offices may be held
by the same person.

     Section 2.  Election and Term.  Except for officers to fill  vacancies  and
newly created  offices  provided for in Section 6 of this Article,  the officers
shall be elected by the board of directors at the first  meeting of the board of
directors after the annual meeting of the stockholders.  All officers shall hold
office at the pleasure of the board of directors.

     Section 3. Duties of  Officers.  In addition to those  duties that may from
time to time be delegated to them by the board of directors, the officers of the
corporation shall have the following duties:

          (a) Chairman of the Board.  The chairman of the board shall preside at
     all meetings of the  stockholders and of the board of directors at which he
     is present,  shall be ex-officio a member of all  committees  formed by the
     board of directors and shall have such other duties and powers as the board
     of directors may prescribe.

          (b) President.  The president shall be the chief executive  officer of
     the corporation,  shall have general and active  management of the business
     of the corporation,  shall see that all orders and resolutions of the board
     of directors are carried into effect, and, in the absence or nonelection of
     the chairman of the board of  directors,  shall  preside at all meetings of
     the stockholders and the board of directors at which he is present if he is
     also a director.  The president  also shall execute bonds,  mortgages,  and
     other contracts requiring a seal under the seal of the corporation,  except
     where required or permitted by law to be otherwise  signed and executed and
     except where the signing and execution thereof shall be delegated expressly
     by the board of directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation
     and shall have such other powers and duties as the board of  directors  may
     prescribe.

          (c) Group President. The group president or group presidents,  if any,
     shall have  general and active  management  of the group for which they are
     designated as president by the board of directors and shall have such other
     duties and powers as  vice-presidents  or as the board of  directors or the
     president may prescribe.

          (d)  Vice-President.  The vice-president or  vice-presidents,  if any,
     shall  have  such  duties  and  powers  as the  board of  directors  or the
     president may prescribe. In the absence of the president or in the event of
     his inability or refusal to act, the group president or vice president,  if
     any, or if there be more than one, the group presidents or vice-presidents,
     in the order  designated by the board of  directors,  or, in the absence of
     such  designation,  then in the order of their election,  shall perform the
     duties and exercise the powers of the president.

          (e) Secretaries and Assistant Secretaries.  The secretary shall record
     the proceedings of all meetings of the stockholders and all meetings of the
     board of directors in books to be kept for that purpose, shall perform like
     duties for the standing committees when required,  and shall give, or cause
     to be given,  call and/or notices of all meetings of the  stockholders  and
     meetings of the board of directors in accordance  with these  by-laws.  The
     secretary also shall have custody of the corporate seal of the corporation,
     affix the seal to any  instrument  requiring  it and  attest  thereto  when
     authorized by the board of directors or the president,  and shall have such
     other duties and powers as the board of directors may prescribe.

          The  assistant  secretary,  if any, or if there be more than one,  the
     assistant  secretaries,  in the order designated by the board of directors,
     or,  if there  be no such  designation,  then in  order of their  election,
     shall,  in the absence of the secretary or in the event of his inability or
     refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary
     and shall have such other duties and powers as the board of  directors  may
     prescribe.

          In the absence of the secretary or an assistant secretary at a meeting
     of the stockholders or the board of directors, an acting secretary shall be
     chosen by the  stockholders  or directors,  as the case may be, to exercise
     the duties of the secretary at such meeting.

          In the absence of the  secretary or an  assistant  secretary or in the
     event  of the  inability  or  refusal  of  the  secretary  or an  assistant
     secretary to give, or cause to be given, any call and/or notice required by
     law or these  by-laws,  any such  call  and/or  notice  may be given by any
     person  so  directed  by  the  board  of   directors,   the   president  or
     stockholders,  upon whose  requisition  the meeting is called in accordance
     with these by-laws.

          (f) Treasurer and Assistant  Treasurer.  The treasurer  shall have the
     custody of the corporate funds and securities, shall keep full and accurate
     accounts  of  receipts  and   disbursements   in  books  belonging  to  the
     corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable  effects in the
     name and to the credit of the  corporation in such  depositories  as may be
     designated by the board of directors. The treasurer shall also disburse the
     funds of the  corporation  as may be  ordered  by the  board of  directors,
     taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, shall render to the board of
     directors,  when the board of directors so requires,  an account of all his
     transactions   as  treasurer  and  of  the   financial   condition  of  the
     corporation,  and shall have such  other  duties and powers as the board of
     directors  may  prescribe.  If  required  by the  board of  directors,  the
     treasurer shall give the  corporation a bond,  which shall be renewed every
     six  years,  in such sum and  with  such  surety  or  sureties  as shall be
     satisfactory to the board of directors for the faithful  performance of the
     duties of his office and for the restoration to the corporation, in case of
     his death,  resignation,  retirement or removal from office,  of all books,
     papers,  vouchers,  money  and  other  property  of  whatever  kind  in his
     possession or under his control belonging to the corporation.

          The  assistant  treasurer,  if any, or if there be more than one,  the
     assistant treasurers in the order designated by the board of directors, or,
     in the absence of such  designation,  then in the order of their  election,
     shall,  in the absence of the treasurer or in the event of his inability or
     refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the treasurer
     and shall have such other duties and powers as the board of  directors  may
     prescribe.

          (g) Other  Officers.  Any other  officer  shall  have such  powers and
     duties as the board of directors may prescribe.

     Section 4.  Resignation.  Any officer  may resign at any time upon  written
notice  delivered to the  corporation at its principal  office.  The resignation
shall take effect at the time specified therein, and if no time be specified, at
the time of its dispatch to the corporation.

     Section  5.  Removal.  Any  officer  elected or  appointed  by the board of
directors  may be removed at any time by the  affirmative  vote of a majority of
the board of directors.

     Section  6.  Vacancies  and Newly  Created  Offices.  A vacancy  in office,
however  occurring,  and newly created offices,  shall be filled by the board of
directors.



<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE V.
                                  CAPITAL STOCK

     Section  1. Stock  Certificates.  Each  holder of stock in the  corporation
shall be entitled to have a certificate signed in an officer's official capacity
or in the name of the corporation by the chairman of the board of directors,  or
the president or a vice-president  and the treasurer or an assistant  treasurer,
or the secretary or an assistant  secretary of the  corporation,  certifying the
number  of  shares  owned  by him in the  corporation.  Where a  certificate  is
countersigned  (a)  by a  transfer  agent  other  than  the  corporation  or its
employee, or, (b) by a registrar other than the corporation or its employee, any
other  signature  on the  certificate  may be  facsimile.  In case any  officer,
transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been
placed upon a certificate  shall have ceased to be such officer,  transfer agent
or  registrar  before  such  certificate  is  issued,  it may be  issued  by the
corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer,  transfer agent, or
registrar at the date of issue.

     Section 2. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates.  The board of directors,
or at their  direction any officer of the company,  may direct a new certificate
or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost,
stolen or destroyed,  upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person
claiming  the  certificate  of stock  to be  lost,  stolen  or  destroyed.  When
authorizing  such  issue of a new  certificate  or  certificates,  the  board of
directors,  or at their direction any officer of the company,  may, in its (his)
discretion  and as a condition  precedent to the issuance  thereof,  require the
owner of such lost,  stolen or destroyed  certificate  or  certificates,  or his
legal  representative,  to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require
and/or to give the  corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity
against any claim that may be made against the  corporation  with respect to the
certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

     Section 3. Transfer.  Upon surrender to the secretary or the transfer agent
of the  corporation of a certificate  for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by
proper  evidence of  succession,  assignment or authority to transfer,  and upon
compliance with any provisions respecting  restrictions on transfer, it shall be
the duty of the  corporation to issue a new  certificate to the person  entitled
thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

     Section 4. Issue of Stock.  From time to time,  the board of directors may,
by vote of a majority  of the  directors,  issue any of the  authorized  capital
stock of the corporation for cash, property,  services rendered or expenses,  or
as a stock dividend and on any terms permitted by law.

     Section 5. Fixing Record Date. In order that the  corporation may determine
the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders
or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing
without a meeting or  entitled  to  receive  payment  of any  dividend  or other
distribution  or allotment of any rights,  or entitled to exercise any rights in
respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any
other lawful action,  the board of directors may fix, in advance, a record date,
which  shall not be more than  sixty nor less than ten days  before  the date of
such  meeting,   nor  more  than  sixty  days  prior  to  any  other  action.  A
determination  of  stockholders  of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a
meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided,
however, that the board of directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned
meeting.

     Section 6. Registered  Stockholders.  The corporation  shall be entitled to
recognize the exclusive  right of a person  registered on its books as the owner
of shares to receive  dividends,  and to vote as such owner,  and to hold liable
for  calls  and  assessments  a person  registered  on its books as the owner of
shares,  and shall not be bound to recognize  any equitable or other claim to or
interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not
it shall have express or other notice thereof,  except as otherwise  provided by
the laws of Delaware.


<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE VI.
                               GENERAL PROVISIONS

     Section 1.  Dividends.  Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation
may be declared  by the board of  directors  in any regular or special  meeting,
pursuant to law.  Dividends  may be paid in cash,  in property,  or in shares of
capital stock. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any
funds  of the  corporation  available  for  dividends  such  sum or  sums as the
directors  from time to time, in their  absolute  discretion,  think proper as a
reserve or reserves to meet contingencies,  or for equalizing dividends,  or for
repairing  or  maintaining  any property of the  corporation,  or for such other
purpose  as  the  directors  shall  think  conducive  to  the  interest  of  the
corporation,  and the  directors  may modify or abolish any such  reserve in the
manner in which it was created.

     Section  2.  Checks.  All  checks  or  demands  for  money and notes of the
corporation  shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or
persons as the board of directors may from time to time designate.

     Section 3. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the  corporation  shall be fixed
by a resolution of the board of directors.

     Section 4. Seal. The corporate  seal shall have inscribed  thereon the name
of the  corporation,  the year of its organization and the words "Corporate Seal
Delaware".  The seal may be used by  causing  it or a  facsimile  thereof  to be
impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.


<PAGE>


                                  ARTICLE VII.
                                   AMENDMENTS

     Section 1.  Amendments.  These by-laws may be amended at any proper meeting
of the stockholders or of the board of directors.


<PAGE>


                                  ARTICLE VIII.
                                 INDEMNIFICATION

     Section 1. Non-Derivative Proceedings.  The corporation shall indemnify any
person  who  was or is a  party  or is  threatened  to be  made a  party  to any
threatened,  pending or completed  action,  suit or  proceeding,  whether civil,
criminal,  administrative  or  investigative  (other than an action by or in the
right of the  corporation)  by reason of the fact that he is or was a  director,
officer,  employee,  or agent of the  corporation,  or is or was  serving at the
request of the corporation as a director,  officer, employee or agent of another
corporation,  partnership,  joint venture,  trust or other  enterprise,  against
expenses  (including  attorneys'  fees),  judgments,  fines and amounts  paid in
settlement  actually  and  reasonably  incurred by him in  connection  with such
action,  suit or  proceeding  if he  acted  in good  faith  and in a  manner  he
reasonably  believed  to be in or not  opposed  to  the  best  interests  of the
corporation,  and with  respect to any  criminal  action or  proceeding,  had no
reasonable  cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.  The  termination  of any
action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a
plea of nolo  contenders  or its  equivalent,  shall not,  of  itself,  create a
presumption  that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner  which he
reasonably  believed  to be in or not  opposed  to  the  best  interests  of the
corporation,  and,  with  respect to any  criminal  action or  proceedings,  had
reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

     Section 2.  Derivative  Proceedings.  The  corporation  shall indemnify any
person  who  was or is a  party  or is  threatened  to be  made a  party  to any
threatened,  pending  or  completed  action  or suit by or in the  right  of the
corporation  to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is
or was a director,  officer, employee or agent of the corporation,  or is or was
serving at the request of the  corporation as a director,  officer,  employee or
agent  of  another  corporation,  partnership,  joint  venture,  trust  or other
enterprise against expenses (including  attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably
incurred by him in  connection  with the defense or settlement of such action or
suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he  reasonably  believed to be in
or not  opposed to the best  interests  of the  corporation  and except  that no
indemnification  shall be made in respect  of any  claim,  issue or matter as to
which such  person  shall  have been  adjudged  to be liable to the  corporation
unless and only to the extent  that the Court of  Chancery or the court in which
such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application  that,  despite
the adjudication of liability but in view of all the  circumstances of the case,
such person is fairly and  reasonably  entitled to indemnity  for such  expenses
which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

     Section  3.  Amount of  Indemnification.  To the  extent  that a  director,
officer,  employee or agent of the corporation has been successful on the merits
or  otherwise  in defense  of any  action,  suit or  proceeding  referred  to in
Sections 1 or 2, or in defense of any claim,  issue or matter therein,  he shall
be  indemnified  against  expenses  (including  attorneys'  fees)  actually  and
reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.

     Section 4. Determination to Indemnify. Any indemnification under Sections 1
or 2  (unless  ordered  by a  court)  shall be made by the  corporation  only as
authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the
director,  officer,  employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because he
has met the  applicable  standard of conduct set forth in Sections 1 and 2. Such
determination  shall be made (1) by the board of directors by a majority vote of
a quorum  consisting of directors  who were not parties to such action,  suit or
proceeding, or (2) if such a quorum is not obtainable,  or, even if obtainable a
quorum of disinterested  directors so directs,  by independent  legal counsel in
written opinion, or (3) by the stockholders.


     Section 5.  Advance  Payment.  Expenses  incurred  in  defending a civil or
criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of
the final  disposition  of such action,  suit or  proceeding  upon receipt of an
undertaking by or on behalf of a director,  officer,  employee or agent to repay
such amount if it shall  ultimately be determined  that he is not entitled to be
indemnified  by the  corporation  as  authorized  in this  section or  otherwise
pursuant to the law of Delaware.

     Section 6. Non-Exclusiveness of By-Law. The indemnification and advancement
of expenses  provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other  subsections of this
Article  VIII shall not be deemed  exclusive  of any other rights to which those
seeking  indemnification  or  advancement  of expenses may be entitled under any
statute,   agreement,   vote  of  stockholders  or  disinterested  directors  or
otherwise, both as to action in an official capacity and as to action in another
capacity while holding such office.

     Section  7.  Continuation  of  Indemnification.   The  indemnification  and
advancement of expenses  provided by, or granted  pursuant to this Article VIII,
or permitted by statute or  otherwise,  shall,  unless  otherwise  provided when
authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director,
officer,  employee  or agent  and  shall  inure  to the  benefit  of the  heirs,
executors and administrators of such a person.

     Section 8. Indemnification  Insurance.  The corporation shall have power to
purchase  and  maintain  insurance  on  behalf  of  any  person  who is or was a
director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at
the  request of the  corporation  as a director,  officer,  employee or agent of
another  corporation,  partnership,  joint  venture,  trust or other  enterprise
against  any  liability  asserted  against  him and  incurred by him in any such
capacity,  or arising out of his status as such,  whether or not the corporation
would  have the  power  to  indemnify  him  against  such  liability  under  the
provisions of this section.


</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10
<SEQUENCE>4
<FILENAME>form10k_exhibit.txt
<DESCRIPTION>EXHIBIT 10.21 SAVINGS AND RETIREMENT
<TEXT>









                       NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION

                         RETIREMENT AND SAVINGS PROGRAM



























                        Originally Effective June 1, 1975
                   Amended and Restated Effective June 1, 1997


<PAGE>

                                                                 - 1 -

7/23/02 11:00 AM                                                Doc. #83279 v.1
                                                           TABLE OF CONTENTS


ARTICLE I.....................................................................1

   1.01     Name..............................................................1
   1.02     Effective Date....................................................1

ARTICLE II....................................................................2

   2.01     Accounts..........................................................2
   2.02     Accrued Benefit...................................................2
   2.03     Actual Deferral Percentage........................................2
   2.04     Allocation Date...................................................2
   2.05     Annual Profit Sharing Contributions...............................2
   2.06     Beneficiary.......................................................3
   2.07     Board.............................................................3
   2.08     Code..............................................................3
   2.09     Comlinear 401(k) Plan.............................................3
   2.10     Committee.........................................................3
   2.11     Compensation......................................................3
   2.12     Consolidated Group................................................3
   2.13     Disability........................................................4
   2.14     Disability Benefit Plan...........................................4
   2.15     Electronic Access System..........................................4
   2.16     Employee..........................................................5
   2.17     Employer..........................................................5
   2.18     Employer Match....................................................5
   2.19     Employment Date...................................................5
   2.20     ERISA.............................................................5
   2.21     Fairchild 1988 Rollover Account...................................6
   2.22     Fiscal Year.......................................................6
   2.23     401(k) Account....................................................6
   2.24     Highly Compensated Employee.......................................6
   2.25     Hour of Service...................................................7
   2.26     Inactive Participant..............................................7
   2.27     Investment Fund...................................................7
   2.28     Layoff or Laid Off................................................7
   2.29     Non-Highly Compensated Employee...................................7
   2.30     NSC Stock.........................................................7
   2.31     NSC Stock Fund....................................................7
   2.32     One-Year Break-in-Service.........................................8
   2.33     Participant.......................................................8
   2.34     Participant Elected Contribution..................................8
   2.35     Plan..............................................................8
   2.36     Plan Quarter......................................................8
   2.37     Plan Year.........................................................8
   2.38     Profit Sharing Account............................................8
   2.39     Rollover Account..................................................8
   2.40     Rollover Contribution.............................................9
   2.41     Spouse and Surviving Spouse.......................................9
   2.42     Stock Bonus Account...............................................9
   2.43     Termination Date..................................................9
   2.44     Trust or Trust Agreement..........................................10
   2.45     Trust Fund or Fund................................................10
   2.46     Trustee...........................................................10
   2.47     Valuation Date....................................................10
   2.48     Voluntary Contributions...........................................10
   2.49     Voluntary After-Tax Account.......................................10
   2.50     Years of Service..................................................10

ARTICLE III...................................................................13

   3.01     Eligibility Requirements..........................................13
   3.02     Ineligible Employees..............................................13
   3.03     Credit for Predecessor Employment.................................14
   3.04     Credit for Consolidated Group Employment..........................15

ARTICLE IV....................................................................16

   4.01     Participation on Re-employment....................................16
   4.02     Inactive Participants.............................................16

ARTICLE V.....................................................................17
   5.01     Employer's Annual Profit Sharing Contributions....................17
   5.02     Participant Elected Contributions.................................18
   5.03     Employer Match....................................................20
   5.04     Discontinued Contributions........................................21
   5.05     Limitation on Contributions.......................................21
   5.06     Rollover Contributions............................................21

ARTICLE VI....................................................................23

   6.01     Accounts..........................................................23
   6.02     Employment Required at End of Plan Year...........................23
   6.03     Allocation and Crediting of Contributions.........................23
   6.04     Disposition of Forfeitures from Former Participant's
            Profit Sharing Accounts...........................................24
   6.05     Adjustment of the Participant's Accounts..........................25
   6.06     Title to Assets in Trustee........................................25
   6.07     Participant's NSC Stock Voting Rights.............................25
   6.09     Limits with Respect to Transactions in NSC Stock..................26

ARTICLE VII...................................................................27

   7.01     Investment Funds in General.......................................27
   7.02     Investment of Accounts............................................27
   7.03     Election of Investment Funds......................................28
   7.04     Expenses..........................................................29

ARTICLE VIII..................................................................30

   8.01     Vested Amounts....................................................30
   8.02     Forfeiture of Nonvested Accounts..................................32
   8.03     Vesting on Re-Employment..........................................32
   8.04     Lost Participant or Beneficiary...................................33

ARTICLE IX....................................................................34

   9.01     Retirement........................................................34

ARTICLE X.....................................................................35

   10.01    Death of Participant..............................................35
   10.02    Payments Upon Failure to Designate Beneficiary....................35

ARTICLE XI....................................................................36


ARTICLE XII...................................................................37

   12.01    Distribution of Benefits..........................................37
   12.02    Required Distributions............................................41
   12.03    Distribution to Minors and Incompetents...........................42
   12.04    Qualified Domestic Relations Order................................42
   12.05    Hardship Withdrawals..............................................44
   12.06    In-Service Withdrawals............................................45
   12.07    Participant Loans.................................................46
   12.08    Direct Rollovers..................................................47

ARTICLE XIII..................................................................50

   13.01    Actual Deferral Percentage and Actual Contribution
            Percentage Testing................................................50
   13.02    Limitations on Allocations........................................53
   13.03    Controlled Groups.................................................55

ARTICLE XIV...................................................................56

   14.01    Applicability.....................................................56
   14.02    Definitions.......................................................56
   14.03    Top Heavy Requirements............................................60
   14.04    Limitations on Contributions......................................61
   14.05    Benefits Under Different Plans....................................61

<PAGE>


ARTICLE XV....................................................................63


ARTICLE XVI...................................................................64

   16.01    Appointment of Committee..........................................64
   16.02    Committee Action..................................................64
   16.03    Rights and Duties of Committee....................................64
   16.04    Investments.......................................................65
   16.05    Information, Reporting and Disclosure.............................66
   16.06    Independent Qualified Accountant..................................66
   16.07    Standard of Care Imposed Upon the Committee.......................66
   16.08    Allocation and Delegation of Responsibility.......................66
   16.09    Bonding...........................................................67
   16.10    Claims Procedure..................................................67
   16.11    Indemnification...................................................68

ARTICLE XVII..................................................................69

   17.01    Authority for Appointment.........................................69
   17.02    Investment Manager Discretion.....................................69

ARTICLE XVIII.................................................................70


ARTICLE XIX...................................................................71


ARTICLE XX....................................................................72


ARTICLE XXI...................................................................73

   21.01    Right to Amend and Terminate......................................73
   21.02    Administrative Amendments.........................................73
   21.03    Protection of Accrued Benefits....................................73
   21.04    No Re-vesting.....................................................74
   21.05    Exclusive Benefit of Participants.................................74
   21.06    Termination and Discontinuance of Contributions...................74

ARTICLE XXII..................................................................75

   22.01    Subsidiaries......................................................75
   22.02    Termination of Participation......................................75
   22.03    Contributions and Allocations.....................................75
   22.04    Committee.........................................................76
   22.05    Accounts..........................................................76

ARTICLE XXIII.................................................................77


ARTICLE XXIV..................................................................78

   24.01    Internal Revenue Service Approval.................................78
   24.02    Mistake of Fact...................................................78
   24.03    Disallowance of Deductibility.....................................78

ARTICLE XXV...................................................................79

   25.01    Governing Law.....................................................79
   25.02    Severability of Provisions........................................79
   25.03    Counterparts......................................................79
   25.04    Captions..........................................................79
   25.05    Interchangeable Word Usage........................................79
   25.06    USERRA Provisions.................................................79


<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE I

                             NAME AND EFFECTIVE DATE

1.01     Name.

          This Plan  shall be known as the  National  Semiconductor  Corporation
          Retirement and Savings Program ("Plan").

1.02     Effective Date.

          The  original  effective  date of the  Plan  was  June 1,  1975.  This
          Restatement reflects the consolidation of all amendments adopted since
          the date of the latest  restatement,  as well as amendments adopted to
          conform with the  requirements  of GUST  (changes  made by "GATT" (the
          Uruguay Round Agreements Act, PL 103-465); "USERRA" (provisions in the
          Uniformed Services  Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994, PL
          103-353);  "SBJPA" (the Small  Business Job  Protection Act of '96, PL
          104-188);  "TRA '97" (the Taxpayer Relief Act of '97, PL 105-34); "RRA
          '98" (the Internal  Revenue  Service  Restructuring  and Reform Act of
          '98, PL 105-206)  and "CRA" (the  Community  Renewal Tax Relief Act of
          2000, PL 106-554)). Finally, this Restatement reflects the adoption of
          amendments to reflect  certain  provisions of the Economic  Growth and
          Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 ("EGTRRA").

          Unless otherwise stated,  the effective date of the amendments made by
          this  restated  Plan is June 1, 1997.  This  restated  Plan shall only
          apply to  Participants  who perform one or more Hours of Service on or
          after June 1, 1997.


<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE II

                                   DEFINITIONS

          Whenever used herein,  unless the context clearly indicates otherwise,
          the following words and phrases have the meanings indicated:

2.01     Accounts.

          Accounts means the separate  accounts and sub-accounts  established by
          the  Committee in the name of each  Participant,  in  accordance  with
          Section 6.01.

2.02     Accrued Benefit.

          Accrued  Benefit  means  the  balance  of  a  Participant's   Accounts
          including investment  experience as of the most recent Valuation Date,
          plus   accumulated   contributions   since  such  date  and  less  any
          distributions since such date.

2.03     Actual Deferral Percentage.

          Actual Deferral  Percentage means, with respect to the group of Highly
          Compensated Participants and Non-Highly Compensated Participants,  the
          average of the ratios (calculated separately for each Employee in each
          such  group) of the sum of  Employee  elective  contributions  and any
          other  contributions  (which the Plan Administrator may under Treasury
          regulations  elect to include in the  calculation),  to the Employee's
          compensation,  as defined under Internal  Revenue Code Section 414(s),
          received during the Plan Year.

2.04     Allocation Date.

          Allocation  Date means the last day of each Plan Year for the  purpose
          of allocating Annual Profit Sharing  Contributions  made under Section
          5.01 hereof,  each pay date of the Employer (or,  prior to December 1,
          1999,  the last day of each Plan  Quarter)  for which an Employee  has
          made a Participant Elected  Contribution for the purpose of allocating
          the Employer Match made pursuant to Section 5.03 hereof and such other
          dates as the Committee  may  determine  pursuant to Article VI hereof.
          The term  Allocation Date refers to the date on which a Participant is
          determined  to be entitled to receive a  contribution,  and not to the
          date on which  such  contribution  is  credited  to the  Participant's
          Accounts.

2.05     Annual Profit Sharing Contributions.

          Annual Profit Sharing  Contributions  means the  contribution  made in
          respect of any Plan Year by the  Employer in  accordance  with Section
          5.01.



<PAGE>


2.06     Beneficiary.

          Beneficiary  means  the  person  or  persons  designated  as such by a
          Participant in accordance with Article X.

2.07     Board.

          Board  means  the  Board  of  Directors   of  National   Semiconductor
          Corporation.

2.08     Code.

          Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

2.09     Comlinear 401(k) Plan.

          Comlinear  401(k) Plan means the 401(k) plan  formerly  maintained  by
          Comlinear,  Inc.,  the  assets  of  which  were  merged  into the Plan
          effective 12/31/95.

2.10     Committee.

          Committee means the Administrative Committee appointed by the Board in
          accordance with Article XVI.

2.11     Compensation.

          A.   Compensation means the sum of:

          1.   the Employee's basic or regular rate of compensation for each pay
               date during that  portion of the Plan Year in which the  Employee
               is a Participant in the Plan; plus

          2.   all overtime, lead time, sales commissions and shift differential
               income received for pay dates during the Plan Year.

          B.   For Plan  Years  beginning  after  December  31,  1993 and before
               December 31, 2001, no more than $150,000 (or such other amount as
               adjusted for costs of living under Section  401(a)(17)(B)  of the
               Code) of annual  Compensation  shall be taken into  consideration
               for any Employee  for any reason under this Plan.  For Plan Years
               beginning after December 31, 2001, no more than $200,000 (or such
               other  amount  as  adjusted  for costs of  living  under  Section
               401(a)(17)(B) of the Code) of annual  Compensation shall be taken
               into  consideration  for any  Employee  for any reason under this
               Plan.

2.12     Consolidated Group.

          Consolidated  Group means those  corporations whose earnings are taken
          into account for purposes of preparing a consolidated annual report to
          shareholders of the Employer.

2.13     Disability.

         Disability means:

          A.   Any medically  determinable  physical or mental  impairment  that
               causes a Participant to be qualified for disability  benefits (or
               that would have qualified the Participant for disability benefits
               if the  Participant  had elected  disability  coverage) under the
               Employer's Disability Benefit Plan, so long as the Employer has a
               Disability Benefit Plan in effect; or

          B.   If there is no Disability  Benefit Plan in effect,  any medically
               determinable   physical  or  mental   impairment  that  causes  a
               Participant to be unable:

               1.   During the first twelve (12) months following  determination
                    of such  impairment,  to  substantially  perform the regular
                    material  duties of the same  occupation or occupations  for
                    which the Participant has been employed by the Employer; and

               2.   Subsequent  to  the  first  twelve  (12)  months   following
                    determination of such impairment,  to substantially  perform
                    the  material   duties  of  any  occupation  for  which  the
                    Participant is or becomes  qualified by reason of education,
                    training, or experience.

          Disability  shall be established by the  certification of a physician,
          selected by the  Participant  and approved by the Committee,  that the
          Participant has suffered a permanent disability,  or, if the physician
          selected by the Participant shall not be approved by the Committee, by
          a majority of three  physicians,  one selected by the  Participant (or
          his or her spouse,  child, parent or legal representative in the event
          of the  Participant's  inability  to select a  physician),  one by the
          Committee,  and  the  third  by the  two  physicians  selected  by the
          Participant  and the Committee.  The decisions of the majority of such
          three physicians shall be final and conclusive.

2.14     Disability Benefit Plan.

          Disability  Benefit  Plan  means  the  long  term  disability  benefit
          provisions  of the income  benefit  plan  created by the  Employer and
          executed  by and between the  Employer  and the  trustees of the trust
          created for such plan on July 13, 1981, which were incorporated into a
          separate Long Term Disability Plan in 1992, as such Disability Benefit
          Plan may hereafter be amended.

2.15     Electronic Access System.

          Electronic Access System means the Retirement  Connection or any other
          interactive  telephone,  computer or electronic  system adopted by the
          Committee or its delegate  for use in  receiving  communications  from
          and/or providing information to Participants and/or Beneficiaries.

2.16     Employee.

          "Employee"  shall mean any person who renders services to the Employer
          in the status of an employee  as that term is defined in Code  Section
          3121(d) and  specifically  excludes  any  independent  contractor.  An
          individual  shall  only  be  treated  as an  Employee  if he or she is
          reported  on the  payroll  records  of the  Employer  as a common  law
          employee. This term does not include any other common law employee. In
          particular,  it is expressly  intended that individuals not treated as
          common law employees on the payroll  records of the Employer are to be
          excluded  from  Plan   participation   even  if  a  determination   is
          subsequently   made  by  the   Internal   Revenue   Service,   another
          governmental  agency,  a court or other tribunal that such individuals
          are common law  employees  of the  Employer  for purposes of pertinent
          Code sections or for any other  purpose.  An  individual  who performs
          services for the Employer as a leased  employee  within the meaning of
          Code Section 414(n) shall not be considered an Employee  hereunder for
          a Plan Year provided the Plan satisfies the coverage  requirements  of
          Code Section  410(b) on one day during each quarter of such Plan Year,
          after counting all such leased employees as nonparticipating employees
          for purposes of testing whether such  requirements  are satisfied.  If
          the Plan fails to satisfy such requirements in any Plan Year, all such
          leased  employees  shall be treated as Employees for such Plan Year in
          the manner  and to the extent  provided  for in Code  Section  414(n),
          except  as  provided  in Code  Section  414(n)(1)(B)  or Code  Section
          414(n)(5).  For purposes of this Subsection,  effective for Plan Years
          commencing after December 31, 1996, "leased employee" means any person
          (other than an  Employee)  who  pursuant to an  agreement  between the
          Employer and any other person ("leasing  organization")  has performed
          services for the  Employer  (or for the  Employer and related  persons
          determined  in  accordance  with  Section  414(n)(6) of the Code) on a
          substantially  full-time  basis for a period of at least one year, and
          such services are performed under the primary  direction or control of
          the Employer.

2.17     Employer.

          Employer means National Semiconductor  Corporation;  any subsidiary or
          affiliate   which,   with  the  consent  of   National   Semiconductor
          Corporation  adopts this Plan; and any corporation  which acquires the
          Employer's business and adopts this Plan.

2.18     Employer Match.

          Employer Match means the contribution  made by the Employer in respect
          of Participants' Elected Contributions for any Plan Year in accordance
          with Section 5.03.

2.19     Employment Date.

          Employment  Date means the first day on which  Employee  completes  an
          Hour of Service.

2.20     ERISA.

          ERISA means the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of 1974, as
          amended.

2.21     Fairchild 1988 Rollover Account.

          The  Account  of  a   Participant   who  was   employed  at  Fairchild
          Semiconductor  Corporation  prior to  October  8,  1987 to which  were
          credited  contributions  under its Profit Sharing Plan,  which Account
          was rolled over into this Plan as of January 1, 1988.

2.22     Fiscal Year.

          Fiscal Year means the  Employer's  fiscal year for federal  income tax
          purposes.

2.23     401(k) Account.

          401(k) Account means the separately allocated Account of a Participant
          arising from Participant Elected Contributions made in accordance with
          Section 5.02 and the Employer  Match made in  accordance  with Section
          5.03.

2.24     Highly Compensated Employee.

          The term  Highly  Compensated  Employee  includes  highly  compensated
          active employees and highly compensated  former employees,  determined
          pursuant to the following rules:

          A.   A highly compensated active employee is any Employee who:

          1.   at any time during the Plan Year or the preceding Plan Year was a
               Five Percent Owner; or

          2.   received   compensation  from  the  Employer  or  any  affiliated
               Employer  during the preceding Plan Year in excess of $80,000 (as
               adjusted pursuant to Section 414(q)(1) of the Code).

          B.   A highly  compensated  former employee is determined based on the
               rules  applicable  to  determining  highly  compensated  employee
               status as in effect for the Plan Year  (determination  year),  in
               accordance with section 1.414(q)-1T,  A-4 of the temporary Income
               Tax Regulations and Notice 97-45.

          C.   In  determining  whether  an  Employee  is a  Highly  Compensated
               Employee for years  beginning  in 1997,  the  amendments  to Code
               section  414(q) stated above are treated as having been in effect
               for years beginning in 1996.

          D.   For purposes of this Section 2.24, "compensation" has the meaning
               given to it under Code  section  415(c)(3),  as that Code section
               has been amended by GUST to reflect the inclusion of any elective
               deferrals (as defined in Code section 402(g)(3)),  and any amount
               which is  contributed or deferred by the Employer at the election
               of the Employee and which is not  includible  in the gross income
               of the  Employee by reasons of Code  sections  125,  132(f)(4) or
               457.

<PAGE>


2.25     Hour of Service.

          Hour of Service  means  each hour for which an  Employee  is paid,  or
          entitled to payment, for the performance of duties for the Employer.

2.26     Inactive Participant.

          Inactive   Participant  means  a  Participant  who  is  ineligible  to
          participate   in  the   allocation  of  Employer   contributions   and
          forfeitures  pursuant to Section  4.02,  but  remains  employed by the
          Employer  or  within  the  Consolidated  Group and  continues  to have
          Accounts under this Plan.

2.27     Investment Fund.

          Investment  Fund  means  any  investment   option  authorized  by  the
          Committee for the  investment of  Participants'  Accounts  pursuant to
          Article VII hereof.

2.28     Layoff or Laid Off.

          Layoff or Laid Off means the  involuntary  cessation of an  Employee's
          employment  with the  Employer for business  reasons  administered  in
          accordance with the Employer's standard personnel practices.

2.29     Non-Highly Compensated Employee.

          Non-Highly  Compensated Employee means an Employee who is not a Highly
          Compensated Employee.

2.30     NSC Stock.

          NSC  Stock   means  the  common   stock  of   National   Semiconductor
          Corporation.

2.31     NSC Stock Fund.

          NSC Stock  Fund means the fund  consisting  of shares of NSC Stock and
          short-term liquid  investments,  which is maintained by the Trustee to
          hold Employer  Profit  Sharing  Contributions  made in the form of NSC
          Stock,   and  for  the   investment   of  Stock  Bonus   Accounts  and
          Participants' Accounts which are directed to be invested in NSC Stock.
          Each Participant's interest in the NSC Stock Fund shall be measured in
          units of  participation,  rather than shares of NSC Stock.  Such units
          shall represent a  proportionate  interest in all of the assets of the
          NSC Stock Fund in accordance with the Trust Agreement.


<PAGE>

2.32     One-Year Break-in-Service.

          One-Year  Break-in-Service  means  a  twelve-consecutive-month  period
          commencing on an Employee's  Termination Date (except in the case of a
          Laid  Off  Employee,  commencing  on  the  first  anniversary  of  the
          Termination  Date) during which an Employee  fails to complete an Hour
          of Service.

2.33     Participant.

          Participant  means an Employee who has satisfied the  requirements for
          eligibility under Section 3.01 or 4.01.

2.34     Participant Elected Contribution.

          Participant  Elected  Contribution  means the contribution made by the
          Employer  from  salary   deferrals   elected  by  the  Participant  in
          accordance with Section 5.02.

2.35     Plan.

          Plan means this Retirement and Savings Program and each part thereof.

2.36     Plan Quarter.

          Plan Quarter means the three-consecutive-month period corresponding to
          quarters of the Employer's Fiscal Year during each Plan Year.

2.37     Plan Year.

          Plan Year means the twelve-consecutive-month period ending on the last
          day of the  Employer's  Fiscal Year and in which period the records of
          this Plan are kept and which  period is also the  limitation  year for
          purposes of applying the limits of Section 415 of the Code.

2.38     Profit Sharing Account.

          Profit Sharing Account means the Account of a Participant which arises
          from Annual Profit Sharing Contributions made by the Employer pursuant
          to Section 5.01.


2.39     Rollover Account.

          Rollover Account means the Account of a Participant  which arises from
          any rollover Contribution made by such Participant.


<PAGE>

2.40     Rollover Contribution.

          Rollover  Contribution means a contribution made by an Employee to the
          Trust  from the  proceeds  of a  distribution  to such  Employee  from
          another qualified  retirement Plan.  Rollover  Contributions  shall be
          accepted by the Trustee in accordance  with the  provisions of Section
          5.06.

2.41     Spouse and Surviving Spouse.

          Spouse  means  the  lawful  husband  or  wife of the  Participant  and
          Surviving Spouse means the Participant's  Spouse surviving at the date
          of the Participant's death, or a former Spouse of the Participant if a
          qualified domestic relations order, as defined under Section 414(p) of
          the Code,  requires  that such former Spouse be treated as a Surviving
          Spouse  for  purposes  of  determining   survivor  benefits  upon  the
          Participant's death.

2.42     Stock Bonus Account.

          Stock  Bonus  Account  means the  separately  allocated  Account  of a
          Participant  arising  from  stock  bonus  contributions  made  by  the
          Employer prior to May 31, 1987 pursuant to Section 5.04.

2.43     Termination Date.

          Termination Date means the earliest of:

          A.   The date on which the Employee  quits,  is  discharged,  dies, or
               retires from employment with the Consolidated Group;

          B.   The second anniversary of the Employee's absence on account of:

               1.   the individual's pregnancy;

               2.   the birth of a child of the individual;

               3.   the  placement of a child with the  individual in connection
                    with the adoption of such child by the individual;

               4.   caring for such a child for a period  immediately  following
                    such birth or placement; or

               5.   approved medical or industrial leave.

          C.   The date on which  the  Employee  is Laid  Off,  as that  term is
               defined under Section 2.28 above; or

<PAGE>

          D.   The first  anniversary of the date the Employee is not performing
               duties  for any  corporation  in the  Consolidated  Group for any
               other reason.  Provided,  however, that in the case of an absence
               due to service in the Armed  Forces of the  United  States  which
               gives rise to re-employment rights under federal law, Termination
               Date  shall  be  the  date   provided   pursuant   to  such  law,
               notwithstanding  the  one-year  limitation,   provided  that  the
               Employee  complies  with the relevant  provisions  of federal law
               establishing such  re-employment  rights and, in fact, returns to
               employment with the Company within the period provided by law.

2.44     Trust or Trust Agreement.

          Trust or Trust Agreement means the National Semiconductor  Corporation
          Retirement and Savings  Program Trust made and executed by and between
          the Employer and the Trustee, effective September 1, 1996 as amended.

2.45     Trust Fund or Fund.

          Trust Fund or Fund means all contributions received by the Trustee for
          purposes of the Plan, the investment thereof, and the earnings, losses
          and appreciation or depreciation  thereon, less payments made to carry
          out the Plan.

2.46     Trustee.

          Trustee means  Fidelity  Management  Trust  Company,  or any successor
          Trustee or Trustees hereunder.

2.47     Valuation Date.

          Valuation  Date means any  business  day on which the stock  market is
          open.

2.48     Voluntary Contributions.

          Voluntary Contributions means the voluntary after-tax contributions of
          a Participant made on or before May 31, 1984.

2.49     Voluntary After-Tax Account.

          Voluntary After-Tax Account means the separately  allocated Account of
          a  Participant  arising  from  Voluntary  Contributions  made  by such
          Participant on or before May 31, 1984. No additional contributions are
          expected to be made to this account.

2.50     Years of Service.

          A.   Years of Service to  determine a  Participant's  vested  interest
               under  Article  VIII  means the whole  number  (disregarding  any
               fraction) derived by dividing 365 into the sum of:

               1.   The period of time  beginning on the  Employee's  Employment
                    Date and ending on his or her  Termination  Date,  provided,
                    that in applying the rule of this  paragraph 1 to a Laid Off
                    Employee,  the  period  of  time  shall  end  on  the  first
                    anniversary of the Employee's Termination Date;

               2.   The period of time beginning on the Employee's re-employment
                    date and ending on his or her  Termination  Date,  provided,
                    that in applying the rule to this  paragraph 2 to a Laid Off
                    Employee,  the  period  of  time  shall  end  on  the  first
                    anniversary of the Employee's Termination Date;

               3.   The period of time commencing on the Employee's  Termination
                    Date and ending on the  Employee's  resumption of employment
                    with  the  Employer  providing  the  Employee  resumes  such
                    employment  prior to incurring a One-Year  Break-in-Service,
                    as defined in Section 2.32,  provided,  that in applying the
                    rule of this paragraph 3 to a Laid Off Employee,  the period
                    of time  shall  commence  on the  first  anniversary  of the
                    Employee's Termination Date;

               4.   The  purpose  of these  Years  of  Service  rules  regarding
                    vesting  is to grant an  employee  credit  for all  Years of
                    Service  as long as the  Employee  is in the  employ  of the
                    Employer.  Under paragraphs 1 and 2, an Employee who is Laid
                    Off is  granted  one  additional  year  for  vesting.  Under
                    paragraph  3,  the time  between  the  Termination  Date and
                    re-employment  date also take into  account  the  additional
                    year of vesting.  The effect of 1, 2 and 3  together,  is to
                    give an Employee  who has been  Laid-Off  only one, not two,
                    extra Years of Service for vesting.

               5.   In  addition  to  Years  of  Service  credited  pursuant  to
                    paragraphs  1  through  4  above,  Employees  shall be given
                    credit for Years of  Service  credited  under the  following
                    predecessor  plans,  effective as of the date of acquisition
                    by the Employer of the plan sponsors, as follows:

- ------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------
     Predecessor Plan                                      Acquisition Date
- ------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------
  Mediamatics, Inc. 401(k) Plan                             March 17, 1997
- ------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------

- ------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------
  Future Integrated System 401(k) Profit                    October 20, 1997
  Sharing Plan
 ------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------
 ------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------

 ------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------
 ------------------------------------------------ -----------------------------
  Cyrix 401(k) Retirement Plan                              November 17, 1997
- ------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------

     Provided,  however,  that  for the  year of  acquisition,  Employees  shall
     receive credit for the greater of the number of Years of Service that would
     have been credited pursuant to the provisions of the applicable predecessor
     plan,  or the Years of Service  that would be credited  hereunder  for such
     period.

               6.   In  addition  to  Years  of  Service  credited  pursuant  to
                    paragraphs  1  through  5  above,  Employees  shall be given
                    credit for Years of Service with the  following  predecessor
                    employers, effective as of the date of hire of the Employees
                    by the employer, as follows:

 ------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------
       Predecessor Employer                                    Date of Hire
 ------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------
 ------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------
     Hughes Aircraft Company                                  August 7, 1995
 ------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------
 ------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------

 ------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------
 ------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------
     Comlinear, Inc.                                          January 1, 1996
 ------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------
 ------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------

 ------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------
 ------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------
    East Coast Labs                                           October 1, 1996
 ------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------
 ------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------

 ------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------
 ------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------
    Gulbransen, Inc.                                         January 22, 1998
 ------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------
 ------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------

 ------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------
 ------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------
    ComCore Semiconductor, Inc.                              May 27, 1998
- -------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------

- -------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------
    Algorex, Inc.                                           January 1, 2000
- -------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------

- -------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------
    Vivid Semiconductor, Inc.                               August 14, 2000
- -------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------

- -------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------
    innoCOMM Wireless, Inc.                                 February 24, 2001
- -------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------


     B.   If  a  Participant   has  had  any  One-Year   Break-in-Service,   the
          Participant's  Years of Service  before the One-Year  Break-in-Service
          shall  be  included  in  computing  Years  of  Service  as soon as the
          Participant   completes   one  Hour  of  Service   after  his  or  her
          re-employment date.

     C.   For purposes of calculating benefits upon re-employment, the following
          rule shall be applied:  Years of Services  completed by a  Participant
          after five (5)  consecutive  One-Year  Breaks-in-Service  shall not be
          taken into account in  determining  the  Participant's  nonforfeitable
          interest in his or her Accounts which accrued before the five (5) year
          period of Breaks-in-Service.

     D.   Years of Service  completed with Fairchild  Semiconductor  Corporation
          ("FSC"), or an affiliate of FSC, by an Employee who was in the service
          of  FSC,  or  one  of its  affiliates,  on  January  1,  1988,  or was
          transferred  from  FSC,  or one of its  affiliates,  to NSC and was in
          NSC's  service on January 1, 1988,  shall be counted to determine  the
          Participant's vested interest under Article VIII.  Notwithstanding the
          first  sentence of this  paragraph  D, an Employee  described  in this
          paragraph D shall be fully  vested under the Plan upon  attainment  of
          age 55 while in the service of the Employer.


<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE III

                               ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEES

3.01     Eligibility Requirements.

          A.   General Eligibility.

               Unless  ineligible  under  Section  3.02,  an  Employee  shall be
               eligible  to  participate  in the Plan on the  date on which  the
               Employee commences employment with the Employer.  Any election to
               defer  Compensation  pursuant  to Section  5.02  hereof  shall be
               effective  as soon as  administratively  feasible  following  the
               Employee's election in accordance with Section 5.02.

          B.   Eligibility Under Prior Plan.

               Employees who were eligible to participate in this Plan on August
               31, 1996 shall continue to participate in the Plan subject to the
               provisions of this restated Plan.

          C.   Expatriate Status.

               Foreign  nationals  employed  by  the  Employer,  on  "expatriate
               status"  from the  United  States,  in  locations  outside of the
               United States or its  territories  shall,  provided they meet the
               eligibility  requirements  above,  be eligible to  participate in
               this Plan.

3.02     Ineligible Employees.

          A.   Collective Bargaining Agreement.

               An Employee shall not participate in this Plan if the Employee is
               included in a unit covered by an agreement which the Secretary of
               Labor  finds  to be a  collective  bargaining  agreement  between
               employee  representatives and one or more employers if retirement
               benefits  were  the  subject  of good  faith  bargaining  and the
               agreement  does  not  require  participation  in this  Plan.  For
               purposes of the  preceding  sentence,  an agreement  shall not be
               considered  a  collective  bargaining  agreement  if it has  been
               bargained  for  by  an  employee   representative   which  is  an
               organization  in which  more than  one-half  of the  members  are
               owners, officers or executives of the Employer.


<PAGE>

          B.   Foreign Nationals.

               1.   Temporary Duty in United States.

                    Foreign  nationals  employed  in the  United  States  or its
                    territories  on temporary  duty  assignment as defined under
                    administrative   policies  of  the  Employer  shall  not  be
                    eligible to participate in this Plan.

               2.   Non-resident Aliens.

                    Foreign  nationals  employed by the  Employer  at  locations
                    outside of the United States or its territories shall not be
                    eligible to participate in this Plan,  except as provided in
                    Section 3.01.C.

               3.   Participation in Foreign Plan.

                    Foreign  nationals  temporarily  employed by the Employer in
                    the United  States or its  territories  who  continue  to be
                    covered  under a  foreign  retirement  plan  sponsored  by a
                    company  included  in the  Consolidated  Group  during  such
                    employment  shall not be  eligible  to  participate  in this
                    Plan.

          C.   Interim Contract Employees.

                    Employees  who are hired or rehired,  by the Employer  after
                    May 31,  1988 and  designated  by the  Employer  as  interim
                    contract employees or co-op employees  (hereinafter referred
                    to as "Interim Contract Employees or CO-OP Employees") shall
                    not be eligible to  participate in this Plan. If an Employee
                    who  formerly  participated  in this Plan is  rehired  as an
                    Interim  Contract  Employee or CO-OP  Employee after May 31,
                    1988 and an earlier  forfeiture of such  Employee's  Accrued
                    Benefit is restored  under the  provisions  of Sections 8.04
                    and 8.05, such  restoration  shall be made, but the Employee
                    shall not be entitled to make  further  Participant  Elected
                    Contributions  under  the Plan nor be  entitled  to  further
                    Employer  contributions while the Employee is employed as an
                    Interim Contract Employee or CO-OP Employee.

3.03     Credit for Predecessor Employment.

          In the event the  Employer  acquires all or a part of the assets of an
          unrelated entity, and, as a result of such acquisition employs some or
          all of the  unrelated  entity's  employees,  the Committee may provide
          that such employees be treated as having been employed by the Employer
          for purposes of vesting and/or  participation for the period they were
          continuously employed by the predecessor employer from whom the assets
          were  acquired.   While  the  Committee  may  provide  vesting  and/or
          participation  credit  on  an  acquisition-by-acquisition  basis,  the
          Committee  shall  treat  all  employees  of  each   acquisition  in  a
          nondiscriminatory manner.

3.04     Credit for Consolidated Group Employment.

          In the event an Employee of a corporation  in the  Consolidated  Group
          becomes an Employee of the Employer  under this Plan,  he or she shall
          receive credit for vesting and participation for his or her employment
          within the Consolidated Group.


<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE IV

                     RE-EMPLOYMENT AND INACTIVE PARTICIPANTS

4.01     Participation on Re-employment.

          A former  Participant shall become a Participant  immediately upon the
          Employee's  return to the employ of the Employer in an eligible  class
          of Employees.

4.02     Inactive Participants.

          A.   In the event a  Participant  becomes  ineligible  to  participate
               because he or she is no longer a member of an  eligible  class of
               Employees,  such Employee shall participate  immediately upon his
               or her return to an eligible class of Employees.

          B.   Such Employee shall  participate in any contribution for the year
               that the Employee left the eligible class, to the extent provided
               herein,  on the basis of the  amount  of his or her  Compensation
               during that portion of the year that he or she is eligible.

          C.   For each  succeeding  year that such  individual  remains  in the
               employment of the Employer or a Consolidated  Group  corporation,
               no part of the Employer's  contribution and no forfeitures  shall
               be  allocated to his or her  Accounts,  but such  Accounts  shall
               share proportionately in investment earnings, gains and losses in
               accordance with Section 6.05 of this Plan.

          D.   Benefits shall be paid to such individual upon termination of his
               or her employment, in accordance with Article XII.


<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE V

                                  CONTRIBUTIONS

5.01     Employer's Annual Profit Sharing Contributions.

          A.   Annual Profit Sharing Contributions.

               For  each  Fiscal  Year,  the  Employer  intends,  as a part of a
               regular  plan and  program  (but,  except as  otherwise  provided
               herein,  does not hereby bind  itself),  to  contribute  from its
               current  or  accumulated  net  profit an amount  computed  in the
               manner set forth in paragraph B below.

          B.   Computation of Profit Sharing Contributions.

               1.   For  purposes of  computing  the  Employer's  Annual  Profit
                    Sharing Contribution, the term "net pre-tax profits" for any
                    Fiscal Year means:

                    a.   The earnings for such year of the Consolidated Group as
                         reported  for  purposes of its  consolidated  financial
                         statements and the annual report to stockholders of the
                         Employer before the deduction of the Employer's  Annual
                         Profit Sharing Contribution and any taxes based upon or
                         measured by net income; but

                    b.   After  excluding all  extraordinary  items of income or
                         gain, charges or credits to income; and

                    c.   After  excluding  such other items of income or gain or
                         charges to income not classified as extraordinary,  but
                         which have been designated for exclusion by the Board.

               2.   The Employer's  Annual Profit Sharing  Contribution for each
                    Plan Year  (beginning with the June 1, 1992 Plan Year) shall
                    be  seventy-five  percent  (75%)  in  cash  and  twenty-five
                    percent (25%) in the form of NSC Stock,  except as otherwise
                    determined  by the  Committee  in its  sole  discretion.  In
                    making  the  NSC  Stock   contribution,   the  Employer  may
                    contribute  NSC  Stock  or cash to be used to  purchase  NSC
                    Stock as it deems  appropriate  during the Plan Year and the
                    portion of the Employer's Annual Profit Sharing Contribution
                    required to be made in NSC Stock shall be  determined  using
                    the closing  price of NSC Stock on any  national  securities
                    exchange  on the date of  contribution,  or if the  Employer
                    made a cash  contribution,  the amount of such cash  without
                    regard to the market price of NSC Stock  purchased with such
                    cash.

               3.   Except  as  otherwise  provided  below,  the  amount  of the
                    Employer's Annual Profit Sharing Contribution for any Fiscal
                    Year  (beginning with the June 1, 1992 Fiscal Year) shall be
                    the greater of:

                    a.   Five percent (5%) of net pre-tax profits for such year;

                    b.   One percent  (1%) of the  Compensation  paid during the
                         Plan  Year to  Participants  who,  in  accordance  with
                         Section  6.02,  are  entitled  to an  allocation  of an
                         Annual Profit Sharing Contribution; or

                    c.   Such other amount as is determined for that Fiscal Year
                         by the Board, in its sole  discretion,  by a resolution
                         adopted no later than the date  permitted  by law for a
                         tax  deduction  with respect to such  contribution  for
                         that Fiscal Year.

               4.   In the case of the  merger  or  disposition  of a  corporate
                    entity or division by the Employer, the Committee shall have
                    discretion  to  determine  the amount of the  Annual  Profit
                    Sharing Contribution to be made by the Employer for affected
                    Employees  with  respect  to the  portion  of any Plan  Year
                    during which the  affected  Employees  are  Employees of the
                    Employer.

               5.   The  Employer's  determination  of its Annual Profit Sharing
                    Contribution  shall  be  binding  on all  Participants,  the
                    Committee and the Employer.

               6.   Effective for Plan Years beginning after May 28, 2000, in no
                    event  shall the  amount  of the  Employer's  Annual  Profit
                    Sharing  Contribution  for any Plan Year exceed five percent
                    (5%)  of the  Compensation  paid  during  the  Plan  Year to
                    Participants  who, in  accordance  with  Section  6.02,  are
                    entitled  to an  allocation  of  an  Annual  Profit  Sharing
                    Contribution.

          C.   Date of Payment.

                    The   Employer   shall  pay  its   Annual   Profit   Sharing
                    Contribution  to the  Trustee  not  later  than the due date
                    (including extensions thereof) for the filing of its federal
                    income tax return for the close of the Fiscal Year for which
                    such contribution is made.

5.02     Participant Elected Contributions.

          A.   Election to Defer Compensation.

<PAGE>

               Each  Participant may elect to defer any whole  percentage of the
               Participant's  Compensation up to the maximum percentage deferral
               determined by the Committee. Prior to January 1, 2002, the amount
               of deferral  shall not exceed  $9,500 (or such amount as adjusted
               under  Section  402(g)(5) of the Code) during any calendar  year.
               After  December 31, 2001, the amount of deferral shall not exceed
               the dollar limitation  contained in Section 402(g) of the Code in
               effect for such  taxable  year,  except to the  extent  permitted
               under Paragraph B of this Section and Section 414(v) of the Code,
               if applicable.  Such deferred amounts shall be contributed by the
               Employer  to  the   Participant's   401(k)  Account.   Except  as
               authorized  by the  Committee,  contributions  shall be made from
               payroll  deductions as authorized by the Participant  through use
               of the Electronic  Access System or by written  notification made
               in  accordance  with  uniform   procedures   established  by  the
               Committee.  Each  Participant  may, through use of the Electronic
               Access System or by written  notification made in accordance with
               uniform  procedures  established  by the  Committee,  specify the
               percentage of  Compensation to be deferred and contributed to the
               Trust,  and thereafter the  Participant  may increase or decrease
               said   contribution   in  accordance   with  uniform   procedures
               established by the Committee. A Participant's elections hereunder
               shall be effective as soon as administratively feasible following
               the Participant's election.

          B.   Catch-Up Contributions.

               This paragraph B shall apply to contributions  after December 31,
               2001. All  Participants  who make elective  deferrals  under this
               Plan and who will attain age 50 before the close of the  calendar
               year,  shall  be  eligible  to  make  catch-up  contributions  in
               accordance   with,   and   subject   to   the   limitations   of,
               Section 414(v) of the Code. Such catch-up contributions shall not
               be taken into account for purposes of the  provisions of the Plan
               implementing the required  limitations of sections 402(g) and 415
               of the Code.  The Plan shall not be treated as failing to satisfy
               the  provisions  of the Plan  implementing  the  requirements  of
               Sections 401(k)(3), 401(k)(11), 401(k)(12), 410(b), or 416 of the
               Code,  as  applicable,  by reason of the making of such  catch-up
               contributions.

          C.   Payment to Trustee.

               The Employer shall  transmit to the Trustee the amounts  withheld
               by it, pursuant to Paragraph A above, as soon as practicable, but
               in no event later than fifteenth (15th) business day of the month
               following the month in which the amount is withheld. However, the
               Employer  shall not transmit to the Trustee any deferred  amounts
               withheld by it for a Highly  Compensated  Employee,  which in the
               Committee's opinion, as communicated to the Employer, would cause
               the Plan to fail to meet the  requirements  of Section  401(k) of
               the Internal Revenue Code for that Plan Year.

<PAGE>

          D.   Suspension of Deferrals.

               A Participant may, through use of the Electronic Access System or
               upon written  notice made in accordance  with uniform  procedures
               established by the  Committee,  suspend his or her election under
               this  Section  5.02 to have a portion of his or her  Compensation
               deferred. In the event of such a suspension,  a Participant shall
               not be entitled to make Participant Elected Contributions to this
               Plan  for such  period  as  established  by the  Committee  under
               uniform  procedures.  The  Participant  shall,  nevertheless,  be
               considered a Participant  hereunder for all other purposes during
               such  period of time if his or her  employment  continues  during
               that time. At any time after the expiration of such period,  such
               Participant   may,   upon   application,   again  elect  to  have
               contributions made under this Section 5.02.

5.03     Employer Match.

          Prior to October 1, 2000, on behalf of each  Participant who elects to
          defer Compensation pursuant to Section 5.02 of the Plan (and, prior to
          December  1,  1999,  who is  employed  as of the  last day of the Plan
          Quarter during which such  Compensation  is deferred,  or who retires,
          dies,  is  Laid  Off,  becomes   Disabled,   or  becomes  an  Inactive
          Participant during the Plan Quarter), the Employer shall contribute an
          amount equal to fifty percent  (50%),  or any other  percentage as the
          Board  may  determine  for  any  given  Plan  Year  or  Years,  of the
          Participant's Elected Contributions made as of any given pay date (or,
          prior to December 1, 1999,  during the Plan  Quarter)  that are not in
          excess of six percent (6%) of such Participant's  Compensation  during
          such pay date (or, prior to December 1, 1999,  such Plan Quarter).  As
          of the last day of each Plan Year,  the Employer  shall  contribute an
          additional  amount,  if  necessary,  so that each  Participant  who is
          employed on the last day of the Plan Year (or who  retires,  dies,  is
          Laid Off, becomes Disabled or becomes an Inactive  Participant  during
          the Plan Year)  receives an Employer  Match for the Plan Year equal to
          fifty  percent  (50%),  or such  other  percentage  as the  Board  may
          determine  for any  given  Plan Year or  Years,  of the  Participant's
          Elected Contributions made during the Plan Year that are not in excess
          of six percent (6%) of the  Participant's  Compensation  for such Plan
          Year.

          Effective October 1, 2000, on behalf of each Participant who elects to
          defer Compensation  pursuant to Section 5.02 of the Plan, the Employer
          shall contribute an amount equal to one-hundred percent (100%), or any
          other percentage as the Board may determine for any given Plan Year or
          Years, of the Participant's Elected Contributions made as of any given
          pay  date  that  are  not in  excess  of  four  percent  (4%)  of such
          Participant's  Compensation  for such pay date.  As of the last day of
          each Plan Year, the Employer shall contribute an additional amount, if
          necessary, so that each Participant who is employed on the last day of
          the Plan Year (or who retires,  dies, is Laid Off, becomes Disabled or
          becomes an  Inactive  Participant  during the Plan Year)  receives  an
          Employer Match for the Plan Year equal to one-hundred  percent (100%),
          or such other percentage as the Board may determine for any given Plan
          Year or Years, of the Participant's  Elected Contributions made during
          the Plan  Year  that are not in  excess  of four  percent  (4%) of the
          Participant's  Compensation  for all such pay  dates  within  the Plan
          Year.

          Such  Employer  Match shall be remitted to the Trustee by the Employer
          no later  than the due date  (including  extensions  thereof)  for the
          filing of its  federal  income  tax return for the close of the Fiscal
          Year for which such contributions are made.

5.04     Discontinued Contributions.

          All  contributions  to Stock Bonus  Accounts  hereunder were suspended
          after May 31,  1987,  due to  changes  in the  Internal  Revenue  Code
          affecting  credits for stock bonus plans. All  Participants  were 100%
          vested  in  their  Stock  Bonus  Accounts  at that  time.  No  further
          contributions to Voluntary  After-Tax Accounts were made after May 31,
          1984. No further  contributions  were made to Fairchild  1988 Rollover
          Accounts after December 31, 1987.

5.05     Limitation on Contributions.

          Prior to January 1, 2002, in no event shall the sum of the  deductible
          contributions  made by the  Employer,  in  respect  of any Plan  Year,
          pursuant to this Article V, be greater than:

          A.   Fifteen  percent  (15%)  of the  total  Compensation  paid  to or
               accrued for all Participants; plus

          B.   The  maximum  amount  allowed as a deduction  for federal  income
               taxes in accordance  with Section 404 of the Code relating to the
               "carrying over" of contributions  allowed for Plan Years prior to
               January  1,  1987 in which  less  than  the  maximum  amount  was
               contributed to the Plan.

5.06     Rollover Contributions.

          An  Employee of the  Employer  who has  received an eligible  rollover
          distribution,  within the meaning of Section 402 of the Code, from the
          qualified  retirement  plan  of  a  predecessor   employer,   may,  in
          accordance  with  uniform  procedures  established  by the  Committee,
          contribute  a part or the entire  amount of such  distribution  to the
          Trust Fund. Such  contribution may be made either as a direct rollover
          from the qualified retirement plan, as a rollover contribution made by
          the Employee within 60 days of the receipt of the distribution by such
          Employee,  or as a rollover contribution from an individual retirement
          account or annuity into which such eligible rollover  distribution was
          rolled over (a "conduit IRA"), in accordance with Section 408(d)(3) of
          the Code.

          Such  contributions must be in cash arising from contributions made by
          one or more predecessor  employers to one or more qualified retirement
          plans  in  which  the  contributing  Employee  was a  participant  and
          investment earnings on such contribution and/or investment earnings on
          contributions  made by the contributing  Employee under the provisions
          of such  plans.  An Employee  wishing to make a Rollover  Contribution
          shall provide written  representation that the contribution  satisfies
          these requirements.

          Upon receipt of a Rollover  Contribution  and election,  the Committee
          shall  establish  a Rollover  Account or  Accounts  in the name of the
          contributing Employee.  Except in the case of a direct rollover,  such
          contributions  must be made by the contributing  Employee on or before
          sixty (60) days  following  the receipt of the  distribution  from the
          qualified retirement plan or conduit IRA.

          Each  Rollover  Account  will  be  separately  accounted  for  by  the
          Committee  and  invested   together   with  the  401(k)   Accounts  of
          Participants in accordance with the contributing  Employee's election,
          made through use of the  Electronic  Access System or in writing under
          procedures established by the Committee.

          Neither the Committee  nor the Trustee  shall have any  responsibility
          for  determining  the  taxability  of such  contributions  or earnings
          arising  therefrom upon the ultimate  distribution  of such funds from
          this Plan.  Administration  of required tax withholding on such monies
          in accordance  with  provisions of the Code or regulations  pertaining
          thereto  shall  not  be  construed  by  any  person  to  constitute  a
          determination of the taxability of such funds.

          The Plan will accept participant rollover  contributions and/or direct
          rollovers of distributions made after December 31, 2001, from:

          A.   a qualified  plan  described in Sections  401(a) or 403(a) of the
               Code;

          B.   an annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code;

          C.   an  eligible  plan  under  Section  457(b)  of the Code  which is
               maintained by a state,  political  subdivision of a state, or any
               agency or instrumentality of a state or political  subdivision of
               a state; or

          D.   an individual retirement account or annuity described in Sections
               408(a) or 408(b) of the Code that is  eligible  to be rolled over
               and would otherwise be includible in gross income.


<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE VI

                       PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS AND CREDITING

                                OF CONTRIBUTIONS

6.01     Accounts.

          The Committee  shall  establish,  in the name of each  Participant,  a
          Profit Sharing Account, a 401(k) Account,  and if applicable,  a Stock
          Bonus  Account,  a  Voluntary  After-Tax  Account,  a  Fairchild  1988
          Rollover Account and a Rollover Account.

          In  addition,  the  Committee  shall  establish,  in the  name of each
          Participant,  subaccounts  within each Participant's  Accounts.  These
          subaccounts shall correspond to the various  Investment Funds in which
          the  Participant's  Accounts are invested in  accordance  with Article
          VII. Amounts credited to the foregoing  Accounts and Subaccounts shall
          be accounted for in accordance with Article VII.

6.02     Employment Required at End of Plan Year.

          There shall be no Annual Profit Sharing Contribution  allocated to any
          Participant  who is not in the actual  employ of the  Employer  at the
          close of the Plan Year for which the contribution is made, except that
          a Participant who retires,  dies, is Laid Off,  becomes  Disabled,  or
          becomes an Inactive  Participant during a Plan Year shall share in the
          contributions and forfeitures for such year.

6.03     Allocation and Crediting of Contributions.

          A.   Allocation of the Employer's Annual Profit Sharing Contribution.

               Beginning with the June 1, 1992 Plan Year, each  Participant will
               receive an  allocation  pursuant to the  following  formula:  A =
               B*(C/D) where:

               A    = a Participant's allocated share for the Plan Year;
               B    = the total amount of the Employer's  Annual  Profit-Sharing
                    Contribution;
               C    = the amount of the Participant's  Compensation for the Plan
                    Year; and
               D    = the total amount of Compensation of all  Participants  for
                    such Plan Year.

               The  Employer's  Annual  Profit  Sharing  Contribution  shall  be
               allocated to each Participant's  Profit Sharing Account as of the
               Allocation  Date for Profit Sharing  Contributions,  and shall be
               credited to such Account on the day such  contribution  is deemed
               to be received by the Trustee.

          B.   Crediting of Participant Elected Contributions.

<PAGE>

               Employer  Contributions arising from a Participant's  election to
               defer Compensation shall be credited to such Participant's 401(k)
               Account as soon as they are received by the Trustee, and shall be
               allocated  among the  Participant's  401(k)  Subaccounts  in such
               proportions as the  Participant  has elected  pursuant to Article
               VII.

          C.   Crediting of the Employer Match.

               The Employer  Match shall be credited to a  Participant's  401(k)
               Account on the date such  contributions are deemed to be received
               by the Trustee,  and shall be allocated  among the  Participant's
               401(k)  Subaccounts  in  the  same  proportions  as  his  or  her
               Participant Elected Contributions.

6.04      Disposition of Forfeitures from  Former Participant's  Profit Sharing
          Accounts.

          Beginning  with the June 1, 1992 Plan  Year,  Profit  Sharing  Account
          balances  forfeited  by  former   Participants  whose  employment  has
          terminated prior to becoming fully vested,  in accordance with Article
          VIII of the Plan,  shall first be used to restore the  accounts of any
          reemployed Participant, in accordance with Section 8.04. Any remaining
          amounts  forfeited during the Plan Year shall be  re-allocated,  as of
          the last day of each Plan Year, to the Profit Sharing  Accounts of all
          remaining  Participants  in the same manner as the  Employer's  Annual
          Profit Sharing  Contribution is allocated under Section 6.03 A. In the
          event the amount  available to be re-allocated for a Plan Year but for
          the preceding  sentence is insufficient  to be  re-allocated  for such
          Plan Year, such  unallocated  amount shall be carried over until there
          are sufficient amounts to be re-allocated during a Plan Year.

          Notwithstanding the foregoing,  if it is determined that a Participant
          has been  credited  in any Plan  Year  with  less  than the  amount of
          Employer  contributions  or forfeitures to which the  Participant  was
          entitled under this Plan for such year, then any forfeitures  shall be
          allocated to such Participant,  to the extent necessary to correct any
          deficiencies in his or her Accounts (including  foregone earnings,  if
          any),  before such forfeitures are allocated in the manner  prescribed
          above.  In the event that more than one  Participant has been credited
          with less than the amount of Employer contributions and forfeitures to
          which he or she is entitled,  and the forfeitures are  insufficient in
          amount  to  correct  the  deficiencies  in the  Accounts  of each such
          Participant,   then  such  forfeitures  shall  be  allocated  to  such
          Participants in accordance with rules established by the Committee.

          Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  effective  November  17,  1997,  the
          forfeitures  of former  Cyrix  employees  shall be used to reduce  the
          Employer  Match due on  behalf  of  Employees  who were  former  Cyrix
          employees  for the third  Plan  Quarter  of the Plan Year in which the
          Cyrix acquisition date occurred.  Any remaining  forfeitures of former
          Cyrix  employees  shall be used to reduce  the  Employer  Match due on
          behalf of  Employees  who were former Cyrix  employees  for the fourth
          Plan Quarter of the Plan Year in which the Cyrix acquisition occurred.
          If there are additional  forfeitures of former Cyrix  employees  after
          such  allocation,  they shall  reduce  the  Employer's  Annual  Profit
          Sharing   Contribution   for  the  Fiscal  Year  end  following   such
          acquisition.

6.05     Adjustment of the Participant's Accounts.

          The Trustee  shall,  on each Valuation  Date,  value all assets of the
          Trust Fund, allocate net gains or losses, and process additions to and
          withdrawals from Participants' Accounts in the following manner:

          A.   The  Trustee  shall  first  compute  the  fair  market  value  of
               securities  and/or the other assets  comprising  each  Investment
               Fund.  Each   Participant   Account  balance   invested  in  each
               Investment  Fund shall be adjusted  each business day by applying
               the closing  market price of the  Investment  Fund on the current
               business day to the share-unit  balance of Participant's  Account
               invested  in the  Investment  Fund as of the close of business on
               the current business day;

          B.   The Trustee  shall then account for any requests for  withdrawals
               made by any Participant,  and for allocations of contributions to
               Participants'  Accounts.  In completing  the valuation  procedure
               described above, such adjustments in the amounts credited to such
               Participants' Accounts shall be made on the business day to which
               the investment activity relates.

6.06     Title to Assets in Trustee.

          Title to all assets  under  this Plan shall be vested in the  Trustee,
          who shall  hold the Trust Fund and the  income as a part  thereof  and
          make payments therefrom as provided in this Plan.

6.07     Participant's NSC Stock Voting Rights.

          A Participant or  Beneficiary  shall be entitled to direct the Trustee
          how to exercise the voting rights on NSC Stock allocated to his or her
          Accounts,  and  the  Trustee  shall  vote  NSC  Stock  allocated  to a
          Participant or Beneficiary's  Accounts as directed by such Participant
          or Beneficiary. In the case of combined fractional shares of NSC Stock
          allocated to the Accounts of all Participants and  Beneficiaries,  NSC
          Stock  credited to  Participants'  and  Beneficiaries'  Accounts as to
          which  the  Trustee  does  not  receive  voting  directions,  and  all
          unallocated  NSC Stock held by the  Trustee,  such NSC Stock  shall be
          voted by the  Trustee  proportionately  in the same manner as it votes
          NSC Stock on which it receives voting directions,  provided,  however,
          that the  Trustee  shall not  exercise  the voting  rights for any NSC
          Stock  allocated to a Stock Bonus Account for which the Participant or
          Beneficiary fails to give a direction.

          The Employer shall provide the Trustee and each  Participant with such
          notices and information  statements relating to the time and manner in
          which voting  rights are to be exercised as is required by  applicable
          law  and  the  Employer's  charter  and  bylaws  and  as  provided  to
          shareholders other than Participants.

          The  provisions  of this Section 6.07 shall not prevent the Board,  or
          one or more designees of the Board,  from  soliciting and exercising a
          Participant's  voting rights under a proxy provision applicable to all
          shareholders of NSC Stock.

          In the case of one or more tender offers for NSC Stock,  a Participant
          shall be entitled to direct the Trustee on the acceptance or rejection
          of  such  offer  in  regard  to  the  NSC  Stock   allocated  to  such
          Participant's  Accounts.  Each Participant's  direction to the Trustee
          shall be treated as confidential.

6.09     Limits with Respect to Transactions in NSC Stock.

          Each Participant  subject to Section 16(b) of the Securities  Exchange
          Act of 1934 (the  "Exchange  Act"),  as amended,  relating to employee
          benefit plans,  shall be subject to such limitations as the Committee,
          in its sole  discretion,  deems  necessary to comply with the rules of
          the Exchange Act.


<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE VII

                                INVESTMENT FUNDS

7.01     Investment Funds in General.

          The  Investment  Funds  available  hereunder  shall be selected by the
          Committee,   and  shall   include  at  least   three  (3)   investment
          alternatives:

          A.   each of which is diversified;

          B.   each  of  which  has   materially   different   risk  and  return
               characteristics;

          C.   which in the aggregate  enable the  Participant or Beneficiary by
               choosing  among them to achieve a portfolio  with  aggregate risk
               and return characteristics at any point within the range normally
               appropriate for the Participant or Beneficiary; and

          D.   each  of  which  when  combined  with  investments  in the  other
               alternatives tend to minimize through diversification the overall
               risk of a Participant's or Beneficiary's portfolio.

7.02     Investment of Accounts.

          A.   Profit Sharing Accounts and Fairchild 1988 Rollover Accounts.

               All amounts in the Profit  Sharing  Accounts and  Fairchild  1988
               Rollover  Accounts  of  Participants  shall  be  invested  by the
               Trustee acting under the direction of the Committee in accordance
               with Section  16.04 hereof and pursuant to the terms of the Trust
               Agreement.

          B.   Stock Bonus Accounts.

               All amounts in the Stock Bonus  Accounts shall be invested by the
               Trustee at the direction of the Committee in the NSC Stock Fund.

          C.   401(k)  Accounts,   Voluntary  After-Tax  Accounts  and  Rollover
               Accounts.

               All amounts in each Participant's 401(k), Voluntary After-Tax and
               Rollover  Contributions  Accounts  shall be  invested in one or a
               combination  of the available  Investment  Funds  selected by the
               Committee,  in accordance  with the election of such  Participant
               (or  Beneficiary,  if applicable),  made pursuant to this Article
               VII and  pursuant to Section  404(c) of ERISA.  This Plan permits
               Participants  and  Beneficiaries  to  exercise  control  over the
               assets in their  accounts  in a manner  that is intended to bring
               the Plan within the rules of Section 404(c) of ERISA. Fiduciaries
               of the Plan shall be relieved of  liability  for any losses or by
               reason of any breach  which  results  from the  Participant's  or
               Beneficiary's exercise of control under this Section.

<PAGE>

7.03     Election of Investment Funds.

          The  following   procedures  shall  govern  the  making  of  elections
          regarding Investment Funds.

          A.   Initial Elections.

               When an  Employee  first  becomes  a  Participant  hereunder,  an
               Investment Fund or Funds shall be specified for the investment of
               all  amounts  to  be  allocated   to  his  Accounts   subject  to
               Participant  direction  pursuant to Section  7.02.C.  The elected
               Investment  Fund or Funds  shall be  effective  with  respect  to
               Participant Elected  Contributions and the Employer Match made on
               and after the date upon which the  election  is made.  A separate
               election  of the  Investment  Fund or Funds  shall  be made  with
               respect to the investment of any Rollover  Contribution made by a
               Participant.  Each  Participant must specify the Investment Funds
               for 100% of such Participant's Participant Elected Contributions,
               Employer Match and Rollover Contributions, if any.

          B.   Subsequent Elections.

               A Participant  (or  Beneficiary)  may elect a new Investment Fund
               for future  contributions  and may change the  allocation  of his
               existing  Accounts  among the  Investment  Funds at any time,  in
               accordance  with  procedures  established by the Committee.  Each
               Participant  must specify the  Investment  Funds for 100% of such
               Participant's   current   contributions  subject  to  Participant
               direction and for 100% of the value of such Participant's  401(k)
               Account, Voluntary After-Tax Account and Rollover Account.

          C.   Elections Regarding Investments.

               A Participant's election to change the allocation of his existing
               Accounts  must specify  either the percent of such Accounts to be
               reallocated, the specific dollar amount to be transferred, or the
               specific  number  of  shares  to  be  purchased  and/or  sold.  A
               Participant's  election to change the  allocation  of his current
               contributions  must specify the percent of such  contributions to
               be allocated  to each elected  Investment  Fund.  In addition,  a
               Participant's  election  of a new  Investment  Fund for future or
               existing  amounts may be subject to  restriction  pursuant to the
               terms of the contract(s)  comprising the Investment Funds. Unless
               the Participant's  election otherwise  specifies,  the pattern of
               allocations elected as to past Participant Elected  Contributions
               and  Employer  Match  shall  apply  to  all  current  and  future
               contributions  unless or until the Participant  (or  Beneficiary)
               otherwise elects pursuant to B. above.


<PAGE>

          D.   Elections Involving NSC Stock Fund.

               Any election by a Participant or Beneficiary regarding investment
               in or  transfers  from  the  NSC  Stock  Fund  shall  be  made in
               accordance with DOL Reg. Section 2550.404c-1(d)(2)(ii)(E)(4). The
               Committee  shall ensure that procedures are designed to safeguard
               the confidentiality of all information  relating to the purchase,
               holding and sale of NSC Stock and the exercise of voting,  tender
               and similar rights with respect to NSC Stock by Participants  and
               Beneficiaries,   and  that  such  procedures  are  followed.   An
               independent  fiduciary shall be appointed to carry out activities
               relating to any situations which the Committee determines involve
               a potential for undue Employer  influence upon  Participants  and
               Beneficiaries  with regard to the direct or indirect  exercise of
               shareholder rights.

          E.   Additional Election Procedures.

               The   Committee   shall   comply  with  the   Participant's   (or
               Beneficiary's)  instructions  except as otherwise provided in DOL
               Reg.  Section   2550.404c-1(b)(2)(ii)(B)   or  (d)(2)(ii).   Upon
               request,  a  Participant  or  Beneficiary  may  obtain a  written
               confirmation of his election instructions.

          F.   Fees.

               The fees of each Investment Fund shall be charged to the Accounts
               of the Participants invested in such Investment Fund, unless such
               expenses are paid by the Employer in accordance with Section 7.04
               below. In accordance with Section 404(c) of ERISA,  the Committee
               shall inform  Participants and  Beneficiaries of any fees charged
               to their individual Accounts.

7.04     Expenses.

          Unless otherwise provided herein, the expenses of Plan  administration
          shall be paid out of Trust assets,  unless paid by the  Employer.  The
          Employer  may pay directly  any  expenses of  administering  the Plan,
          including the compensation,  if any, of the Trustee.  The Employer may
          advance such expenses  subject to  reimbursement  out of Trust assets,
          without obligating itself to pay such expenses. In addition, except as
          otherwise provided, Investment Fund fees shall be paid by Participants
          in accordance with Section 7.03.


<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                    VESTED PERCENTAGE AND TERMINATION BENEFIT

8.01     Vested Amounts.

          Upon death, retirement or Disability,  the full amount credited to the
          Participant's  Accounts  shall  become fully  vested.  In the event of
          termination  of the  employment of a Participant  for any reason other
          than death, Disability, or retirement,  the Participant will receive a
          percentage  of the balance of his or her  Accounts,  according to said
          Participant's Years of Service as follows:

          A.   Profit Sharing Accounts.

                  Years of Service                              Vested Percent
                  Less than 3 years                                     0%
                  3 years, but less than 4                             20%
                  4 years, but less than 5                             40%
                  5 years, but less than 6                             60%
                  6 years, but less than 7                             80%
                  7 years or more                                     100%

          B.   401(k) Accounts.

               1.   The portion of a Participant's  401(k) Account  attributable
                    to his or her  Participant  Elected  Contributions  is  100%
                    vested at all times.

               2.   The portion of a Participant's  401(k) Account  attributable
                    to Employer  Match for Plan Years  beginning  before June 1,
                    1990 shall be vested as follows:

                      Years of Service                            Vested Percent
                      ----------------------------------------------------------

                       Less than 3 years                                  0%
                       3 years or more                                  100%

               3.   The portion of a Participant's  401(k) Account  attributable
                    to the Employer Match for Plan Years beginning after May 31,
                    1990 shall be 100% vested at all times.

          C.   Stock Bonus Accounts.

               The total  balance of each  Participant's  Stock Bonus Account is
               100% vested at all times.


<PAGE>

          D.   Voluntary After-Tax Accounts.

               The  total  balance  of each  Participant's  Voluntary  After-Tax
               Account is 100% vested at all times.

          E.   Profit Sharing Accounts of Former Cyrix Employees.

               The Profit Sharing account of any Employee who was an employee of
               Cyrix as of November 16, 1997, and who transferred to the service
               of the Employer as of November 17, 1997 (including  contributions
               made  pursuant  to this Plan as well as to the Cyrix  Plan) shall
               vest at the rate of 25% per Year of Service,  as  provided  under
               the Cyrix Plan.

          F.   Matching Contribution Accounts of Former Cyrix Employees.

               Any Employee who was a participant in the Cyrix 401(k) Plan as of
               November  16,  1997,  and who  transferred  to the service of the
               Employer  as of November  17,  1997 shall be fully  vested in the
               value of his employer  matching  contribution  account  under the
               Cyrix Plan as of November 17, 1997,  as well as in the portion of
               his 401(k) Accounts  attributable to any Employer Match allocated
               to his Accounts thereafter, regardless of the number of his Years
               of Service.  Any former employee of Cyrix who was not an employee
               as of November 16, 1997 and who had not taken a distribution from
               the Cyrix Plan shall be 100% vested in his  accounts  there under
               attributable to employer matching contributions.  Any such former
               employee of Cyrix who had previously obtained a distribution from
               the  Cyrix  Plan  shall  forfeit  the  nonvested  portion  of his
               accounts  under  the Cyrix  Plan;  provided,  however,  that such
               nonvested portion shall be reinstated to the credit of the former
               participant if such former participant is rehired by National and
               becomes an Employee  hereunder  before incurring five consecutive
               One-Year Breaks in Service,  determined  beginning on the date of
               his or her termination from Cyrix.

G.       Vesting for FSC Employees.

               1.   Special Vesting Schedule.

               An Employee of FSC, or an  affiliate  of FSC, on January 1, 1988,
               or an Employee of NSC on January 1, 1988 who  transferred  to NSC
               from FSC, or an FSC  affiliate,  who completed 5 or more years of
               Service  (whether or not consecutive and without regard to Breaks
               in Service) with FSC (or an FSC  affiliate) on or before  January
               1, 1988,  shall have the  Employee's  vested  interest under this
               Article  VIII  determined  under the vesting  schedule of the FSC
               Profit Sharing Plan as such schedule existed immediately prior to
               January  1, 1988.  In the case of an FSC  employee  whose  vested
               interest is not calculated  under the vesting schedule of the FSC
               Profit  Sharing  Plan by  reason of the  first  sentence  of this
               paragraph B, such Employee's  vested interest shall be determined
               under the vesting schedule of Section 8.01,  provided,  that such
               an  Employee's  vested  interest  shall  not  be  less  than  the
               Employee's  vested interest under the vesting schedule of the FSC
               Profit Sharing Plan immediately prior to January 1, 1988.

               2.   Rehired FSC Employees.

               If an  Employee  terminated  from the  service of FSC,  or an FSC
               affiliate,  prior to September  30,  1987,  and is rehired by the
               Employer  after January 1, 1988,  and before the Employee  incurs
               five (5)  consecutive  One-Year  Breaks in Service,  the Employee
               shall be entitled to a restoration  of the  Employee's  forfeited
               Accrued  Benefit,  if any,  under  the  rules  of the FSC  Profit
               Sharing Plan as it existed immediately prior to January 1, 1988.

8.02     Forfeiture of Nonvested Accounts.

          The forfeitable portion of the Accounts of a Participant whose service
          with the  Consolidated  Group terminates as defined under Section 2.43
          shall be forfeited in accordance with the following rules.

          A.   The  forfeitable  amounts  of an  affected  Participant  shall be
               forfeited and transferred to the forfeiture  suspense  account as
               of the  earlier of the date on which the  Participant  receives a
               distribution of his entire  nonforfeitable  interest in the Plan,
               or the date on which the Participant  incurs five (5) consecutive
               One-Year  Breaks-in-Service.  Provided, however, that the amounts
               forfeited  on behalf of a  Participant  shall be restored to such
               Participant's  Accounts if the Participant returns to the service
               of the  Consolidated  Group before incurring five (5) consecutive
               One-Year   Breaks-in-Service.   The  forfeited  amount  shall  be
               restored to the Participant in accordance with paragraph B below.

          B.   Forfeited  amounts,  unadjusted  by any  investment  increases or
               decreases,  of an Employee who returns to the Employer's  service
               before incurring five (5) consecutive One-Year  Breaks-in-Service
               shall  be  restored  to  the   Participant's   Account.   If  the
               forfeitable  amount  is  reallocated  by  reason  of  a  One-Year
               Break-in-Service  which  occurs in a Plan Year  beginning  before
               January 1, 1985, no restoration of the  forfeitable  amount shall
               be made.

8.03     Vesting on Re-Employment.

          A separate  account shall be maintained for a  Participant's  interest
          remaining in the Plan at the time of  distribution  if the Participant
          separates   from  the   Employer's   service,   is  paid  his  or  her
          nonforfeitable  interest  under the Plan and returns to the Employer's
          service    before    incurring   five   (5)    consecutive    One-Year
          Breaks-in-Service.  At any relevant  time,  the  Participant's  vested
          portion of the separate  account  shall not be less than an amount "X"
          determined by the formula:


<PAGE>

                  X = P(AB + (R x D))-(R x D)

                  For purposes of applying the formula:
                  -------------------------------------
                  P     is the vested percentage at the relevant time;
                  AB    is the account balance at the relevant time;
                  D     is the amount of the distribution; and
                  R     is the ratio of the account balance at the relevant time
                        to the account balance after distribution.

8.04     Lost Participant or Beneficiary.

          In the event a benefit is payable to a Participant  or a  Beneficiary,
          but  the  payee   cannot  be  located,   then  at  the  close  of  the
          twelve-consecutive-month  period following the Employee's  Termination
          Date  or  the  date  on  which  the  amount  becomes  payable  to  the
          Beneficiary,  the benefit  payable to the person shall be treated as a
          forfeiture  subject to Section 6.04. The benefit  forfeited under this
          Section 8.04 shall  nevertheless be reinstated if the Participant,  or
          Beneficiary if applicable, makes a claim for the forfeited benefit.



<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE IX

                                   RETIREMENT

9.01     Retirement.

          A Participant shall be eligible for normal retirement on attainment of
          age sixty-five  (65), or, if a Participant is Laid Off by the Employer
          and has  attained  the age of  sixty-four  (64),  at the  time of such
          lay-off.  A Participant may continue in the service of the Employer as
          a Participant in this Plan beyond normal  retirement age. In the event
          such  Participant  continues  in  the  service  of the  Employer,  the
          Participant  shall  continue  to  be  treated  in  all  respects  as a
          Participant until actual retirement.  No benefits shall become payable
          to such a Participant  until actual  retirement  and  separation  from
          employment,   except  as  provided  for  in  Section  12.02.   When  a
          Participant retires, such Participant shall be entitled to receive the
          entire amount  credited to his or her Accounts  under Article VI as of
          the  Plan  Year-end   following  the  Participant's   actual  date  of
          retirement.   In  addition,   any   Participant  who  terminates  from
          employment after attaining at least age fifty-five (55), provided that
          the sum of such  Participant's  age plus  Years of  Service  equals or
          exceeds sixty-five (65), will be considered to have retired, and shall
          be 100%  vested and  entitled to share in  contributions  for the Plan
          Year of termination pursuant to Sections 5.01 and 5.02.


<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE X

                                  DEATH BENEFIT

10.01    Death of Participant.

          A Participant  who dies while in the service of the Employer  shall be
          100  percent  (100%)  vested in the  Participant's  Accounts  upon the
          Participant's  death. Upon the Participant's death, the nonforfeitable
          portion  of  the  Participant's  Accounts  (reduced  by  any  security
          interest  held by the  Plan by  reason  of a loan  outstanding  to the
          deceased Participant) shall be payable to the Participant's  Surviving
          Spouse, or the Participant's designated Beneficiary if the Participant
          has no  Surviving  Spouse at the time of death,  or if the  Spouse has
          consented to the designation of a Beneficiary other than the Surviving
          Spouse.  The  designation  of a  Beneficiary  to whom the  Spouse  has
          consented  shall not be changed  without the Spouse's  consent to such
          change. A Spouse's consent must be in writing, it must acknowledge the
          effect of the Beneficiary  designation,  and it must be witnessed by a
          notary  public.  A spouse's  consent to a Beneficiary  designation  as
          provided for under this Section is effective  only with respect to the
          Spouse.  Payment of the death benefit shall be made in accordance with
          the provisions of Article XII, provided that, the Surviving Spouse may
          request  that the payment be made within a reasonable  time  following
          the Participant's death.  Provided,  however,  nothing in this Section
          10.01 shall override the provisions of a Qualified  Domestic Relations
          Order as set forth in Section 12.04.

10.02    Payments Upon Failure to Designate Beneficiary.

          Any portion of the amount  payable  which is  undisposed of because of
          the  failure  to  designate  a  Beneficiary  or  the  failure  of  the
          Beneficiary  to  survive  the  Participant  shall  be paid in order of
          survivorship to:

          A.   The Participant's Spouse;

          B.   The Participant's children, in equal shares;

          C.   The Participant's brothers and/or sisters, in equal shares;

          D.   The Surviving heirs of the Participant's estate, their respective
               identities  and  shares  determined  by the  laws  of  interstate
               succession in California at the time of the Participant's  death;
               or

          E.   If none of the  individuals  in A through D survive  the death of
               the Participant,  then such remaining  benefit shall be forfeited
               in accordance with Section 8.06.

          Notwithstanding the above, if the Committee is unable to locate any of
          the persons  listed above within  twelve (12)  months,  the  Committee
          shall forfeit the remaining benefit in accordance with Section 8.06.


                                   ARTICLE XI

                               DISABILITY BENEFIT

Upon incurring a Disability, a Participant shall be fully vested and entitled to
receive the entire value of his or her Accounts.  Disability  benefits  shall be
payable two (2) years after the date of the  commencement  of the  Participant's
leave of absence attributable to such Disability,  provided that the Participant
remains Disabled. Effective September 15, 1997, payment of benefits may commence
prior to such date, in the case of a Disabled  Participant whose life expectancy
at the time of payment is certified by a medical  professional to be less than 6
months, provided that the Participant (or his representative) and his spouse, if
applicable,  consents  to such  distribution.  The  Trustee  shall  pay,  at the
direction of the Committee,  to said  Participant his or her Disability  benefit
from the Plan in accordance with Section 12.01.


<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE XII

                      DISTRIBUTIONS, WITHDRAWALS AND LOANS

12.01    Distribution of Benefits.

          A.   Forms of Distribution.

               Except as otherwise  provided below, the entire vested balance of
               a Participant's Accounts shall be paid either:

               1.   in equal monthly,  quarterly or annual  installments  over a
                    period  certain  not to exceed  the life  expectancy  of the
                    Participant (or Beneficiary in the case of a Participant who
                    dies prior to the time his benefits  commenced) or the joint
                    and last survivor life expectancy of the Participant and his
                    Beneficiary, or

               2.   as a single-sum distribution consisting of a distribution:

                    a.   in kind of the  number  of whole  shares  of NSC  Stock
                         representing  the vested balance of his or her Accounts
                         invested   in  the  NSC  Stock   Fund;   and  b.  cash,
                         representing  the remaining fair market value of his or
                         her vested interest in all Accounts, or

               3.   as a single sum representing the fair market value of his or
                    her entire  vested  interest  in the  Accounts.  In paying a
                    Participant or  Beneficiary in accordance  with this Section
                    12.01  A.3,  the  value of his or her units in the NSC Stock
                    Fund shall be added to the cash  representing  the remaining
                    fair  market  value of his or her  Accounts  and the  vested
                    portion of such total cash  amounts  shall be the single sum
                    payment made to the Participant or Beneficiary.

               4.   Benefits of Former Comlinear Participants.

                    a.   In the case of a Participant who was  participating  in
                         the   Comlinear   401(k)  Plan,   the  portion  of  the
                         Participant's    Accrued    Benefit    equal   to   the
                         Participant's  initial  Account  balance as of December
                         31, 1995,  which was transferred into the Plan shall be
                         payable  in the forms of  benefit  available  under the
                         Comlinear 401(k) Plan. Unless the Participant otherwise
                         elects,  subject  to  the  consent  of his  spouse,  if
                         applicable,  such benefits shall be paid in the form of
                         a Qualified Joint and Survivor  Annuity.  The Qualified
                         Joint and Survivor Annuity is, for a Participant who is
                         not  married,  a  single  life  annuity,   and,  for  a
                         Participant who is married,  an annuity for the life of
                         the  Participant  with a  benefit  continued  after the
                         death of the  Participant for the life of the surviving
                         spouse in an amount equal to 50% of the amount  payable
                         to the Participant.

                    b.   A  Participant  may,  with the  consent of his  spouse,
                         elect  to  waive  the  Qualified   Joint  and  Survivor
                         Annuity.  An election by the  Participant  to waive the
                         joint  and  survivor  annuity  must be made in  writing
                         during the 90-day election period ending on the annuity
                         starting  date  and must  include  the  consent  of the
                         Participant's   spouse.   The  spouse's   consent  must
                         specifically acknowledge the designated Beneficiary, if
                         any,  and the  effect  of  such  election  and  must be
                         witnessed by a Plan  representative or a notary public.
                         The consent shall not be required if it is  established
                         to the  satisfaction of the Committee that it cannot be
                         obtained because there is no spouse,  the spouse cannot
                         be located, or under such other circumstances as may be
                         prescribed by Treasury  regulations.  The Participant's
                         election to waive the joint and survivor annuity may be
                         revoked in writing without the consent of the spouse at
                         any time  during  the  election  period.  A  change  in
                         designated  Beneficiary  made  subsequent  to a spousal
                         consent  shall  be  deemed  to be a  revocation  of the
                         Participant's  election to waive the joint and survivor
                         annuity unless the spousal  consent  expressly  permits
                         designations by the Participant without any requirement
                         for  further  consent  by the  spouse.  Any  subsequent
                         election to waive the joint and  survivor  annuity must
                         comply with the requirements of this paragraph.

                    The annuity  starting  date means the first day of the first
                    period for which an amount is payable as an annuity, or, for
                    a benefit not payable as an annuity,  the first day on which
                    all events have  occurred  that entitle the  Participant  to
                    such benefit.

                    c.   The  Committee  shall provide the  Participant  no less
                         than   thirty   (30)  days   (unless   Regulations   or
                         administrative  pronouncements permit a shorter period)
                         and no more than  ninety  (90) days  before the annuity
                         starting date, a written explanation of:

                    (i)  the terms  and  conditions  of the  joint and  survivor
                         annuity;

                    (ii) the Participant's  right to make, and the effect of, an
                         election to waive the joint and survivor annuity;

                    (iii)the requirement that the  Participant's  spouse consent
                         to the waiver of the joint and survivor annuity; and

                    (iv) the Participant's  right to revoke the waiver,  and the
                         effect thereof.

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the written explanation may be provided
          after the annuity  starting  date,  provided that the election  period
          shall not end before the thirtieth  (30th) day after the date on which
          the  explanation  is provided.  A Participant  may elect (with spousal
          consent)  to waive the  thirty  (30) day  period  if the  distribution
          commences more than seven (7) days after such explanation is provided.

               d.   If the  Participant  has  waived  the  Qualified  Joint  and
                    Survivor Annuity pursuant to Section 12.01 A.4.b, above, his
                    benefit  shall  be paid to him  under  one of the  following
                    options  selected by the Participant with the consent of his
                    spouse:

                    (i)  Lump sum distribution in cash;

                    (ii) Single life annuity for the Participant's life only;

                    (iii)Life annuity  with a  guaranteed  period of 5, 10 or 15
                         years;

                    (iv) Life annuity with an installment refund;

                    (v)  Life annuity with 50%,  66-2/3% or 100% continued after
                         the Participant's death to his Beneficiary; or

                    (vi) Installments   over  months  not   exceeding  the  life
                         expectancies  of the  Participant and his or her spouse
                         with  any  amounts  remaining  upon  the  death  of the
                         Participant payable to his or her Beneficiary.

          The  Participant  shall  make  his  selection  on an  application  for
          benefits  filed with the  Committee in  accordance  with Section 16.10
          hereof.  Upon the Participant's  written request,  the Committee shall
          furnish  an  explanation  of  the  effect  of  any  other  methods  of
          distribution the Participant may select from the available options.

               e.   The   accrued   benefit  of  any   Participant   electing  a
                    distribution  under this Section  12.01 A.4 shall be debited
                    to the extent necessary to pay the expenses  relating to the
                    provision of the optional forms of benefit hereunder.

<PAGE>

         B.       Time of Distribution.

                    1.   Termination Benefits.

                    Payment to a terminated  Participant  shall be made within a
                    reasonable  time  following  the  Participant's  Termination
                    Date.  Provided,  however,  if the value of a  Participant's
                    nonforfeitable    Account    balance    exceeds   (or,   for
                    distributions  prior to March 23, 1999 has ever, at the time
                    of  any  previous  distribution,  exceeded)  $3,500  ($5,000
                    effective  for Plan Years  commencing  on or after August 6,
                    1997),  payment shall not be made unless the Participant and
                    the Participant's Spouse, if applicable,  consent in writing
                    to the  payment.  For  purposes of the  preceding  sentence,
                    after  December  31,  2001,  the  value  of a  Participant's
                    nonforfeitable  Account balance shall be determined  without
                    regard  to  that  portion  of the  Account  balance  that is
                    attributable   to  rollover   contributions   (and  earnings
                    allocable  thereto)  within the meaning of  sections 402(c),
                    403(a)(4),  403(b)(8),  408(d)(3)(A)(ii),  and 457(e)(16) of
                    the Code. If the Participant and the  Participant's  spouse,
                    if  applicable,  fail to consent to the  distribution,  such
                    failure   shall  be  deemed  to  be  an  election  to  defer
                    distribution. Distribution may commence as of any subsequent
                    date as of which the Participant and spouse,  if applicable,
                    elect to receive such distribution, subject to section 12.01
                    B.3 below.

                    In the case of a Participant  who is Laid Off, the Committee
                    may  authorize a payment to such  Participant  of his or her
                    nonforfeitable  interest as of any date after the end of the
                    Plan Year following the  Participant's  Termination Date. In
                    the event the Committee  authorizes an earlier  payment to a
                    Laid Off  Participant,  the  Committee  may make the payment
                    based on the nonforfeitable  percentage the Participant will
                    have as of the first  anniversary of his or her  Termination
                    Date.

                    2.   Retirement, Death and Disability Benefits.

                    Benefits due to a Participant  or Beneficiary as a result of
                    retirement,  death,  or  Disability  shall be paid  within a
                    reasonable  time  after  the  end of the  Plan  Year of such
                    retirement,  death or Disability, or at such earlier time as
                    the  Committee,  in  its  sole  discretion,  may  determine.
                    Provided  that, in the case of payment to a  Participant  or
                    his  surviving   Spouse,   the  payment  shall  be  made  in
                    accordance with Section 12.01 B.1 above.  The Committee may,
                    acting   in  its  sole   discretion,   authorize   an  early
                    distribution  to a Participant or Beneficiary of the balance
                    of such  Participant's  Accounts  valued as of any Valuation
                    Date following death or retirement.  Such distribution shall
                    be a total  distribution  of the entire amount  available to
                    such  Participant.  Such  Participant or  Beneficiary  shall
                    still be  entitled  to  receive  a share  of the  Employer's
                    Annual  Profit  Sharing  and  Employer  Match as of the next
                    applicable Allocation Date. 3. Consent to Distribution.

                    If a Participant  does not consent to receive payment of his
                    or her benefit,  payment  shall be made not later than sixty
                    (60)  days  after  the  close of the Plan  Year in which the
                    later of the following events occurs:

                    a.   The Participant attains age sixty-five (65); or

                    b.   The termination of the  Participant's  service with the
                         Employer.

                    Payment shall be in accordance with Section 12.01 B.1 above.

12.02    Required Distributions.

          Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan to the contrary, the
          minimum distribution requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and
          the regulations  there under are hereby  incorporated by reference and
          the following shall apply to active Participants.

          A.   For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1988, the interest of
               an active  Participant  who attains age seventy and  one-half (70
               1/2) while employed shall be distributed in periodic installments
               designed  to satisfy  the minimum  distribution  requirements  of
               Section  401(a)(9)  of the  Code  and  regulations  there  under,
               commencing  not later than the April 1st  following  the calendar
               year in which the  Participant  attains age seventy and  one-half
               (70  1/2).  Provided,   however,   that  the  distribution  of  a
               Participant's  benefit need not  commence  earlier than the April
               1st following the calendar year in which the Participant  retires
               if the  Participant  attained  age seventy and  one-half (70 1/2)
               before January 1, 1988 and such Participant is not a five percent
               (5%) owner (as defined under  Section  416(i) of the Code) at any
               time during the Plan Year ending with or within the calendar year
               in which the Participant  attained age sixty-six and one-half (66
               1/2) and during any subsequent Plan Year. For those  Participants
               who  attained  age seventy and  one-half (70 1/2) in the calendar
               year 1988, their deemed  retirement date shall be January 1, 1989
               for  purposes  of  this  paragraph  A,  and  such   Participant's
               distribution  must  commence  by  April  1,  1990.  Payment  to a
               Participant who terminates  employment on or after  attainment of
               age seventy  and  one-half  (70 1/2) shall be made in  accordance
               with Section 12.01 B.2 above.

               Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  effective January 1, 1997, for a
               Participant  who attains  age  seventy  and  one-half on or after
               January  1,  1997 and who has not yet  retired,  distribution  of
               benefits  from the Plan shall not  commence  prior to  retirement
               unless elected by the Participant;  provided, however, that in no
               event shall  commencement of benefit  distributions from the Plan
               be delayed  beyond April 1 of the  calendar  year  following  the
               later of the calendar year in which the  Participant  attains age
               seventy and one-half (70 1/2) or retires.

<PAGE>

          B.   If a Participant  dies before  distribution of the  Participant's
               interest has commenced,  the Participant's  entire interest shall
               be distributed  within a reasonable  time, not to exceed five (5)
               years,   following   the  Valuation   Date  next   following  the
               Participant's  death. In the event the  Participant's  designated
               Beneficiary is the  Participant's  Spouse,  payment to the Spouse
               shall be made in  accordance  with Section  12.01 B.1 above,  and
               shall in any event  commence  no later than the date on which the
               Participant would have reached age seventy and one-half (70-1/2).
               If  a  deceased  Participant's   designated  Beneficiary  is  the
               Participant's   Spouse  and  the  Spouse  dies  before   payments
               commence,  the Participant's entire interest shall be distributed
               by applying  the rules of this  paragraph  as though the deceased
               spouse were the Participant.

12.03    Distribution to Minors and Incompetents.

          Distributions  to  minors  or  incompetents  may be made to the  legal
          guardian of said person,  or to the parent of said minor.  The trustee
          shall  not  be  required  to  see  to  the  application  of  any  such
          distribution so made to any of said persons, but said person's receipt
          shall be a full discharge of the Trustee's duties.

12.04    Qualified Domestic Relations Order.

          A.   Distributions.

               In the event a person (hereafter called the "alternate payee") is
               designated by a qualified  domestic  relations  order, as defined
               under  Section  414(p) of the Code,  as having a right to receive
               all or a  portion  of the  benefits  payable  under the Plan to a
               Participant, payment to the alternate payee may begin on the date
               on which  Participant  is  entitled to a  distribution  under the
               Plan,  or such  earlier  date as the  alternate  payee may elect,
               consistent with the terms of the QDRO.

          B.   The Committee shall abide by the terms of any qualified  domestic
               relations order A "qualified  domestic relations order" means any
               judgment,  decree,  or order  (including  approval  of a property
               settlement  agreement)  which creates or recognizes the existence
               of an alternate  payee's right to receive all or a portion of the
               benefits payable to a Participant hereunder pursuant to a State's
               domestic  relations  law  relating  to  the  provision  of  child
               support,  alimony  payments,  or  marital  property  rights  to a
               spouse,   former  spouse,   child,  or  other  dependent  of  the
               Participant;  provided,  however,  that such  order  specifically
               states:

               1.   The name and last known mailing  address of the  Participant
                    and of each alternate payee covered by such order;

               2.   The amount or percentage of the Participant's benefits to be
                    paid by the Plan to each  alternate  payee or the  manner in
                    which such amount or percentage is to be determined;

               3.   The  number of  payments  or the  period to which such order
                    applies; and

               4.   The name of each plan to which such order applies.

          C.   The Committee shall establish  reasonable  written  procedures to
               determine the qualified  status of domestic  relations orders and
               to  administer   distributions  made  there  under  in  a  manner
               consistent with the following:

               1.   The Committee  shall promptly notify the Participant and any
                    named alternate payee of the receipt of a domestic relations
                    order and the Plan procedures  used for determining  whether
                    such order is a qualified domestic relations order;

               2.   The Committee  shall,  within a reasonable  period following
                    receipt,  determine  whether  such  order is  qualified  and
                    notify  the  Participant  and each  alternate  payee of such
                    determination;

               3.   The  Committee  shall  separately  account  for any  amounts
                    affected by the Order (except for any amounts that would not
                    be distributable in any event during the period in which the
                    qualified  status  of the  Order is being  determined),  and
                    shall  make no  distribution,  withdrawal  or loan from such
                    amounts  until the earlier of the date of  determination  of
                    the  qualified  status of the order or the  expiration of 18
                    months  from the date on which  the first  payment  would be
                    required to be made under the order;

               4.   If, within the 18-month period referred to in 3. above,  the
                    order is  determined to be  qualified,  the Committee  shall
                    segregate the amounts  payable to the  alternate  payee into
                    separate  Accounts in the name of such alternate  payee, and
                    shall  administer  such  Accounts  in all  ways  as if  such
                    alternate payee were a Participant hereunder.  The Committee
                    shall pay the segregated amounts to the alternative payee(s)
                    pursuant  to the terms of such  order.  If,  within  such 18
                    month period,  the order is determined  not to be qualified,
                    or the order's status is unresolved, the Committee shall pay
                    the segregated amounts to the person or persons, if any, who
                    would be  entitled  to such  amounts  if no  order  had been
                    received; and

               5.   A determination that a domestic relations order is qualified
                    which is made later than 18 months after the receipt of such
                    order shall operate prospectively only.

          D.   Distributions   made   pursuant  to  this  Section   12.04  shall
               completely  discharge the Plan of its obligations with respect to
               the Participant,  his Beneficiary and each alternate payee to the
               extent of any distributions made.

<PAGE>

12.05    Hardship Withdrawals.

          A distribution  from a  Participant's  vested Profit Sharing  Account,
          401(k)  Account   (provided   that  income  on   Participant   Elected
          Contributions   after  May  30,  1989  shall  not  be  available   for
          distribution upon hardship),  Fairchild 1988 Rollover Account or Stock
          Bonus  Account may be made to a  Participant,  upon the  Participant's
          request,  if it is established  that the  Participant has an immediate
          and heavy financial need and the  distribution is necessary to satisfy
          such  need.  The  Committee  shall  establish  the  existence  of  the
          Participant's immediate and heavy financial need and the Participant's
          need for a distribution to satisfy such need by applying the following
          standards:

          A.   Immediate and Heavy Financial Need.

               The existence of an immediate and heavy  financial  need shall be
               established by determining one of more of the following:

               1.   Expenses  incurred or necessary for medical care,  described
                    in  Section  213(d) of the  Code,  of the  Participant,  the
                    Participant's Spouse, or any dependent of the Participant (a
                    dependent  shall  be  determined  under  Section  152 of the
                    Code);

               2.   Costs directly related to the purchase  (excluding  mortgage
                    payments) of a principal residence for the Participant;

               3.   Payment of tuition  and related  educational  fees (and room
                    and  board  expenses)  for the next  twelve  (12)  months of
                    post-secondary education for the Participant, or a member of
                    the Participant's immediate family;

               4.   The need to prevent  eviction  of the  Participant  from the
                    Participant's  principal  residence  or  foreclosure  on the
                    mortgage of the Participant's principal residence;

               5.   The need to pay the funeral expenses of a family member; or

               6.   Any other reason  recognized  to constitute an immediate and
                    heavy financial need by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue
                    Service in a revenue  ruling,  notice or other  document  of
                    general applicability.

          B.   Distribution Necessary to Satisfy the Financial Need.

               The Participant's  need for a distribution to satisfy a financial
               need as established under paragraph A shall be
                  determined as follows:

               1.   The  Committee   shall   consider  all  relevant  facts  and
                    circumstances  of the  Participant to determine  whether the
                    need  may  be  satisfied  from  other   resources  that  are
                    available to the Participant;

               2.   The  Participant  represents,  and swears  under  penalty of
                    perjury, that the financial need cannot be satisfied without
                    causing further undue hardship:

                    a.   Through  reimbursement  or compensation by insurance or
                         otherwise;

                    b.   By reasonable  liquidation of savings or assets, to the
                         extent  such  liquidation  would  not  itself  cause an
                         immediate and heavy financial need;

                    c.   By the Participant ceasing elective contributions under
                         this Plan; and

                    d.   By other  distributions  or nontaxable loans from plans
                         maintained by the Employer or by any other employer, or
                         by  borrowing  from  commercial  sources on  reasonable
                         commercial terms.

               3.   The  Committee  may  impose  such   conditions  on  hardship
                    distributions,  as it  deems  necessary,  so  long  as  such
                    conditions  are  applied  equally  to all  Participants  who
                    request hardship distributions.

C.       Additional Rules.

          The  following  rules  shall  apply  to each  request  for a  hardship
          distribution by a Participant:

               1.   The Participant's  request for a hardship distribution shall
                    be made on such forms as are  provided by the  Trustee  from
                    time to time and the  Participant  shall furnish the Trustee
                    with  such  information  as the  Committee  requests  in its
                    evaluation of the Participant's request; and

               2.   The amount distributed, if any, shall in no event exceed the
                    amount required to satisfy the immediate and heavy financial
                    need of the  Participant  and to pay any federal,  state, or
                    local taxes or penalties  reasonably  anticipated  to result
                    from the  distribution.  Immediate and heavy  financial need
                    may include any taxes or penalties paid by such  Participant
                    on such hardship distribution.

12.06    In-Service Withdrawals.

          As  of  any  Valuation   Date,  a  Participant  who  has  a  Voluntary
          Contributions   or  a  Rollover   Account  may  elect  an   in-service
          withdrawal.  Such  withdrawal  will be taken first from the  Voluntary
          After-Tax Account, if any, and then from the Rollover Account.


<PAGE>

12.07    Participant Loans.

          Loans may be made to  Participants  under this Plan in accordance with
          the following provisions:

          A.   At  the  request  of  a  Participant,   and  under  rules  to  be
               established from time-to-time by the Committee, the Plan may make
               a loan  of  money  to such  Participant  from  the  Participant's
               Accounts  (excluding any Voluntary  After-Tax  Account),  but not
               exceeding  fifty percent (50%) of the cumulative  vested interest
               of the Participant in all of his or her Plan Accounts.  All loans
               shall  be  made  available  to   Participants   on  a  reasonably
               equivalent   basis.  A  Participant   shall  request  a  loan  by
               submitting a completed loan  application  form or initiate a loan
               by  use of the  Electronic  Access  System,  together  with  such
               application  fee as the  Committee may require on a uniform basis
               from  Participants  applying  for  loans,  and in the  case  of a
               residential  loan  application,  also  submitting  copies  of the
               Purchase and Sales Agreement or Contractor's  bid,  whichever the
               case may be. A  Participant  may have no more  than two (2) loans
               outstanding  at the same time,  which may be  residential  and/or
               nonresidential loans.

          B.   Notwithstanding the preceding,  no loan may be made to the extent
               that such loan  (when  added to the  outstanding  balance  of any
               other loan to such Participant) exceeds the lesser of:

               1.   $50,000,  reduced  by the  excess  (if  any) of the  highest
                    outstanding  balance  of  loans  from the  Plan  during  the
                    one-year  period  ending on the day before the date on which
                    such loan was made,  over the  outstanding  balance of loans
                    from the Plan on the date on which such loan was made; or

               2.   one-half  (1/2) of the vested balance of all accounts of the
                    Participant  in the Plan,  determined as of the  origination
                    date of the  loan.  In no  event  will a loan be made  which
                    would be taxed under Code  section  72(p) as a  distribution
                    from the Plan.

          A nonresidential loan shall, by its terms, be repaid within six (6) to
          sixty (60) months,  and a  residential  loan shall,  by its terms,  be
          repaid  within  six  (6) to one  hundred  twenty  (120)  months.  Loan
          payments  may  generally  be  made  only by way of  automatic  payroll
          deduction, and a Participant shall be entitled to an extension in loan
          payments  in the event that due to a  shutdown  or short work week the
          payroll  check for a  Participant  is  insufficient  to cover the loan
          payment  due,  but not  beyond  the  time  period  required  for  loan
          repayment  under Section 72(p) of the Code, or pursuant to Regulations
          there  under.  In the  event  that  Participant  is  Laid  Off,  on an
          authorized  leave of absence,  is for any other reason not receiving a
          paycheck,  or is separated from service,  such Participant  shall make
          direct  monthly  payments on any loan  outstanding.  In the event that
          payment is not  received by ninety  (90) days after the due date,  the
          loan will be in default pursuant to subparagraph G. hereunder.

          C.   The outstanding balance of any such loans,  including interest at
               a  reasonable  rate based on the prime rate as  published  in the
               Wall Street Journal, shall constitute a lien against the Accounts
               of a Participant  and shall be deductible  therefrom in the event
               of a distribution to the  Participant for any reason  whatsoever.
               The interest rate to be charged on loans shall be  established on
               the first business day of each month for loans  initiated  during
               such month.

          D.   Loans  shall  be  secured  by the  Participant's  Retirement  and
               Savings Program Accounts.

          E.   Effective   October  12,  1998,  no  assignment  of  a  Comlinear
               Participant's  vested  Accrued  Benefit shall be made to secure a
               loan  unless  the  Comlinear  Participant's  Spouse  consents  in
               writing to the  assignment,  the  consent  acknowledges  that the
               Comlinear  Participant's  vested  Retirement and Savings  Program
               Account  Balance  may be used to pay  the  loan if the  Comlinear
               Participant's  service with the Employer  terminates and the loan
               is delinquent,  and the Spouse's consent is witnessed by a notary
               public or a Plan  representative.  To be effective,  the Spouse's
               consent to the assignment must be signed during the 30-day period
               ending  on the date on which  the  loan is to be  assigned.  Such
               consent   shall   thereafter  be  binding  with  respect  to  the
               consenting  Spouse or any subsequent  Spouse with respect to that
               loan. A new consent shall be required of the Spouse if there is a
               renegotiation, extension, renewal, or other revision of the loan.

          F.   Any loan shall require  substantially  level  amortization of the
               loan (with payments not less  frequently than quarterly) over the
               term of the loan.

          G.   In the event of default,  foreclosure  on the note and attachment
               of the security will not occur until a distributable event occurs
               in the Plan.  Events that constitute a default  include,  but are
               not limited to: 1) a missed monthly  payment due on or before the
               15th  day of  the  month  in the  case  of a  Participant  who is
               terminated,  Laid Off, who is on an authorized  leave of absence,
               or who is not receiving a paycheck for any other reason.  Default
               will occur as of the end of the Plan Quarter  following  the Plan
               Quarter in which the failure to remit a monthly payment occurs.

12.08    Direct Rollovers.

          A.   This  Section  12.08  applies to  distributions  made on or after
               January 1, 1993.

          Notwithstanding  any  provision of the Plan to the contrary that would
          otherwise  limit a  distributee's  election  under this Article XII, a
          distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the
          Committee,  to have any portion of an eligible  rollover  distribution
          paid  directly  to  an  eligible  retirement  plan  specified  by  the
          distributee in a direct  rollover.  For purposes of this Section,  the
          following terms shall be defined as follows:

          1.   Eligible rollover distribution: An eligible rollover distribution
               is any  distribution  of all or any portion of the balance to the
               credit  of the  distributee,  except  that an  eligible  rollover
               distribution does not include:  any distribution that is one of a
               series  of  substantially   equal  periodic  payments  (not  less
               frequently than annually) made for the life (or life  expectancy)
               of  the   distributee   or  the  joint   lives  (or  joint   life
               expectancies) of the distributee and the distributee's designated
               beneficiary,  or for a specified period of ten years or more; any
               distribution  to the extent such  distribution  is required under
               Section  401(a)(9) of the Code;  the portion of any  distribution
               that is not includible in gross income (determined without regard
               to the exclusion for net unrealized  appreciation with respect to
               employer  securities),   and,  effective  January  1,  1999,  any
               hardship     distribution     described     in    Code    section
               401(k)(2)(B)(i)(IV).

          2.   Eligible  retirement  plan:  An  eligible  retirement  plan is an
               individual  retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the
               Code,  an  individual  retirement  annuity  described  in Section
               408(b) of the Code, an annuity plan  described in Section  403(a)
               of the Code, or a qualified  trust described in Section 401(a) of
               the  Code,  that  accepts  the  distributee's  eligible  rollover
               distribution.  However,  in  the  case  of an  eligible  rollover
               distribution to the surviving spouse, an eligible retirement plan
               is an  individual  retirement  account or  individual  retirement
               annuity.

          3.   Distributee:   A  distributee  includes  an  Employee  or  former
               Employee.  In  addition,  the  Employee's  or  former  Employee's
               Surviving Spouse and the Employee's or former  Employee's  Spouse
               or former  Spouse who is the  alternate  payee  under a qualified
               domestic  relations  order,  as defined in Section  414(p) of the
               Code, are distributees  with regard to the interest of the Spouse
               or former Spouse.

          4.   Direct  rollover:  A direct  rollover is a payment by the plan to
               the eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee.

     B.   The Committee shall prescribe  reasonable  procedures for the election
          of direct rollovers under this Section, including, but not limited to:

          1.   Requirements  that  adequate   information  be  provided  by  the
               distributee,  including the name of the eligible  retirement plan
               to which  the  rollover  is to be made,  representation  from the
               eligible  retirement  plan as to the type of eligible  retirement
               plan it is,  and that it will  accept the  direct  rollover,  and
               other information necessary to make the direct rollover,  such as
               the name and  address of the trustee of the  eligible  retirement
               plan;

          2.   Requirements  that direct  rollover  elections be made within the
               time periods  permitted  for electing  optional  forms of payment
               pursuant to this Article XII; and

          3.   Limitations  on the amount of a direct  rollover,  providing that
               direct  rollover  may  not  be  elected  by a  distributee  whose
               eligible  rollover  distributions  during a year  are  reasonably
               expected to be less than $200, and providing that, in the case of
               a distributee  who elects to receive part of his  distribution in
               cash and to have the  remainder  paid to an  eligible  retirement
               plan, the portion to be directly  rolled over must be equal to at
               least $500.

     C.   This paragraph C shall apply to distributions  made after December 31,
          2001:

          1.   For purposes of the direct  rollover  provisions  of this Section
               12.08 of the Plan, an eligible retirement plan shall also mean an
               annuity contract  described in  Section 403(b) of the Code and an
               eligible  plan  under   Section 457(b)   of  the  Code  which  is
               maintained by a state,  political  subdivision of a state, or any
               agency or instrumentality of a state of political  subdivision of
               a state  and which  agrees  to  separately  account  for  amounts
               transferred  into such plan from this  Plan.  The  definition  of
               eligible  retirement  plan  shall  also  apply  in the  case of a
               distribution  to a  surviving  spouse,  or to a spouse  or former
               spouse who is the  alternate  payee  under a  qualified  domestic
               relation order, as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code.

          2.   In  addition,  any  amount  that is  distributed  on  account  of
               hardship shall not be an eligible  rollover  distribution and the
               distributee  may  not  elect  to  have  any  portion  of  such  a
               distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan.

          3.   Moreover,  a portion  of a  distribution  shall not fail to be an
               eligible  rollover   distribution   merely  because  the  portion
               consists  of  after-tax  employee  contributions  which  are  not
               includible  in  gross  income.   However,  such  portion  may  be
               transferred  only  to  be an  individual  retirement  account  or
               annuity  described  in  Section 408(a)  of  the  Code,  or  to  a
               qualified  defined  contribution plan described in Section 401(a)
               or 403(a)  of the Code that  agrees  to  separately  account  for
               amounts so transferred,  including separately  accounting for the
               portion of such distribution  which is includible in gross income
               and the portion of such distribution which is not so includible.



<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE XIII

            NONDISCRIMINATION TESTING AND LIMITATIONS ON ALLOCATIONS

13.01    Actual Deferral Percentage and Actual Contribution Percentage Testing.

          A.   Limitation on Deferral of Compensation.

               The Committee  shall  establish  uniform rules and procedures for
               administering  Participant Elected Contributions.  Such rules and
               procedures  must  satisfy  one  of  the  following  tests  or  be
               nondiscriminatory in operation within the meaning of the Code: 1)
               the Actual Deferral Percentage of the eligible Highly Compensated
               Employees may not be greater than the Actual Deferral  Percentage
               of the eligible Non-Highly  Compensated for the current Plan Year
               multiplied by 1.25;  or 2) the lesser of (i) the Actual  Deferral
               Percentage  for  the  Non-Highly  Compensated  Employees  for the
               current  Plan  Year  multiplied  by two (2) and (ii)  the  Actual
               Deferral Percentage for the Non-Highly  Compensated Employees for
               the current Plan Year, plus two (2) percentage points.

               The above tests shall be  performed  in  accordance  with Section
               401(k) of the Code,  as amended,  and any  applicable  regulation
               there under;  and Section 401(k) of the Code and its  regulations
               are hereby incorporated in this Document by reference as provided
               under  Regulation  section  1.401(k)-1(b)(2)(iii).  In  order  to
               satisfy the above  requirements,  the Committee  may, in its sole
               discretion,  require the Employer to reduce the future percentage
               deferrals elected by the Highly Compensated  Employees and/or the
               Committee  shall  direct the  return of a portion of the  amounts
               deferred by the Highly Compensated Employees,  in accordance with
               paragraph B below.

               Except as provided in Section 5.02B,  if an amount is returned to
               an Employee  because the  Employee's  elective  deferral  for the
               calendar year exceeds $9,500  ($11,000 for Plan Years  commencing
               on or after  January 1, 2002) (or such amount as  adjusted  under
               Section  402(g)(5) of the Code),  such excess  deferral  shall be
               counted in determining the Employee's Actual Deferral  Percentage
               for the Plan Year in which such excess  deferral was made. If two
               or more  cash  or  deferred  arrangements  (as  determined  under
               Section  401(k)  of the Code) are  treated  as a single  Plan for
               purposes  of  Section  401(a)(4)  or  410(b)  of the  Code,  such
               arrangements  shall be treated as a single  Plan for  purposes of
               the limitations of this Section. If a Highly Compensated Employee
               participates  in two or more cash or  deferred  arrangements  (as
               determined  under Section  401(k) of the Code)  maintained by the
               Employer,  all of such  cash or  deferred  arrangements  shall be
               treated as a single plan for purposes of  determining  the Actual
               Deferral Percentage of each Employee.

<PAGE>

          B.   Return of Excess Deferrals Withheld.

               1.   Nondiscrimination Test.

                    If it is  determined  after  the end of a Plan Year that any
                    amounts deferred by Highly Compensated Employees would cause
                    the Plan to fail to meet the requirements of Section 5.02 C,
                    excess contributions and income thereon shall be returned as
                    soon as possible  following the Plan Year,  but in any event
                    no later  than the end of the Plan Year  following  the Plan
                    Year for which they were made. In determining  the amount of
                    excess  contributions  to be returned to Highly  Compensated
                    Employees,  the  Committee  shall  direct  the  Employer  to
                    distribute to the Highly  Compensated  Participant  with the
                    largest amount of deferrals (and so forth) his or her excess
                    portions in accordance with Code section  401(k)(8)(C),  the
                    regulations there under, and any subsequent Internal Revenue
                    Service  guidance  issued  there under such that any amounts
                    remaining satisfy this Section and Code section 401(k).

                    The income or loss allocable to excess  contributions  shall
                    be income or loss attributable to such excess  contributions
                    for the Plan  Year  determined  pursuant  to  Section  6.05.
                    Income or loss between the end of the Plan Year and the date
                    of  distribution  shall be  disregarded.  Any Employer Match
                    attributable to excess contributions which are returned to a
                    Highly Compensated Employee shall be forfeited.

               2.   Deferral Limit.

                    Except as  provided  in Section  5.02B,  if a  Participant's
                    elective  deferral  under Section 401(k) of the Code exceeds
                    $9,500 ($11,000  commencing on or after January 1, 2002) (or
                    such amount as adjusted under Section 402(g)(5) of the Code)
                    for  a  calendar  year,  an  excess   deferral   occurs.   A
                    Participant may assign to this Plan any excess deferral made
                    during a  taxable  year by  notifying  the  Committee  on or
                    before March 15 following the end of such year. In the event
                    the excess  deferral  arises  solely by taking into  account
                    qualified  plans of the Employer,  the  Participant  will be
                    deemed to have  notified the  Committee.  The excess  amount
                    shall be returned not later than the April 15th  immediately
                    following the year of the excess  deferral and shall include
                    earnings for the calendar year  attributable  to such excess
                    deferral,  determined  pursuant to Section  6.05.  Income or
                    loss attributable to the period from the end of the calendar
                    year to the date of distribution  shall be disregarded.  The
                    amount  returned  shall  reduce the  Participant's  elective
                    deferrals for the year to not more than the allowable amount
                    for such year.  The excess amount shall be  determined  from
                    all  plans  under  which  the   Participant   made  elective
                    deferrals for the year.

               C.   Limitation on Contribution Percentages.

                    Employer  Matches shall satisfy one of the following  tests:
                    1)  The  contribution  percentage  of  the  eligible  Highly
                    Compensated   Employees   shall  be  not  greater  than  the
                    contribution   percentage   of   the   eligible   Non-Highly
                    Compensated  Employees for the current Plan Year  multiplied
                    by 1.25; or 2) the lesser of (i) the contribution percentage
                    for the  Non-Highly  Compensated  Employees  for the current
                    Plan Year  multiplied  by two (2) and (ii) the  contribution
                    percentage for the Non-Highly  Compensated Employees for the
                    current Plan Year, plus two (2) percentage points.

                    For Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2002, if a Highly
                    Compensated  Employee   participates  in  a  Plan  or  Plans
                    maintained   by  the   Employer   under   which  the  Highly
                    Compensated   Employee   is   eligible   to  make   elective
                    contributions  subject to the requirements of Section 401(k)
                    of the Code and one or more of such Plans is also subject to
                    Section  401(m)  of  the  Code,  the  tests  applied  to the
                    contributions for the Highly  Compensated  Employee shall be
                    performed in accordance  with Section 401(m) of the Code and
                    the  regulations  there under to prevent the multiple use of
                    the alternative limitations as provided in Section 401(m) of
                    the Code.

                    If two or more plans are  aggregated for purposes of Section
                    410(b)  of  the  Code  or  a  Highly  Compensated   Employee
                    participates  in two or more plans of the  Employer to which
                    matching  contributions or Employee voluntary  contributions
                    are made,  all such  contributions  shall be  aggregated  to
                    apply the tests above.

                    The  contribution   percentage  for  a  specified  group  of
                    Employees for a Plan Year shall be the average of the ratios
                    (calculated  separately for each Employee in such group), of
                    the sum of the  Employer  Match and  Employee  nondeductible
                    contributions (and such other  contributions as permitted to
                    be  included  in  the   calculation   under  U.S.   Treasury
                    regulations) to the Employee's  compensation during the Plan
                    Year as defined under Section 414(s) of the Code.

               D.   Return of Contributions.

                    Any Employer Match which causes the contribution  percentage
                    of the eligible Highly  Compensated  Employees to exceed the
                    limits of this Section  shall be  returned,  or forfeited if
                    forfeitable,  (together  with  income  attributable  to such
                    contributions  through the end of the Plan Year,  determined
                    in  accordance  with  Section  6.05) before the close of the
                    following  Plan Year.  Amounts  returned  (or  forfeited  if
                    applicable) shall be the amounts for the Highly  Compensated
                    Employees  who have the highest  contribution  amounts,  and
                    successive   amounts  shall  be  returned  or  forfeited  in
                    accordance with Code section  401(m)(6),  regulations  there
                    under, and any subsequent  Internal Revenue Service guidance
                    issued there under,  until the amounts remaining satisfy the
                    requirements of this Section and Section 401(m) of the Code.
                    Forfeited   amounts  may  not  be   allocated  to  a  Highly
                    Compensated  Employee whose contributions for such Plan Year
                    are reduced by reason of this Section.

13.02    Limitations on Allocations.

               A.   Notwithstanding  any other provisions of the Plan, the total
                    annual addition credited to a Participant's Accounts for any
                    Plan Year  shall not exceed an amount  equal to the  smaller
                    of: 1) $30,000 for Plan Years commencing prior to January 1,
                    2002 ($40,000 for Plan Years  commencing on or after January
                    1, 2002),  as adjusted for  increases in the  cost-of-living